An abstract of the duties commanded, and sinnes forbidden in the Law of God. By the Right Reuerend Father in God, George Dovvname, Doctor of Diuinity, and Lord Bishop of Derry
         Downame, George, d. 1634.
      
       
         
           1620
        
      
       Approx. 256 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 96 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2003-07 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A20720
         STC 7104
         ESTC S117549
         99852762
         99852762
         18105
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A20720)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 18105)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 1234:23)
      
       
         
           
             An abstract of the duties commanded, and sinnes forbidden in the Law of God. By the Right Reuerend Father in God, George Dovvname, Doctor of Diuinity, and Lord Bishop of Derry
             Downame, George, d. 1634.
             Nicoll, Basill.
          
           [138] p.
           
             Imprinted by Felix Kyngston,
             At London :
             1620.
          
           
             Editor's dedication signed: Basill Nicoll.
             In outline form.
             Signatures: A-M (-A1-3, blank?).
             The first two leaves and the last leaf are blank.
             Reproduction of the original in the Bodleian Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Ten commandments -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2003-01 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2003-03 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2003-05 Judith Siefring
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2003-05 Judith Siefring
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2003-06 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           AN
           ABSTRACT
           OF
           THE
           DVTIES
           COMMANDED
           ,
           AND
           SINNES
           forbidden
           in
           the
           Law
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           BY
           THE
           RIGHT
           REVEREND
           FATHER
           IN
           GOD
           ,
           GEORGE
           DOVVNAME
           ,
           Doctor
           of
           Diuinity
           ,
           and
           Lord
           Bishop
           of
           DERRY
           .
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             119.
             96.
             
          
           
             I
             haue
             seene
             an
             end
             of
             all
             perfection
             :
             but
             thy
             Commandement
             is
             exceeding
             broad
             .
          
        
         
           
             AT
             LONDON
          
           ,
           Imprinted
           by
           FELIX
           KYNGSTON
           .
           1620.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           TRVE
           LOVER
           OF
           VERTVE
           AND
           RELIGIon
           ,
           Mistris
           MARGARET
           HARE
           ,
           widow
           ,
           the
           late
           deare
           and
           louing
           wife
           of
           IOHN
           HARE
           Esquire
           ,
           of
           the
           Inner
           Temple
           ,
           and
           chiefe
           Clerke
           of
           his
           Maiesties
           Court
           of
           Wards
           and
           Liueries
           .
        
         
           THe
           Reuerend
           Author
           of
           this
           Booke
           ,
           hauing
           now
           full
           twenty
           yeeres
           since
           ,
           in
           his
           publike
           exercises
           finished
           a
           very
           large
           Treatise
           vpon
           the
           Decalogue
           ,
           or
           ten
           Commandements
           of
           Almighty
           God
           ,
           was
           then
           pleased
           at
           my
           earnest
           entreaty
           ,
           and
           for
           my
           priuate
           vse
           ,
           to
           collect
           and
           gather
           out
           of
           that
           large
           Treatise
           ,
           the
           summe
           and
           heads
           of
           what
           was
           therein
           more
           largely
           handled
           ,
           which
           I
           purposed
           still
           ,
           according
           to
           his
           first
           intent
           ,
           to
           haue
           kept
           by
           me
           for
           my
           priuate
           vse
           :
           but
           since
           ,
           hauing
           been
           often
           importuned
           by
           many
           learned
           and
           religious
           Ministers
           
           for
           the
           loane
           thereof
           ,
           whereto
           I
           had
           almost
           yeelded
           ,
           had
           I
           not
           considered
           the
           wrong
           and
           iniurie
           which
           thereby
           might
           redound
           to
           the
           Author
           ,
           if
           the
           same
           should
           happen
           to
           be
           printed
           ,
           either
           by
           some
           vnperfect
           copy
           ,
           or
           vnder
           the
           name
           of
           some
           other
           ,
           especially
           ,
           if
           euer
           the
           Author
           should
           be
           pleased
           to
           publish
           those
           his
           larger
           volumes
           .
           And
           therefore
           for
           satisfaction
           of
           the
           request
           of
           my
           friends
           ,
           I
           endeuoured
           to
           gaine
           the
           Authors
           consent
           to
           the
           publishing
           heereof
           ;
           which
           hauing
           obtained
           ,
           I
           have
           now
           put
           the
           same
           in
           print
           for
           the
           publike
           and
           generall
           good
           ,
           and
           doe
           dedicate
           the
           same
           vnto
           you
           ,
           not
           onely
           to
           be
           a
           helpe
           to
           you
           in
           your
           priuate
           meditations
           in
           the
           Law
           of
           God
           ,
           but
           also
           as
           a
           testimony
           of
           my
           thankfulnesse
           for
           your
           many
           fauours
           both
           to
           me
           and
           mine
           .
           The
           Almighty
           God
           make
           it
           profitable
           for
           the
           end
           intended
           :
           to
           whose
           blessed
           protection
           I
           commend
           you
           ,
           and
           will
           euer
           rest
        
         
           
             Yours
             in
             all
             Christian
             duty
             to
             bee
             commanded
             ,
             BASILL
             NICOLL
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           PREFACE
           ,
           CONTAINING
           RVLES
           OF
           direction
           ,
           for
           the
           expounding
           of
           the
           Commandements
           .
        
         
           WHereas
           the
           holy
           Ghost
           testifieth
           ,
           that
           the
           Law
           of
           God
           ,
           
           (
           though
           propounded
           in
           ten
           words
           )
           is
           so
           perfect
           ,
           that
           nothing
           may
           be
           added
           to
           it
           ,
           and
           so
           large
           ,
           that
           nothing
           may
           bee
           compared
           therewith
           :
           
           It
           must
           therefore
           bee
           confessed
           ,
           that
           the
           sence
           of
           the
           Commandements
           is
           so
           to
           be
           inlarged
           ,
           as
           that
           they
           may
           be
           vnderstood
           to
           bee
           the
           perfect
           Pandects
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           of
           Christians
           ;
           forbidding
           all
           vices
           which
           the
           Lord
           condemneth
           in
           his
           Word
           ;
           and
           commanding
           all
           morall
           duties
           which
           he
           requireth
           at
           our
           hands
           .
        
         
           And
           for
           as
           much
           as
           there
           are
           two
           principall
           vses
           of
           the
           Law
           ;
           the
           one
           ,
           to
           shew
           vs
           our
           manifold
           sinnes
           ,
           and
           the
           punishments
           due
           for
           them
           ,
           that
           being
           humbled
           in
           our
           
           selues
           ,
           we
           might
           seeke
           to
           Christ
           :
           the
           other
           ,
           that
           it
           might
           be
           a
           perfect
           rule
           ,
           whereby
           to
           frame
           our
           liues
           and
           conuersation
           ;
           that
           being
           redeemed
           by
           Christ
           ,
           wee
           may
           also
           bee
           renewed
           according
           to
           the
           image
           of
           God
           ,
           in
           true
           righteousnesse
           and
           holinesse
           :
           therefore
           it
           is
           very
           expedient
           ,
           that
           the
           speciall
           duties
           commanded
           ,
           and
           vices
           forbidden
           in
           euery
           Commandement
           ,
           should
           particularly
           be
           laid
           forth
           .
           That
           in
           respect
           of
           the
           former
           vse
           ,
           we
           might
           see
           those
           manifold
           both
           duties
           which
           wee
           haue
           omitted
           ,
           and
           also
           vices
           which
           wee
           haue
           committed
           heretofore
           :
           and
           in
           respect
           of
           the
           latter
           ,
           that
           wee
           might
           distinctly
           see
           and
           vnderstand
           those
           particular
           duties
           which
           the
           Lord
           enioyneth
           vs
           to
           obserue
           ,
           and
           those
           particular
           vices
           which
           he
           chargeth
           vs
           to
           shunne
           for
           the
           time
           to
           come
           .
        
         
           And
           for
           our
           direction
           in
           this
           behalfe
           ,
           we
           are
           to
           expound
           euery
           Commandement
           according
           to
           these
           fiue
           rules
           :
        
         
           1.
           
           Where
           any
           duty
           is
           commanded
           ,
           there
           the
           contrary
           vice
           is
           forbidden
           ;
           and
           where
           any
           vice
           is
           forbidden
           ,
           there
           the
           contrary
           duty
           is
           commanded
           .
        
         
         
           Euery
           Commandement
           therefore
           containeth
           two
           parts
           ;
           the
           
             
               Affirmatiue
               ,
               cōmanding
               the
               duty
               .
            
             
               Negatiue
               ,
               forbidding
               y
               ●
               vice
               .
            
          
        
         
           Whence
           ariseth
           a
           distinction
           of
           sins
           ,
           that
           they
           are
           either
           sins
           of
           
             
               Omission
               .
            
             
               Commission
               .
            
          
        
         
           2.
           
           Vnder
           one
           particular
           vice
           mentioned
           in
           the
           Commandement
           ,
           all
           of
           the
           same
           kind
           are
           forbidden
           ;
           and
           vnder
           one
           particular
           commanded
           ,
           all
           of
           the
           same
           kind
           are
           commanded
           .
           For
           the
           Law
           of
           God
           is
           spirituall
           ,
           
           and
           therefore
           requireth
           not
           onely
           outward
           obedience
           in
           word
           and
           deed
           ,
           but
           also
           inward
           in
           the
           mind
           and
           heart
           .
           Neither
           doth
           it
           onely
           forbid
           the
           outward
           sinnes
           committed
           in
           word
           and
           deed
           ,
           but
           also
           all
           the
           secret
           corruptions
           of
           the
           mind
           and
           heart
           .
           And
           thus
           our
           Sauiour
           hath
           taught
           vs
           to
           expound
           the
           Law
           of
           God
           ,
           Math.
           5.
           21
           ,
           22
           ,
           27
           ,
           28.
           and
           1.
           
           Epist.
           Ioh.
           3.
           15.
           
        
         
           Againe
           ,
           the
           Law
           of
           God
           is
           perfect
           ,
           requiring
           perfect
           obedience
           both
           inward
           and
           outward
           ,
           not
           onely
           in
           respect
           of
           the
           parts
           ,
           but
           also
           of
           the
           degrees
           .
           Wherefore
           ,
           where
           any
           duty
           is
           commanded
           ,
           there
           the
           highest
           
           degree
           of
           it
           is
           commanded
           ,
           as
           appeareth
           by
           the
           summe
           of
           the
           Law
           ,
           Math.
           22.
           37
           ,
           38.
           and
           where
           any
           vice
           is
           forbidden
           ,
           there
           the
           least
           degree
           of
           it
           is
           forbidden
           ,
           and
           beareth
           the
           name
           of
           that
           grosse
           sinne
           which
           is
           specified
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           learne
           to
           esteeme
           no
           sinne
           small
           .
           
           For
           vnaduised
           anger
           is
           murther
           ;
           and
           looking
           vpon
           a
           woman
           to
           lust
           after
           her
           ,
           is
           forbidden
           vnder
           the
           name
           of
           adultery
           ,
           as
           our
           Sauiour
           teacheth
           ,
           Math.
           5.
           22
           ,
           28.
           
        
         
           3.
           
           Where
           any
           duty
           is
           commanded
           ,
           there
           the
           meanes
           which
           tend
           thereto
           are
           enioyned
           ;
           and
           where
           any
           vice
           is
           forbidden
           ,
           there
           the
           meanes
           ,
           prouocations
           and
           allurements
           tending
           thereto
           are
           also
           forbidden
           .
           For
           such
           as
           is
           the
           end
           ,
           such
           are
           the
           subordinate
           meanes
           that
           in
           their
           owne
           nature
           doe
           tend
           thereto
           .
           This
           teacheth
           ,
           that
           good
           intentions
           and
           desires
           will
           not
           serue
           ,
           when
           we
           are
           carelesse
           of
           the
           meanes
           .
        
         
           Now
           there
           are
           three
           meanes
           which
           are
           common
           to
           all
           duties
           ,
           and
           therefore
           in
           all
           the
           Precepts
           are
           commanded
           ;
           and
           the
           neglect
           of
           them
           ,
           or
           the
           vse
           of
           the
           contrary
           forbidden
           :
           viz.
           1.
           
           Prayer
           :
           for
           of
           our selues
           wee
           cannot
           so
           much
           as
           thinke
           a
           good
           thought
           ,
           2.
           
           Cor.
           3.
           5.
           
           Psal.
           119.
           33
           ,
           34
           ,
           35
           ,
           36.
           
        
         
         
           2.
           
           Diligent
           hearing
           of
           the
           Word
           ,
           Rom.
           10.
           14
           ,
           17.
           
        
         
           3.
           
           Good
           company
           ,
           Prou.
           13.
           20.
           
           Hee
           that
           toucheth
           pitch
           ,
           shall
           be
           defiled
           ,
           Ecclus.
           13.
           1.
           
           A
           little
           leauen
           sowreth
           the
           whole
           lumpe
           ,
           1.
           
           Cor.
           5.
           6.
           
           Therefore
           Dauid
           biddeth
           the
           wicked
           depart
           from
           him
           ,
           that
           hee
           might
           keepe
           the
           Commandements
           of
           his
           God
           ,
           Psal.
           119.
           115.
           and
           else-where
           professeth
           ,
           that
           he
           auoided
           their
           company
           ,
           Psalm
           .
           26.
           4
           ,
           5.
           
        
         
           4.
           
           Where
           any
           duty
           is
           commanded
           ,
           or
           vice
           forbidden
           ,
           there
           also
           the
           signes
           are
           commanded
           ,
           or
           forbidden
           .
           For
           first
           ,
           as
           touching
           vertues
           and
           duties
           ;
           the
           graces
           of
           God
           are
           not
           to
           bee
           smothered
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           candles
           vnder
           a
           bushell
           ,
           but
           they
           must
           be
           manifested
           to
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           the
           good
           example
           of
           others
           ;
           and
           for
           a
           testimony
           to
           our selues
           that
           wee
           are
           endued
           with
           them
           ,
           wee
           must
           bee
           carefull
           of
           honest
           things
           ,
           not
           onely
           before
           God
           ,
           but
           also
           before
           men
           ,
           2.
           
           Cor.
           8.
           21.
           
        
         
           And
           as
           touching
           vices
           ,
           we
           are
           taught
           to
           abstaine
           from
           all
           shew
           of
           euill
           ,
           1.
           
           Thes.
           5.
           22.
           
           Haughty
           lookes
           ,
           strange
           apparell
           ,
           are
           condemned
           as
           signes
           of
           pride
           :
           haunting
           of
           suspected
           places
           ,
           
           as
           signes
           of
           incōtinency
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
         
           5.
           
           Duties
           to
           be
           procured
           ,
           and
           vices
           to
           be
           auoided
           ,
           not
           in
           our selues
           onely
           ,
           but
           also
           in
           others
           .
           First
           therefore
           in
           all
           the
           Precepts
           is
           commanded
           the
           communion
           of
           Saints
           to
           be
           exercised
           among
           the
           faithfull
           ,
           in
           an
           earnest
           desire
           shewne
           ,
           
           to
           win
           our
           neighbour
           vnto
           Christ
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           tender
           care
           taken
           ,
           for
           the
           furthering
           of
           the
           saluation
           one
           of
           another
           ,
           by
           the
           duties
           of
           edification
           .
        
         
           As
           namely
           ,
           
           1.
           
           In
           respect
           of
           duties
           ,
           by
           stirring
           vp
           one
           another
           ,
           
           Heb.
           10.
           24.
           by
           
             
               Instructing
               the
               ignorant
               .
               
            
             
               Admonitiō
               ,
               
               or
               putting
               our
               brother
               in
               mind
               of
               his
               duty
               .
            
             
               Exhortation
               vnto
               his
               duty
               .
            
             
               Encouraging
               him
               in
               well-doing
               .
            
             
               Comforting
               those
               which
               are
               weake
               .
            
             
               Good
               
                 
                   Counsell
                   .
                
                 
                   Example
                   .
                   Math.
                   5.
                   16.
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   12.
                   
                   Heb.
                   12.
                   13
                
              
            
          
        
         
         
           2.
           
           In
           respect
           of
           things
           forbidden
           ,
           to
           
             
               Reclame
               the
               Erroneous
               .
               Iam.
               5.
               19
               ,
               20.
               
            
             
               Reprooue
               the
               offendour
               .
               Leu.
               19.
               17.
               
               Eph.
               5.
               11.
               
            
             
               Disswade
               from
               vice
               .
            
          
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           in
           all
           the
           Precepts
           wee
           are
           forbidden
           to
           haue
           any
           fellowship
           with
           the
           vnfruitfull
           workes
           of
           darknesse
           ,
           Eph.
           5.
           11.
           or
           to
           be
           accessary
           to
           the
           offences
           of
           others
           ,
           1.
           
           Tim.
           5.
           22.
           
        
         
         
           Men
           may
           be
           accessary
           to
           the
           offences
           of
           others
           ,
           diuers
           wayes
           :
           whereof
           some
           are
           
             
               Common
               ,
               and
               those
               either
               
                 
                   Going
                   before
                   the
                   offence
                   committed
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Prouocation
                       ,
                       by
                       
                         
                           Incensing
                           ,
                           Gal.
                           5.
                           26.
                           
                           Eph.
                           6.
                           4.
                           
                           Iob
                           2.
                           9.
                           1.
                           
                           King.
                           21.
                           25
                           ,
                           7.
                           
                        
                         
                           Alluring
                           .
                           Pro.
                           1.
                           10.
                           
                           ●7
                           .
                           18
                           ,
                           21.
                           and
                           hereto
                           corrupt
                           and
                           infecting
                           speeches
                           are
                           referred
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           15.
                           33.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Euill
                       counsell
                       :
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       13.
                       5.
                       
                       ●16
                       .
                       21.
                       2.
                       
                       Chr.
                       22.
                       3
                       ,
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Consent
                       and
                       approbation
                       ,
                       Rom.
                       1.
                       32
                       whether
                       it
                       bee
                       
                         
                           Ouert
                           and
                           expressed
                           ,
                           and
                           that
                           either
                           in
                           
                             
                               Word
                               .
                               Act.
                               8.
                               1.
                               
                               ●
                               26.
                               10.
                               
                            
                             
                               Deed.
                               Act.
                               7.
                               58.
                               so
                               receiuers
                               ,
                               of
                               theft
                               ;
                               bawds
                               ,
                               of
                               adultery
                               ;
                               partners
                               of
                               the
                               gaine
                               .
                               Pro.
                               1.
                               14.
                               
                               Psal.
                               50.
                               18.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Couert
                           ,
                           as
                           by
                           silence
                           ,
                           or
                           dissembling
                           the
                           fault
                           of
                           our
                           brother
                           ,
                           when
                           hee
                           ought
                           to
                           be
                           admonished
                           :
                           for
                           as
                           by
                           ill
                           speech
                           thou
                           bringest
                           thy
                           brother
                           into
                           sinne
                           ,
                           so
                           by
                           ill
                           silence
                           thou
                           leauest
                           him
                           in
                           sinne
                           ,
                           or
                           sufferest
                           sinne
                           to
                           rest
                           vpon
                           him
                           ,
                           Leuit.
                           19.
                           17.
                           
                           
                             Qui
                             tacet
                             ,
                             consentire
                             videtur
                          
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Euill
                       example
                       ,
                       occasioning
                       another
                       to
                       fall
                       :
                       this
                       is
                       called
                       a
                       scandall
                       ,
                       Ro.
                       14.
                       13.
                       and
                       it
                       is
                       either
                       a
                       scandall
                       
                         
                           In
                           it selfe
                           as
                           that
                           which
                           is
                           euill
                           in
                           it selfe
                           ,
                           and
                           is
                           therefore
                           an
                           offence
                           giuen
                           ,
                           though
                           it
                           be
                           not
                           taken
                           :
                           as
                           any
                           sinne
                           committed
                           in
                           the
                           sight
                           or
                           notice
                           of
                           another
                           .
                        
                         
                           By
                           accident
                           ,
                           when
                           the
                           thing
                           ,
                           which
                           in
                           it selfe
                           is
                           indifferent
                           ,
                           is
                           so
                           vsed
                           ,
                           as
                           that
                           the
                           weake
                           brother
                           is
                           offended
                           thereby
                           :
                           that
                           is
                           ,
                           when
                           he
                           is
                           by
                           thine
                           example
                           animated
                           to
                           do
                           that
                           ,
                           which
                           in
                           his
                           owne
                           conscience
                           he
                           doth
                           cōdemne
                           .
                           Ro.
                           14.
                           20
                           ,
                           22.
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           8.
                           9
                           ,
                           10.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Accompanying
                   ,
                   or
                   following
                   after
                   the
                   offence
                   ,
                   as
                   y
                   e
                   
                     
                       Excusing
                    
                     
                       Defending
                    
                     
                       Cōmending
                    
                  
                   of
                   it
                   .
                   Esa.
                   5.
                   20.
                   
                   Prou.
                   24.
                   24.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Peculiar
               to
               Superiours
               ,
               as
               to
               
                 
                   Command
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   euill
                   &
                   vnlawful
                   ,
                   either
                   
                     
                       Publikely
                       ,
                       by
                       wicked
                       laws
                       &
                       edicts
                       .
                       Esa.
                       10.
                       1.
                       
                       Dan.
                       3.
                       4
                       ,
                       5.
                       6
                    
                     
                       Priuately
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       22.
                       18.
                       19.
                       2.
                       
                       Sā
                       .
                       12.
                       9.
                       
                       &
                       2.
                       
                       Sā
                       .
                       11.
                       15
                       ,
                       17
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Winke
                   at
                   euiil
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   their
                   authority
                   they
                   might
                   redresse
                   .
                   Ro.
                   13.
                   4.
                   
                   Mar.
                   15.
                   15.
                   2.
                   
                   Kin.
                   12.
                   3
                
              
            
          
        
         
         
           The
           Law
           is
           diuided
           into
           two
           Tables
           ,
           the
           
             
               One
               ,
               commanding
               the
               loue
               of
               God
               ,
               or
               the
               duties
               of
               Piety
               towards
               God.
               Mat.
               22.
               37
               ,
               38.
               
            
             
               Other
               ,
               cōmanding
               the
               loue
               of
               our
               neighbour
               ,
               or
               the
               duties
               of
               charity
               and
               righteousnesse
               towards
               our
               neighbour
               ,
               Mat.
               22.
               39.
               
            
          
        
         
           The
           Commandements
           of
           the
           first
           Table
           ,
           prescribing
           the
           worship
           of
           God
           ,
           or
           Piety
           ,
           teach
           
             
               Who
               is
               to
               bee
               worshipped
               :
               viz.
               that
               Iehouah
               alone
               is
               to
               bee
               had
               and
               worshipped
               as
               God.
               Praec
               .
               1.
               
            
             
               How
               ,
               both
               in
               
                 
                   His
                   solemne
                   worship
                   :
                   viz.
                   by
                   such
                   means
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   such
                   a
                   manner
                   as
                   he
                   hath
                   prescribed
                   .
                   Praec
                   .
                   2
                
                 
                   The
                   whole
                   course
                   of
                   our
                   liues
                   ,
                   viz.
                   by
                   sanctifying
                   &
                   glorifying
                   his
                   name
                   .
                   Praec
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
              
            
             
               When
               especially
               God
               is
               to
               bee
               worshipped
               ,
               viz.
               on
               the
               Sabbath
               ,
               which
               is
               to
               be
               sanctified
               ,
               and
               consecrated
               to
               the
               worship
               and
               seruice
               of
               God.
               Praec
               .
               4.
               
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           The
           first
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           The
           Summe
           of
           the
           first
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           
             Math.
             4.
             10.
             
          
           
             
               Thou
               shalt
               haue
               Iehouah
               alone
               for
               thy
               God.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Containing
               two
               branches
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 That
                 we
                 should
                 haue
                 Iehouah
                 to
                 our
                 God.
                 
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 That
                 we
                 should
                 haue
                 him
                 alone
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 speciall
                 duties
              
               .
            
             
               We
               are
               to
               haue
               God
               both
               
                 
                   Inwardly
                   in
                   our
                   
                     
                       Minds
                       ,
                       by
                       
                         
                           Knowing
                        
                         
                           Beleeuing
                        
                         
                           Remēbring
                        
                      
                       him
                       .
                    
                     
                       Hearts
                       ,
                       by
                       adhering
                       vnto
                       him
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Outwardly
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   man
                   ,
                   by
                   honouring
                   him
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               our
               minds
               .
               
            
             
               1.
               
               The
               true
               Knowledge
               
               of
               God.
               Ioh.
               17.
               3.
               
            
             
               Where
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               the
               
                 
                   Obiect
                   :
                   the
                   truth
                   which
                   God
                   hath
                   reuealed
                   concerning
                   himselfe
                   .
                   Deut.
                   29.
                   29.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   5.
                   39.
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   2.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   Quantity
                   or
                   measure
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   14.
                   20.
                   
                   Col.
                   3.
                   16.
                   which
                   must
                   bee
                   proportionable
                   to
                   our
                   
                     
                       Calling
                       ,
                       more
                       being
                       required
                       in
                       those
                       who
                       are
                       guides
                       of
                       others
                       .
                    
                     
                       Meanes
                       .
                       Luk.
                       12.
                       48.
                       
                    
                     
                       Time
                       which
                       God
                       hath
                       vouchsafed
                       vs.
                       Heb.
                       5.
                       12.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Quality
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   bee
                   an
                   effectuall
                   ▪
                   powerfull
                   ,
                   and
                   spirituall
                   knowledge
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   2.
                   3
                   ,
                   4.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Negatiue
               part
               .
            
             
               Forbidding
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   not
                   hauing
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Atheisme
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   hauing
                   of
                   a
                   false
                   god
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Idolatry
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   hauing
                   of
                   more
                   gods
                   than
                   one
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Polytheisme
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Opposite
                 vices
              
               .
               Opposite
               to
               knowledge
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Obiect
                   ,
                   both
                   in
                   the
                   
                     
                       Excesse
                       :
                       curiosity
                       ,
                       to
                       bee
                       w●●e
                       aboue
                       that
                       which
                       is
                       written
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       4.
                       6.
                       
                    
                     
                       Desect
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Ignorance
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           15.
                           34.
                           
                           Hos.
                           4.
                           1
                           ,
                           6.
                           either
                           when
                           men
                           
                             
                               Cannot
                               ,
                               through
                               their
                               naturall
                               corrupti●n
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               Cor.
                               2.
                               14.
                               
                               Rom.
                               3.
                               11.
                               and
                               this
                               is
                               narurall
                               blindnesse
                               .
                            
                             
                               Will
                               not
                               ,
                               which
                               is
                               affected
                               ignorance
                               .
                               2.
                               
                               Pet.
                               3.
                               5.
                               
                            
                             
                               Care
                               not
                               to
                               know
                               God.
                               which
                               is
                               ●●●elesse
                               ignorance
                               .
                               Pro.
                               1.
                               22.
                               
                               Ioh
                               3.
                               19.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           The
                           fruit
                           of
                           ignorance
                           ,
                           which
                           is
                           ,
                           errours
                           concerning
                           God.
                           Math.
                           22.
                           29.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Quantity
                   ,
                   a
                   small
                   measure
                   of
                   knowledge
                   .
                   Heb.
                   5.
                   12.
                   
                   Esa.
                   28.
                   9
                   ,
                   10.
                   
                   Ier.
                   4.
                   22
                   ▪
                
                 
                   Quality
                   ,
                   a
                   literall
                   or
                   speculatiue
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   seuered
                   frō
                   obedience
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   2.
                   4.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   13.
                   2.
                   
                   Luk.
                   12.
                   47.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               2.
               
               Faith
               ,
               
               whereby
               we
               giue
               credit
               to
               the
               Word
               of
               God.
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               5.
               10.
               
            
             
               Faith
               ,
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               obiect
               ,
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Generall
                   ,
                   whereby
                   wee
                   giue
                   assent
                   to
                   the
                   whole
                   Word
                   of
                   God.
                   And
                   this
                   ,
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   
                     
                       Quantity
                       ,
                       ought
                       to
                       be
                       a
                       ful
                       perswasion
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       both
                       of
                       
                         
                           Vnderstanding
                           .
                           Col.
                           2.
                           2
                        
                         
                           Assent
                           .
                           Luk.
                           1.
                           1.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Quality
                   ,
                   must
                   bee
                   a
                   liuely
                   ,
                   effectuall
                   and
                   working
                   Faith.
                   Iam.
                   2.
                   18.
                   
                   Gal.
                   5.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Speciall
                   ,
                   giuing
                   credit
                   to
                   the
                   
                     
                       Threatnings
                       of
                       the
                       Law
                       to
                       our
                       humiliation
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Chron.
                       34.
                       19
                       ,
                       21
                       ,
                       27
                       ,
                       Io●
                       .
                       3.
                       5.
                       
                    
                     
                       Promises
                       of
                       the
                       Gospell
                       to
                       our
                       iustification
                       .
                       Ioh.
                       3.
                       16.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               3.
               
               Remembrance
               
               of
               God.
               Eccl.
               12.
               1.
               
               Esa.
               62.
               6.
               
            
             
               It
               containeth
               two
               duties
               :
               
                 
                   Memory
                   ,
                   laying
                   vp
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   into
                   the
                   treasure
                   of
                   our
                   hearts
                   ,
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   wee
                   learne
                   concerning
                   God
                   and
                   his
                   Word
                   .
                   Prou.
                   2.
                   1.
                   
                   ●
                   4.
                   21.
                   
                   Deut.
                   6.
                   6.
                   
                   ●
                   11.
                   18.
                   
                   Luk.
                   8.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Recordation
                   ,
                   recording
                   or
                   recalling
                   to
                   mind
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   committed
                   to
                   memory
                   .
                   Psal.
                   78.
                   34
                   ,
                   35.
                   
                   Psal.
                   22.
                   27.
                   
                
              
            
             
               And
               this
               ought
               to
               bee
               
                 
                   Effectuall
                   ,
                   working
                   obedience
                   .
                   Psal.
                   119.
                   55.
                   
                   Esa.
                   64.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   Entyre
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   partiall
                   :
                   as
                   ,
                   to
                   remember
                   his
                   mercy
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   to
                   forget
                   his
                   iustice
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opposed
               to
               Faith
               
                 
                   Generall
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   
                     
                       Excesse
                       ,
                       vaine
                       credulity
                       ,
                       hauing
                       no
                       ground
                       in
                       the
                       Word
                       of
                       God.
                       
                    
                     
                       Defect
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Parts
                           ,
                           viz.
                           
                           
                             
                               Vnderstanding
                               ,
                               such
                               especially
                               is
                               the
                               implicite
                               faith
                               of
                               Papists
                               .
                            
                             
                               Assent
                               ,
                               
                                 
                                   With-held
                                   from
                                   the
                                   truth
                                   ,
                                   doubting
                                   .
                                   Rom.
                                   4.
                                   20.
                                   
                                   Math.
                                   21.
                                   21.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Giuen
                                   to
                                   the
                                   contrary
                                   ,
                                   falshood
                                   .
                                   2.
                                   
                                   Kin.
                                   7.
                                   2.
                                   2.
                                   
                                   Th.
                                   2.
                                   11
                                   ,
                                   12.
                                   which
                                   are
                                   two
                                   degrees
                                   of
                                   infidelity
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Quantity
                           ,
                           
                             〈◊〉
                             〈◊〉
                             〈◊〉
                             〈◊〉
                             〈◊〉
                          
                           ,
                           a
                           small
                           measure
                           of
                           faith
                           .
                           Act.
                           26.
                           28.
                           
                        
                         
                           Quality
                           ,
                           the
                           idle
                           and
                           dead
                           faith
                           .
                           Iam.
                           2.
                           14
                           ,
                           17
                           ,
                           26.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Speciall
                   ,
                   viz.
                   
                   
                     
                       Legall
                       ,
                       infidelity
                       working
                       carnall
                       security
                       .
                       Deut.
                       29.
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Euangelicall
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       
                         
                           Counterfeit
                           faith
                           of
                           hypocrites
                           .
                           Luk.
                           8.
                           13.
                           
                           Ioh.
                           2.
                           23
                           ,
                           24.
                           
                        
                         
                           Infidelity
                           of
                           vnbeleeuers
                           Ioh.
                           3.
                           
                           ●
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Forgetfulnesse
                   ,
                   in
                   not
                   
                     
                       Laying
                       vp
                       ,
                       but
                       suffering
                       the
                       Word
                       of
                       God
                       to
                       slip
                       from
                       vs.
                       Heb.
                       2.
                       1.
                       
                       Deut.
                       6.
                       12.
                       
                    
                     
                       Recalling
                       ,
                       when
                       iust
                       occasion
                       is
                       offered
                       .
                       Iob
                       8.
                       13.
                       
                       Deut.
                       8.
                       11
                       ,
                       14
                       ,
                       19.
                       
                       Psal.
                       44.
                       20.
                       
                       &
                       Psal.
                       50.
                       22.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Remēbrance
                   ,
                   either
                   
                     
                       Vneffectuall
                       ,
                       seuered
                       from
                       obedience
                       in
                       men
                       sinning
                       against
                       conscience
                       .
                    
                     
                       Partiall
                       ,
                       as
                       calling
                       to
                       minde
                       either
                       Gods
                       
                         
                           Mercy
                           alone
                           ,
                           vnto
                           Presumption
                           .
                        
                         
                           Iustice
                           alone
                           ,
                           to
                           Desperation
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               our
               hearts
               we
               are
               to
               adhere
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               ,
               
               and
               set
               our
               hearts
               vpon
               him
               alone
               .
               Deut.
               13.
               4.
               
               Act.
               11.
               23.
               1.
               
               Cor.
               7.
               35.
               
               Ioh.
               23.
               8.
               
            
             
               This
               is
               to
               be
               done
               by
               setting
               our
               affections
               vpon
               God
               ,
               chiefly
               by
               
                 
                   Trusting
                   in
                
                 
                   Louing
                
                 
                   Fearing
                
              
               him
               aboue
               althings
               and
               frō
               these
               three
               some
               others
               arise
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               Trust
               or
               assiance
               ,
               
               in
               God.
               Pro.
               3.
               5.
               
               Psal.
               32.
               10.
               
               ●34
               .
               8.
               
            
             
               Which
               we
               are
               to
               haue
               ,
               whether
               wee
               
                 
                   Haue
                   meanes
                   ,
                   for
                   wee
                   are
                   not
                   to
                   trust
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   the
                   vse
                   of
                   them
                   to
                   depend
                   vpon
                   God.
                   Psa.
                   44.
                   5
                   ,
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   
                   ●60
                   .
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   Want
                   meanes
                   .
                   Iob
                   13.
                   15.
                   
                
              
               Wee
               are
               to
               trust
               in
               God
               ,
               who
               is
               able
               to
               prouide
               for
               vs
               ,
               both
               
                 
                   Without
                   meanes
                   ,
                   Genes
                   .
                   22.
                   14.
                   
                   Euen
                   in
                   the
                   Mount
                   will
                   God
                   prouide
                   .
                
                 
                   aboue
                   means
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Chr.
                   20.
                   12.
                   
                   ●14
                   .
                   11.
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   14.
                   6.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Remouing
               our
               harts
               from
               God
               ,
               Ier.
               17.
               5.
               either
               by
               
                 
                   Not
                   setting
                   our
                   hearts
                   vpon
                   God
                   ▪
                   the
                   fault
                   of
                   
                     
                       Hypocrites
                       .
                       Esa.
                       29.
                       13
                    
                     
                       Profane
                       persons
                       .
                       Ierem.
                       12.
                       2.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Setting
                   our
                   hearts
                   vpon
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   the
                   fault
                   of
                   worldlings
                   .
                   Psal.
                   62.
                   10.
                   
                   Phil.
                   3.
                   19.
                   who
                   are
                   therefore
                   called
                   Adulterers
                   .
                   Iam.
                   4.
                   4.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Oppos.
               as
               
                 
                   Extremes
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   
                     
                       Excesse
                       :
                       tempting
                       of
                       God
                       ,
                       Math.
                       4.
                       6.
                       
                    
                     
                       Defect
                       ,
                       diffidence
                       ,
                       Luk.
                       12.
                       29.
                       and
                       the
                       fruits
                       therof
                       ,
                       viz.
                       
                       
                         
                           Carking
                           care
                           .
                           Mat.
                           6.
                           25
                           ,
                           31.
                           
                           Luk.
                           21.
                           34.
                           
                        
                         
                           Vse
                           of
                           vnlawful
                           means
                           .
                           Prou.
                           30.
                           9.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Disorder
                   ,
                   whē
                   our
                   affiance
                   is
                   reposed
                   in
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   whether
                   
                     
                       Vnreasonable
                       ,
                       as
                       our
                       
                         
                           Instruments
                           and
                           meanes
                           .
                           Psa.
                           20.
                           7.
                           
                           ●44
                           .
                           6.
                           
                           Hab.
                           1.
                           16.
                           
                        
                         
                           Wealth
                           and
                           riches
                           .
                           Iob
                           31.
                           24.
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           6.
                           17.
                           
                           Psal.
                           52.
                           7.
                           
                        
                         
                           Place
                           ,
                           either
                           for
                           the
                           
                             
                               Strength
                               .
                               Ier.
                               48.
                               7.
                               
                               ●49
                               .
                               16.
                               
                            
                             
                               Holinesse
                               .
                               Ier.
                               7.
                               4.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Reasonable
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Men
                           ,
                           Ier.
                           17.
                           5.
                           though
                           
                             
                               Skilfull
                               .
                               2.
                               
                               Chr.
                               16.
                               12.
                               
                            
                             
                               Mighty
                               ,
                               Psalm
                               .
                               146.
                               2.
                               
                            
                             
                               Many
                               .
                               Hos.
                               10.
                               13.
                               
                               Esa.
                               31.
                               1
                               ,
                               3
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Diuels
                           ,
                           as
                           in
                           
                             
                               Witches
                               and
                               wizards
                               .
                               Deu.
                               18.
                               10
                               ,
                               11.
                               
                               Leuit.
                               20.
                               27.
                               
                            
                             
                               Those
                               that
                               seeke
                               to
                               them
                               .
                               Leuit.
                               20.
                               6.
                               1.
                               
                               Chro.
                               10.
                               13.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               To
               Affiance
               we
               are
               to
               ioyne
               Hope
               :
               
               for
               he
               that
               trusteth
               to
               Gods
               goodnesse
               for
               the
               present
               ,
               will
               also
               expect
               go●d
               things
               from
               him
               for
               the
               time
               to
               come
               .
               Psal.
               37.
               7.
               
               Psal.
               146.
               5.
               
               Heb.
               6.
               19.
               
            
             
               Her●
               2.
               things
               are
               to
               be
               considered
               ,
               the
               
                 
                   Obiect
                   ,
                   both
                   the
                   
                     
                       Person
                       ,
                       in
                       whom
                       ,
                       viz.
                       God
                       alone
                       :
                       who
                       therefore
                       is
                       called
                       our
                       Hope
                       .
                       Psal.
                       46.
                       
                       2●62
                       .
                       9.
                       
                       Ioel
                       3.
                       16.
                       
                       Col.
                       1.
                       27.
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       1.
                       1.
                       
                    
                     
                       Things
                       ,
                       viz.
                       good
                       things
                       to
                       come
                       ,
                       according
                       to
                       Gods
                       promise
                       ,
                       both
                       in
                       
                         
                           This
                           life
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               Assistance
                               in
                               time
                               of
                               need
                               .
                               Psalm
                               .
                               46.
                               1.
                               
                               ●62
                               .
                               1
                               ,
                               2
                               ,
                               5
                               ,
                               6
                               ,
                               7.
                               
                            
                             
                               Exhibition
                               of
                               all
                               good
                               things
                               .
                               Psalm
                               .
                               104.
                               27
                               ,
                               28.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           World
                           to
                           come
                           ,
                           eternall
                           life
                           .
                           Tit.
                           1.
                           2.
                           1.
                           
                           Thes.
                           5.
                           8.
                           which
                           ,
                           because
                           it
                           is
                           the
                           chiefe
                           obiect
                           of
                           our
                           hope
                           ,
                           is
                           also
                           called
                           our
                           hope
                           .
                           Col.
                           1.
                           5.
                           
                           Tit.
                           2.
                           13.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Manner
                   how
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   hope
                   ,
                   with
                   
                     
                       Patience
                       .
                       Rom.
                       8.
                       25.
                       1.
                       
                       Thes.
                       1.
                       3.
                       
                       Hab.
                       2.
                       3.
                       
                    
                     
                       Assurance
                       and
                       comfort
                       .
                       Rom.
                       12.
                       12.
                       
                       Heb.
                       3.
                       6.
                       
                       ●6
                       .
                       11.
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       1.
                       13.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               as
               
                 
                   Extremes
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   
                     
                       Excesse
                       :
                       Presumption
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       hope
                       of
                       the
                       hypocrite
                       and
                       impenitent
                       sinner
                       :
                       for
                       true
                       hope
                       is
                       ioyned
                       with
                       repentance
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       3.
                       3.
                       and
                       neuer
                       maketh
                       ashamed
                       .
                       Rom.
                       5.
                       5.
                       but
                       this
                       doth
                       .
                       Iob
                       8.
                       13.
                       
                       Prou.
                       11.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Defect
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Absence
                           of
                           hope
                           ,
                           as
                           in
                           the
                           ignorant
                           .
                           Eph.
                           2.
                           12.
                           1.
                           
                           Thes.
                           4.
                           13.
                           
                        
                         
                           Desperation
                           ,
                           or
                           casting
                           off
                           of
                           hope
                           ,
                           as
                           in
                           
                             
                               Epicures
                               ,
                               who
                               as
                               they
                               haue
                               cast
                               off
                               all
                               sorrow
                               ,
                               Eph.
                               3.
                               19
                               so
                               also
                               all
                               hope
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               Cor.
                               15.
                               32.
                               
                               Esa.
                               22.
                               13.
                               
                               Ier.
                               18.
                               12.
                               
                            
                             
                               Mē
                               ouerwhelmed
                               with
                               sorrow
                               .
                               2.
                               
                               Cor.
                               2.
                               7.
                               arising
                               from
                               the
                               sence
                               of
                               their
                               
                                 
                                   Affliction
                                   .
                                   Gen.
                                   4.
                                   13.
                                   2.
                                   
                                   Cor.
                                   7.
                                   10.
                                   who
                                   therfore
                                   som
                                   times
                                   make
                                   away
                                   themselues
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Sinnes
                                   ,
                                   and
                                   is
                                   either
                                   
                                     
                                       Tēporary
                                       and
                                       curable
                                       ,
                                       as
                                       in
                                       the
                                       Elect.
                                       
                                    
                                     
                                       Finall
                                       and
                                       incurable
                                       .
                                       Mat.
                                       27.
                                       5
                                       
                                       Act.
                                       1.
                                       18.
                                       
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Disorder
                   or
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   of
                   hope
                   ,
                   being
                   placed
                   in
                   
                     
                       Our selues
                       ,
                       or
                       in
                       our
                       owne
                       merits
                       .
                    
                     
                       Any
                       other
                       thing
                       besides
                       God
                       ,
                       from
                       which
                       (
                       as
                       the
                       Author
                       )
                       wee
                       expect
                       good
                       things
                       ,
                       either
                       in
                       
                         
                           This
                           life
                           ,
                           according
                           to
                           that
                           which
                           was
                           said
                           in
                           the
                           disorder
                           of
                           affiance
                           .
                        
                         
                           The
                           world
                           to
                           come
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               2.
               
               Loue
               
               of
               God.
               Psal.
               31.
               23.
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               4.
               19.
               
               Math.
               22.
               37.
               
            
             
               Where
               consider
               the
               
                 
                   Measure
                   both
                   
                     
                       Simply
                       :
                       for
                       hee
                       is
                       to
                       bee
                       loued
                       without
                       measure
                       ,
                       as
                       hee
                       is
                       good
                       without
                       measure
                       ,
                       and
                       hath
                       loued
                       vs
                       without
                       measure
                       .
                       Ephes.
                       3.
                       19.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       3.
                       16.
                       but
                       because
                       wee
                       cannot
                       attaine
                       to
                       that
                       ;
                       yet
                       let
                       vs
                       loue
                       him
                       with
                       all
                       our
                       heart
                       .
                       Deut.
                       6.
                       5.
                       or
                       at
                       the
                       least
                       ,
                       with
                       an
                       vpright
                       heart
                       .
                    
                     
                       By
                       comparison
                       :
                       for
                       as
                       hee
                       is
                       infinitely
                       good
                       aboue
                       al
                       things
                       ,
                       so
                       he
                       ought
                       to
                       be
                       loued
                       aboue
                       all
                       things
                       .
                       Luk.
                       14.
                       26.
                       
                       Math.
                       10.
                       37.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Manner
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   hee
                   is
                   absolutely
                   good
                   ,
                   yea
                   goodnesse
                   and
                   charity
                   it selfe
                   ;
                   so
                   hee
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   loued
                   absolutely
                   and
                   for
                   himselfe
                   ;
                   but
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   in
                   him
                   ,
                   and
                   for
                   him
                   .
                   As
                   for
                   example
                   :
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   loue
                   our
                   
                     
                       Friends
                       ,
                       in
                       the
                       Lord.
                       
                    
                     
                       Foes
                       ,
                       for
                       the
                       Lord.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Vnto
               the
               loue
               of
               God
               ,
               arising
               from
               the
               perswasion
               of
               Gods
               loue
               towards
               vs
               ,
               wee
               are
               to
               adioyne
               partly
               as
               fruits
               ,
               partly
               as
               companions
               thereof
               :
               
                 
                   Zeale
                   of
                   Gods
                   glory
                   .
                
                 
                   Reioycing
                   in
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   Thankfulnes
                   towards
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   Obedience
                   towards
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   Patience
                   towards
                   God.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Oppos.
               as
               
                 
                   Extremes
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   defect
                   ,
                   (
                   for
                   in
                   the
                   excesse
                   we
                   cannot
                   offend
                   )
                   
                     
                       Want
                       of
                       the
                       loue
                       of
                       G●d
                       ,
                       when
                       wee
                       doe
                       not
                       loue
                       him
                       ,
                       either
                       
                         
                           With
                           all
                           our
                           hearts
                           .
                        
                         
                           Aboue
                           all
                           things
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Hatred
                       of
                       God
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       partly
                       
                         
                           Natural
                           .
                           Rom.
                           8.
                           7
                        
                         
                           Encreased
                           by
                           sin
                           .
                           Rom.
                           1.
                           30.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Disorder
                   ,
                   when
                   we
                   lo●e
                   any
                   things
                   as
                   much
                   ,
                   or
                   more
                   than
                   God
                   ,
                   Mat.
                   10
                   37.
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   2.
                   29.
                   1.
                   
                   Kin.
                   11.
                   3.
                   heereof
                   there
                   are
                   two
                   principall
                   sorts
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   loue
                   of
                   
                     
                       Our selues
                       ;
                       I
                       meane
                       not
                       the
                       naturall
                       loue
                       of
                       our selues
                       ,
                       whereby
                       we
                       seeke
                       our
                       preservation
                       (
                       which
                       as
                       it
                       is
                       sub●rdinate
                       to
                       the
                       loue
                       of
                       God
                       ,
                       is
                       lawfull
                       )
                       nor
                       the
                       spirituall
                       loue
                       of
                       our●elues
                       ,
                       whereby
                       wee
                       seeke
                       our
                       saluation
                       ;
                       but
                       the
                       carnall
                       loue
                       of
                       our selues
                       ,
                       2.
                       
                       Tim.
                       3.
                       12.
                       
                       Rom.
                       1●
                       .
                       14.
                       
                       Gal.
                       6.
                       8.
                       
                    
                     
                       The
                       world
                       ,
                       &
                       of
                       those
                       things
                       that
                       are
                       therein
                       ,
                       1.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       2.
                       15
                       ,
                       16.
                       as
                       the
                       loue
                       of
                       
                         
                           Pleasure
                           ,
                           w
                           ch
                           is
                           voluptuousnesse
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Tim.
                           3.
                           4.
                           
                           Philip
                           3.
                           19.
                           2.
                           
                           Pet.
                           2.
                           10
                           ,
                           12.
                           
                        
                         
                           Riches
                           ,
                           w
                           ch
                           is
                           couetousnesse
                           .
                           Col.
                           3.
                           5.
                           
                           Eph.
                           5.
                           3.
                           
                        
                         
                           Honour
                           and
                           glory
                           ,
                           which
                           is
                           ambition
                           ,
                           and
                           vai●eglory
                           .
                           Gal.
                           5.
                           26.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Zeale
               
               of
               Gods
               glory
               .
               1.
               
               King.
               19.
               10.
               
               Apo●
               3.
               19.
               
            
             
               Here
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               ,
               
                 
                   Wherein
                   this
                   zeale
                   must
                   shewit
                   selfe
                   .
                
                 
                   How
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   qualified
                   .
                
              
            
             
               It
               must
               shew
               it selfe
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Meanes
                   of
                   Gods
                   glory
                   :
                   and
                   in
                   this
                   respect
                   it
                   cōtaineth
                   2.
                   duties
                   :
                   viz.
                   a
                   
                     
                       Feruent
                       desire
                       and
                       forward
                       care
                       ,
                       y
                       ●
                       the
                       means
                       of
                       aduancing
                       Gods
                       glory
                       ,
                       may
                       bee
                       vsed
                       both
                       by
                       
                         
                           Thēselues
                           ,
                           T
                           it
                           2.
                           
                           14●
                           3.
                           8.
                           
                           Rom.
                           12.
                           11.
                           
                           Act.
                           18.
                           25.
                           
                        
                         
                           Others
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Cor.
                           11.
                           2.
                           
                           Col.
                           4.
                           13.
                           
                           Hebr.
                           10.
                           24.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Willing
                       and
                       cheerfull
                       vsing
                       of
                       the
                       meanes
                       ,
                       and
                       doing
                       of
                       the
                       things
                       whereby
                       God
                       may
                       be
                       glorified
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Chron.
                       28.
                       9.
                       1.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       5.
                       3.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       4.
                       34.
                       
                       Psalm
                       .
                       122.
                       1.
                       
                       Esa.
                       58.
                       13.
                       
                       Act.
                       17.
                       11.
                       2
                       
                       Cor.
                       9.
                       7.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Impediments
                   of
                   Gods
                   glory
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   wherof
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   compound
                   affection
                   of
                   feruent
                   loue
                   and
                   desire
                   of
                   promoting
                   Gods
                   glory
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   vehement
                   indignation
                   conceiued
                   against
                   the
                   obstacles
                   therof
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   King.
                   19.
                   10.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   2.
                   17.
                   
                   Numb
                   .
                   25.
                   11.
                   2.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   7.
                   
                   Psalm
                   .
                   119.
                   136.
                   
                
              
            
             
               This
               zeale
               ought
               to
               be
               
                 
                   Pure
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Proceeding
                       from
                       a
                       sincere
                       affection
                       not
                       mixed
                       with
                       
                         
                           Malice
                           and
                           emulation
                           .
                        
                         
                           Hypocrisie
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Guided
                       by
                       knowledge
                       ,
                       assuring
                       the
                       party
                       of
                       the
                       goodnesse
                       of
                       the
                       cause
                       .
                       Gal.
                       4.
                       18.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Discreet
                   ,
                   &
                   therefore
                   both
                   
                     
                       Moderate
                       ,
                       not
                       exceeding
                       the
                       
                         
                           Proportion
                           of
                           the
                           cause
                           .
                        
                         
                           Bounds
                           of
                           a
                           mans
                           calling
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Seasonable
                       .
                       Prou.
                       25.
                       11.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Oppos.
               
               
                 
                   Want
                   of
                   zeale
                   ,
                   whereof
                   are
                   two
                   degrees
                   :
                   
                     
                       Lukewarmnesse
                       .
                       Apoc.
                       3.
                       15
                       ,
                       16.
                       when
                       men
                       are
                       neither
                       hot
                       nor
                       cold
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                    
                     
                       Coldnesse
                       and
                       (
                       as
                       it
                       were
                       )
                       deadnesse
                       in
                       Religion
                       .
                       Zeph.
                       1.
                       12.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Corrupt
                   zeale
                   ,
                   being
                   either
                   
                     
                       Mixed
                       with
                       corrupt
                       affections
                       to
                       which
                       it
                       is
                       pretended
                       (
                       and
                       therefore
                       not
                       sincere
                       but
                       counterfait
                       )
                       as
                       with
                       
                         
                           Maliciousnes
                           ,
                           which
                           is
                           bitter
                           zeale
                           .
                           Ia.
                           3.
                           14.
                           
                        
                         
                           Couetousnes
                           ,
                           Ioh.
                           12.
                           5
                           ,
                           6.
                           
                        
                         
                           Ambition
                           and
                           vaine-glory
                           ,
                           &c.
                           2.
                           
                           King.
                           10.
                           16
                           ,
                           29.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Not
                       guided
                       by
                       
                         
                           Knowledge
                           ,
                           which
                           is
                           a
                           blind
                           zeale
                           .
                           Rom.
                           10.
                           2.
                           
                           Phil.
                           3.
                           6.
                           
                           Ioh.
                           16.
                           2.
                           the
                           which
                           ,
                           the
                           more
                           feruent
                           ,
                           the
                           more
                           surious
                           it
                           is
                           .
                           Act.
                           26.
                           
                           11●22
                           .
                           23.
                           
                        
                         
                           Discretiō
                           ,
                           which
                           is
                           a
                           preposterouszeale
                           ,
                           being
                           either
                           
                             
                               Immoderate
                               exceeding
                               (
                               as
                               in
                               schismaticks
                               )
                               the
                               
                                 
                                   Proportion
                                   of
                                   y
                                   e
                                   cause
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Compasse
                                   of
                                   a
                                   mans
                                   calling
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Vnseasonable
                               .
                               Ioh.
                               18.
                               10.
                               
                               Luk.
                               9.
                               54.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Delighting
               and
               reioycing
               
               in
               
                 
                   God.
                   Psalm
                   .
                   37.
                   4.
                   
                   ●104
                   .
                   34.
                   
                   Phil.
                   3.
                   1
                   ,
                   3.
                   
                   Rom.
                   5.
                   11.
                   his
                   Word
                   is
                   sweet
                   vnto
                   them
                   .
                   Psal.
                   19.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   Him
                   alone
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   1.
                   31.
                   2
                   
                   Cor.
                   10.
                   17.
                   
                   Gal.
                   6.
                   14.
                   in
                   Christ
                   crucified
                   ▪
                
              
            
             
               And
               this
               we
               are
               to
               d●e
               at
               all
               times
               ,
               Phil.
               4.
               4.
               both
               in
               the
               time
               of
               
                 
                   Prosperity
                   .
                   Ier.
                   9.
                   23
                   ,
                   24.
                   
                
                 
                   Aduersity
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   30.
                   6.
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   1.
                   6.
                   
                   Rom.
                   5.
                   3
                   ,
                   5.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Thankefulnesse
               
               to
               
                 
                   God
                   in
                   all
                   estates
                   ,
                   Eph.
                   5.
                   20.
                   both
                   in
                   time
                   of
                   
                     
                       Prosperity
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       116.
                       12
                       ,
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       Aduersity
                       .
                       Iob
                       1.
                       21.
                       
                       Lam.
                       3.
                       22.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Him
                   alone
                   as
                   the
                   Author
                   of
                   all
                   good
                   things
                   .
                   Iam.
                   1.
                   17.
                   
                
              
            
             
               This
               thankfulnesse
               is
               to
               bee
               testified
               by
               glorifying
               him
               both
               in
               
                 
                   Word
                   ,
                   giuing
                   thanks
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   5.
                   18.
                   
                   Luk.
                   2.
                   20.
                   
                   Psal.
                   50.
                   23.
                   
                
                 
                   Dee●
                   ,
                   by
                   doing
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   acceptable
                   vnto
                   him
                   .
                   Psal.
                   16.
                   2.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   15.
                   8.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   delighting
                   or
                   reioycing
                   in
                   God
                   ,
                   nor
                   in
                   his
                   Word
                   :
                   a
                   signe
                   that
                   men
                   haue
                   not
                   tasted
                   how
                   good
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   Delighting
                   and
                   reioycing
                   in
                   other
                   things
                   more
                   than
                   in
                   the
                   Lord
                   :
                   for
                   what
                   men
                   loue
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   delight
                   in
                   :
                   as
                   worldly
                   men
                   in
                   the
                   fruition
                   of
                   worldly
                   desires
                   .
                   
                     
                       Voluptuous
                       mē
                       in
                       their
                       pleasures
                       ,
                       which
                       are
                       their
                       delights
                       :
                       some
                       in
                       sinfull
                       pleasures
                       ,
                       who
                       glory
                       in
                       their
                       shame
                       .
                       Phil.
                       3.
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Couetous
                       men
                       in
                       their
                       riches
                       ,
                       Luk.
                       12.
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Ambitious
                       men
                       in
                       their
                       honour
                       and
                       glory
                       .
                       Deut.
                       4.
                       27.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Oppos.
               
               
                 
                   Vnthankfulnesse
                   to
                   God.
                   2.
                   
                   Tim.
                   3.
                   2.
                   in
                   not
                   
                     
                       Acknowledging
                       him
                       the
                       Author
                       of
                       those
                       good
                       things
                       which
                       wee
                       haue
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       4.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Praising
                       him
                       ,
                       and
                       giuing
                       him
                       thankes
                       .
                       Luk.
                       17.
                       17
                       ,
                       18.
                       
                    
                     
                       Bringing
                       forth
                       the
                       fruits
                       of
                       obedience
                       to
                       his
                       glory
                       .
                       Esa.
                       5.
                       4.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   ascribe
                   the
                   thankes
                   which
                   are
                   due
                   vnto
                   God
                   ,
                   either
                   to
                   
                     
                       Fortune
                       .
                    
                     
                       Idols
                       .
                       Hos.
                       2.
                       5
                       ,
                       8.
                       
                       Ier.
                       44.
                       17
                       ,
                       18.
                       our
                       owne
                       worthines
                       ,
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       4.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Other
                       creatures
                       ,
                       which
                       are
                       but
                       the
                       instruments
                       of
                       God
                       to
                       our
                       good
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Obedience
               .
               
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               5.
               3.
               
               Ioh.
               14.
               
               1●
               .
            
             
               Here
               consider
               
                 
                   To
                   whom
                   simple
                   and
                   absolute
                   obediēce
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   :
                   
                     
                       To
                       God
                       ,
                       in
                       submitting
                       our selues
                    
                     
                       to
                       his
                       reuealed
                       will
                       :
                       whereto
                       we
                       are
                       to
                       conforme
                       our
                       
                         
                           Hearts
                           :
                           which
                           is
                           inward
                           obedience
                           .
                           Ps.
                           40.
                           7
                           ,
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Liues
                           .
                           Math.
                           6
                           10.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Him
                       alone
                       :
                       no
                       creature
                       is
                       to
                       be
                       obeyed
                       ,
                       but
                       in
                       the
                       Lord.
                       Eph.
                       5.
                       21.
                       
                       Act.
                       4.
                       19.
                       
                       ●
                       5.
                       29.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   What
                   manner
                   of
                   obedience
                   is
                   required
                   :
                   viz.
                   an
                   obedience
                   
                     
                       Totall
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Doer
                           :
                           with
                           all
                           our
                           might
                           Deut.
                           6.
                           5.
                           
                        
                         
                           Things
                           :
                           all
                           that
                           is
                           commanded
                           .
                           Gal.
                           3.
                           10
                           
                           Iam.
                           2.
                           11.
                           
                        
                         
                           Time
                           :
                           alwayes
                           .
                           Deut.
                           5.
                           29.
                           
                           ●
                           11.
                           1.
                           2.
                           
                           Kin.
                           17.
                           37.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Or
                       entire
                       at
                       the
                       least
                       ,
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       both
                       
                         
                           Sincere
                           .
                           Rom.
                           6.
                           17.
                           2.
                           
                           Chr.
                           25.
                           2.
                           
                        
                         
                           Voluntary
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Chr.
                           28.
                           9.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Patience
               .
               
               1.
               
               Cor.
               13.
               7.
               
               Rom.
               12.
               12.
               
               Phil.
               1.
               29.
               
               Iam.
               1.
               12.
               
            
             
               Where
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               the
               
                 
                   Obiect
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   crosse
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   that
                   measure
                   of
                   affliction
                   which
                   God
                   layeth
                   on
                   his
                   children
                   :
                   and
                   those
                   are
                   
                     
                       Chastisements
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       11.
                       32.
                       
                       Apoc.
                       3.
                       19.
                       
                       Heb.
                       12.
                       6.
                       
                       Psa.
                       94.
                       12
                       ,
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       Tryals
                       .
                       Deut.
                       8.
                       2.
                       16.
                       
                       Iam.
                       1.
                       3.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Manner
                   :
                   for
                   the
                   crosse
                   (
                   Luk
                   9
                   23.
                   )
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   borne
                   
                     
                       Humbly
                       and
                       meekly
                       ,
                       Iob
                       1.
                       20
                       ,
                       21.
                       
                       Esa.
                       53.
                       7.
                       
                       Mic.
                       7.
                       9.
                       
                    
                     
                       Com●ortably
                       and
                       cheerfully
                       .
                       Col.
                       1.
                       11.
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       4.
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       Constantly
                       .
                       Iam.
                       1.
                       4.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               In
               regard
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Obiect
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Disobedience
                       to
                       God
                       ,
                       by
                       
                         
                           Omission
                           :
                        
                         
                           Cōmission
                           :
                        
                      
                       and
                       either
                       by
                       
                         
                           Negligēce
                           .
                        
                         
                           Contempt
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Obedience
                       to
                       
                         
                           Man
                           ,
                           more
                           than
                           to
                           God.
                           1.
                           
                           Sam.
                           22.
                           18.
                           
                        
                         
                           The
                           flesh
                           ,
                           and
                           the
                           diuell
                           .
                           Rom.
                           6.
                           16.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Manner
                   ,
                   not
                   
                     
                       With
                       all
                       our
                       heart
                       ,
                       but
                       perfunctorily
                       ,
                       negligently
                       ,
                       and
                       for
                       fashion
                       sake
                       .
                    
                     
                       Totall
                       ,
                       but
                       partiall
                       ,
                       and
                       (
                       as
                       it
                       were
                       )
                       by
                       halues
                       .
                    
                     
                       Continuall
                       and
                       perpetuall
                       ,
                       but
                       
                         
                           Temporary
                           .
                        
                         
                           By
                           fits
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Sincere
                       ,
                       but
                       hypocriticall
                       .
                    
                     
                       Voluntary
                       ,
                       but
                       forced
                       by
                       seruile
                       feare
                       ,
                       and
                       therefore
                       not
                       constant
                       ,
                       but
                       counterfeit
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Oppos.
               
               
                 
                   The
                   disorder
                   :
                   to
                   suffer
                   much
                   for
                   the
                   loue
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   suffer
                   little
                   or
                   nothing
                   for
                   the
                   loue
                   of
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   extremes
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   
                     
                       Excesse
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Rashnesse
                           ,
                           in
                           running
                           into
                           trouble
                           and
                           danger
                           .
                           Ecclus
                           .
                           3.
                           27.
                           
                        
                         
                           Foole-hardinesse
                           ,
                           in
                           not
                           auoiding
                           it
                           ,
                           when
                           lawfully
                           they
                           may
                           .
                        
                         
                           Senslesnesse
                           .
                           Ier.
                           5.
                           3.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Impatiēce
                       ,
                       either
                       
                         
                           Murmuring
                           &
                           repining
                           .
                           Gen.
                           4.
                           15
                           ,
                           16.
                           
                           Psalm
                           .
                           39.
                           10.
                           
                           Lam.
                           3.
                           26.
                           
                        
                         
                           Fainting
                           ,
                           and
                           being
                           ouercome
                           with
                           too
                           much
                           griefe
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Cor.
                           4.
                           16.
                           
                        
                         
                           Seeking
                           an
                           issue
                           by
                           vnlawfull
                           meanes
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Feare
               
               of
               God
               :
               the
               awefull
               and
               son-like
               feare
               ,
               concurring
               with
               the
               true
               loue
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               faith
               in
               Christ.
               Psalm
               .
               111.
               10.
               
               Eccles.
               12.
               13.
               
               Prou.
               28.
               14.
               
               Psalm
               .
               112.
               1.
               
               ●
               128.
               1.
               4.
               
            
             
               The
               obiect
               of
               feare
               ,
               is
               the
               anger
               of
               God
               conceiued
               against
               sinne
               .
               Psalm
               .
               90.
               11.
               
               Esa.
               64.
               5.
               
            
             
               And
               thus
               wee
               are
               to
               feare
               the
               displeasure
               of
               God
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               time
               
                 
                   Past
                   ,
                   because
                   wee
                   haue
                   sinned
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   sinne
                   prouoked
                   the
                   Lord
                   to
                   wrath
                   .
                   This
                   terrour
                   or
                   feare
                   in
                   the
                   godly
                   and
                   elect
                   ,
                   causeth
                   them
                   to
                   meet
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   (
                   Amos
                   4.
                   12.
                   
                   )
                   and
                   by
                   repentance
                   to
                   preuent
                   his
                   iudgement
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Chron.
                   34.
                   19
                   ,
                   27.
                   
                   Act.
                   2.
                   37.
                   
                   ●
                   16.
                   29
                   ,
                   30.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   come
                   ,
                   that
                   wee
                   may
                   not
                   sin
                   .
                   Prou.
                   8.
                   13.
                   
                   ●
                   14.
                   27.
                   
                   Iob
                   28
                   28.
                   fearing
                   
                     
                       Chiefly
                       the
                       anger
                       and
                       displeasure
                       of
                       God
                       it selfe
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       1.
                       17.
                       2.
                       
                       Cor.
                       7.
                       1.
                       
                       Act.
                       9.
                       31.
                       
                       Luk.
                       1.
                       74.
                       2.
                       
                       Tim.
                       1.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Secondarily
                       ,
                       the
                       effects
                       of
                       his
                       anger
                       ,
                       which
                       are
                       his
                       iudgements
                       and
                       chastisements
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       119.
                       120.
                       
                       Hab.
                       3.
                       16.
                       
                       Deut.
                       5.
                       29.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               as
               the
               
                 
                   Disorder
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   preposterous
                   feare
                   of
                   
                     
                       God
                       ,
                       in
                       regard
                       of
                       the
                       time
                       
                         
                           Past
                           ,
                           which
                           is
                           the
                           horrour
                           of
                           the
                           wicked
                           ,
                           auerting
                           them
                           from
                           him
                           ,
                           as
                           from
                           a
                           seuere
                           or
                           cruell
                           Iudge
                           .
                           Gen.
                           3.
                           10.
                           
                           Heb.
                           10.
                           29.
                           
                           Iam.
                           2.
                           19.
                           
                           Mat.
                           8.
                           29.
                           
                        
                         
                           To
                           come
                           ,
                           when
                           men
                           feare
                           not
                           the
                           displeasure
                           of
                           God
                           it selfe
                           ,
                           but
                           onely
                           the
                           effect
                           of
                           it
                           ,
                           which
                           is
                           punishment
                           :
                           this
                           is
                           seruile
                           feare
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Ioh.
                           4.
                           18.
                           
                           Rom.
                           4.
                           15.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Other
                       things
                       more
                       than
                       of
                       God.
                       Luk.
                       12.
                       4
                       ,
                       5.
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       3.
                       14.
                       
                       Esa.
                       51.
                       
                       I2
                       ,
                       I3
                       .
                       Apoc.
                       21.
                       8.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Extremes
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   
                     
                       Excesse
                       :
                       fearfulnes
                       2.
                       
                       Tim.
                       1.
                       7
                       working
                       either
                       
                         
                           Superstition
                           ,
                           or
                           scrupulous
                           care
                           to
                           serue
                           God
                           according
                           to
                           mens
                           inuentions
                           .
                           Esa.
                           29.
                           13.
                           
                           Act.
                           17.
                           22.
                           
                        
                         
                           Despaire
                           ,
                           Esa.
                           12.
                           2.
                           
                           ●
                           43.
                           1
                           ,
                           5.
                           or
                           astonishment
                           .
                           Exod.
                           20.
                           20.
                           
                           Luk.
                           5.
                           9.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Defect
                       :
                       Carnall
                       security
                       ,
                       when
                       men
                       (
                       destitute
                       of
                       true
                       faith
                       and
                       repentance
                       )
                       doe
                       notwithstanding
                       promise
                       to
                       themselues
                       impunity
                       .
                       Prou.
                       28.
                       14.
                       
                       Psal.
                       36.
                       1
                       ,
                       2.
                       
                       Esa.
                       28.
                       15.
                       
                       Rom.
                       3.
                       18.
                       
                       Gen.
                       20.
                       11.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Humility
               
               to
               be
               added
               to
               the
               former
               ,
               as
               another
               duty
               of
               the
               soule
               ,
               which
               we
               owe
               to
               God
               ,
               Mic.
               6.
               8.
               and
               as
               a
               meanes
               and
               signe
               of
               all
               the
               former
               .
               Mat.
               11.
               29.
               1.
               
               Pet.
               5.
               5.
               
               Math.
               18.
               1
               ,
               4.
               
            
             
               Where
               consider
               the
               
                 
                   Nature
                   of
                   humility
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   humble
                   a
                   man
                   ,
                   and
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   to
                   make
                   him
                   euen
                   with
                   the
                   ground
                   ,
                   stripping
                   himselfe
                   of
                   all
                   praise
                   ,
                   and
                   renouncing
                   all
                   conceit
                   of
                   his
                   owne
                   worthinesse
                   ,
                   that
                   all
                   praise
                   may
                   wholly
                   be
                   ascribed
                   to
                   God.
                   Psa.
                   115.
                   1.
                   
                   Dan.
                   9.
                   7
                   ,
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   1.
                   
                   Chr.
                   29.
                   14.
                   
                   Gen.
                   32.
                   10.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   15.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   Cause
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   the
                   acknowledgement
                   of
                   
                     
                       Our
                       owne
                       vilenesse
                       and
                       vnworthinesse
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       our
                       
                         
                           Mould
                           ,
                           wee
                           being
                           but
                           dust
                           and
                           ashes
                           .
                           Gen.
                           18.
                           27.
                           
                           Ecclus.
                           10.
                           12.
                           
                        
                         
                           Miserable
                           estate
                           in
                           our selues
                           ,
                           in
                           regard
                           of
                           
                             
                               Our
                               sinne
                               .
                               Luk.
                               18.
                               
                               13●15
                               .
                               19.
                               
                            
                             
                               Punishmēt
                               due
                               to
                               vs
                               for
                               the
                               same
                               ,
                               Ga.
                               3.
                               10.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Mercy
                       and
                       bounty
                       of
                       God
                       so
                       vndeseruedly
                       vouchsafed
                       vnto
                       vs.
                       Genes
                       .
                       32.
                       10.
                       
                       Lam.
                       3.
                       22.
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       4.
                       7.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Outwardly
               and
               in
               the
               whole
               man
               ,
               we
               are
               to
               haue
               God
               by
               honouring
               him
               .
               
               Mal.
               1.
               6.
               1.
               
               Cor.
               6.
               20.
               
            
             
               We
               are
               to
               honour
               God
               with
               the
               honor
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Signe
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   religious
                   adoration
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   to
                   the
                   Lord
                   alone
                   .
                   Math.
                   4.
                   10.
                   
                   Esa.
                   45.
                   23.
                   
                
                 
                   Deed
                   ,
                   which
                   〈◊〉
                   
                     
                       
                         〈◊〉
                         〈◊〉
                         〈◊〉
                         〈◊〉
                         〈◊〉
                      
                       worship
                       or
                       seruice
                       ,
                       ●●
                       〈…〉
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                       Deu.
                       6.
                       13.
                       
                       ●10
                       .
                       20.
                       
                    
                     
                       〈◊〉
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Counterfeit
                   humility
                   .
                   Mat.
                   6.
                   16.
                   
                   Esa.
                   58.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   Pride
                   ,
                   Pro.
                   16.
                   5.
                   in
                   
                     
                       Assuming
                       to
                       our selues
                       that
                       praise
                       which
                       is
                       due
                       to
                       God.
                       Dan.
                       4.
                       27.
                       
                       Act.
                       12.
                       22
                       ,
                       23.
                       
                    
                     
                       Not
                       acknowledging
                       either
                       
                         
                           Our
                           owne
                           vnworthines
                           ,
                           but
                           arrogating
                           to
                           our selues
                           ,
                           such
                           ,
                           or
                           so
                           great
                           good
                           things
                           as
                           wee
                           haue
                           not
                           .
                           Gal.
                           6.
                           3.
                           
                           Luk.
                           ●
                           8.
                           9
                           ,
                           11.
                           
                           Pro.
                           30.
                           12.
                           
                        
                         
                           Bounty
                           of
                           God
                           towards
                           vs
                           ,
                           but
                           ascribing
                           y
                           e
                           good
                           things
                           wee
                           haue
                           ,
                           to
                           our selues
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           4.
                           7.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   honouring
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   profanenesse
                   and
                   contempt
                   of
                   God.
                   Mal.
                   3.
                   14.
                   
                   Iob
                   21.
                   14
                   ,
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Not
                   honouring
                   him
                   alone
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   idolatry
                   ,
                   whether
                   it
                   bee
                   with
                   the
                   honour
                   of
                   the
                   
                     
                       Signe
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       44.
                       20.
                       
                       Act.
                       10
                       25
                       ,
                       26.
                       
                       Apo.
                       19.
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       Deed.
                       Deut.
                       13.
                       13.
                       
                       ●
                       17.
                       3.
                       
                       Exod.
                       22.
                       20.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           second
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Commanding
               vs
               to
               worship
               God
               by
               such
               meanes
               ,
               &
               after
               such
               a
               manner
               as
               he
               hath
               prescribed
               in
               his
               W●rd
               ,
               and
               is
               agreeable
               to
               his
               nature
               .
               Deut.
               12.
               30
               ,
               31
               ,
               32.
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               in
               Spirit
               and
               in
               truth
               .
               Ioh.
               4.
               23
               ,
               24.
               
            
             
               His
               Nature
               is
               spirituall
               ,
               his
               Word
               is
               truth
               ;
               and
               therefore
               hee
               is
               to
               bee
               worshipped
               in
               
                 
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     
                       By
                       spirituall
                       meanes
                       .
                    
                     
                       After
                       a
                       spirituall
                       manner
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Truth
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     
                       By
                       true
                       meanes
                       ,
                    
                     
                       After
                       a
                       true
                       manner
                       .
                    
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   prescribed
                   in
                   the
                   Word
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               speciall
               duties
               concerne
               the
               
                 
                   Parts
                   ,
                   and
                   sorts
                   of
                   Gods
                   worship
                   .
                
                 
                   Circumstances
                   and
                   ceremonies
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Parts
              
               .
               The
               worship
               of
               God
               is
               partly
               
                 
                   Inward
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   soule
                   ;
                   which
                   the
                   Lord
                   chiefly
                   respecteth
                   .
                
                 
                   Outward
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   the
                   inward
                   is
                   euer
                   to
                   be
                   ioyned
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Heere
               therefore
               is
               commanded
               vprightnesse
               
               in
               Gods
               worship
               .
               Luk.
               1.
               75.
               
               Ioh.
               4.
               23
               ,
               24.
               
               Psalm
               .
               119.
               7.
               1.
               
               Thes.
               2.
               4.
               
               Act.
               10.
               33.
               
               Luk.
               8.
               15.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 common
                 affections
              
               .
               The
               worsh.
               of
               God
               is
               
                 
                   Priuate
                   .
                
                 
                   Publike
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   are
                   required
                   
                     
                       Inwardly
                       ,
                       vnanimity
                       .
                       
                       Act.
                       1.
                       14.
                       
                       ●2
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       ●8
                       .
                       6.
                       
                       Mat.
                       18.
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Outwardly
                       ,
                       vniformity
                       .
                       
                       Psal.
                       34.
                       3.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Negatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Forbidding
               all
               will-worship
               and
               superstition
               ,
               whereby
               men
               worship
               God
               according
               to
               their
               owne
               inuentions
               .
               Col.
               2.
               8
               ,
               23.
               
               Num.
               15.
               39.
               whether
               it
               bee
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Meanes
                   .
                   Leuit.
                   10.
                   1
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   22.
                   10.
                   2.
                   
                   Kin.
                   16.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   Manner
                   .
                   Esa.
                   1.
                   11
                   ,
                   12
                   ,
                   13.
                   
                   ●
                   66.
                   3.
                   
                
              
            
             
               But
               here
               especially
               are
               forbidden
               (
               as
               the
               grossest
               sinnes
               against
               this
               commandement
               ,
               vnder
               which
               the
               Lord
               would
               forbid
               the
               rest
               )
               
                 
                   Making
                   Images
                   to
                   our selues
                   ,
                   vnder
                   which
                   he
                   forbiddeth
                   all
                   meanes
                   deuised
                   by
                   our selues
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   5.
                   vlt.
                   Deut.
                   27.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Worshipping
                   him
                   by
                   Images
                   ,
                   whereby
                   all
                   counterfeit
                   and
                   corrupt
                   worship
                   is
                   forbidden
                   .
                   Deut.
                   4.
                   12
                   ,
                   15.
                   
                   Exod.
                   32.
                   1
                   ,
                   4.
                   5.
                   
                   Psal.
                   97.
                   7.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Hypocrisie
               in
               the
               worship
               of
               God.
               Esa.
               29.
               13.
               
               Mic.
               6
               ,
               7.
               8.
               
               Psal.
               17.
               1.
               
               Ezech.
               33.
               31.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Schisme
                   and
                   diuision
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   11.
                   18.
                   
                
                 
                   Confusion
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   11.
                   21.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 The
                 sorts
              
               .
               The
               worship
               of
               God
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Inuocation
                   of
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   Ministery
                   and
                   hearing
                   of
                   the
                   Word
                   .
                
                 
                   Administration
                   and
                   receiuing
                   of
                   the
                   Sacraments
                   .
                
              
            
             
               1.
               
               Of
               Inuocation
               :
               
               and
               that
               it
               is
               to
               bee
               vsed
               .
               1.
               
               Thes.
               5.
               17.
               
               Luk.
               21.
               36.
               
               Iam.
               4.
               2.
               
               Dan.
               6.
               10.
               
            
             
               The
               things
               generally
               required
               in
               Inuocation
               ,
               are
               partly
               
                 
                   Essentiall
                   .
                
                 
                   Accidentall
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Essentiall
               ,
               as
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   To
                   whom
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   In
                   whose
                   name
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   How
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   what
                   manner
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   By
                   whose
                   helpe
                   .
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   For
                   what
                   things
                   .
                
              
            
             
               1.
               
               To
               whom
               ;
               namely
               ,
               to
               God
               ,
               and
               to
               him
               alone
               ,
               which
               is
               prescribed
               in
               the
               first
               Cōmandement
               .
               Ps.
               50.
               15.
               
               ●
               65.
               3.
               
               Luk.
               11.
               2.
               
               And
               of
               him
               wee
               are
               to
               conceiue
               as
               hee
               hath
               reuealed
               himselfe
               in
               his
               Word
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               In
               whose
               name
               ,
               viz.
               in
               the
               name
               of
               Christ.
               Eph.
               3.
               12
               
               ▪
               Ioh.
               16.
               24.
               
               Dan.
               9.
               17.
               
            
             
               And
               in
               his
               name
               alone
               ,
               as
               being
               the
               onely
               Mediator
               ,
               as
               of
               Redemption
               ,
               Act.
               4.
               12.
               so
               also
               of
               Intercession
               .
               1.
               
               Tim.
               2.
               5.
               
            
             
               3.
               
               The
               manner
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               will
               of
               God
               reuealed
               in
               his
               Word
               .
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               5.
               14.
               
               Rom.
               8.
               27.
               viz.
               
            
             
               Before
               we
               call
               vpon
               God
               ,
               wee
               are
               to
               prepare
               our selues
               by
               meditation
               .
               Psal.
               108.
               1.
               
               Eccl.
               4.
               17.
               
               ●
               5.
               1.
               
            
             
               In
               the
               action
               it selfe
               there
               are
               duties
               required
               ,
               
                 
                   Generally
                   in
                   the
                   soule
                   .
                
                 
                   Specially
                   in
                   the
                   
                     
                       Mind
                       .
                    
                     
                       Heart
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Neglect
               of
               Prayer
               .
               Psal.
               14.
               1
               ,
               4.
               
               Iob
               21.
               15.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Prayer
                   to
                   Saints
                   or
                   Angels
                   .
                   Esa.
                   63.
                   16.
                   
                   Act.
                   10.
                   26.
                   
                   Apoc.
                   19.
                   10.
                   
                   Ier.
                   2.
                   13.
                   
                
                 
                   Misconceiuing
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   (
                   and
                   so
                   worshipping
                   they
                   know
                   not
                   what
                   .
                   Ioh.
                   4.
                   22.
                   
                   )
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   
                     
                       Nature
                       .
                       As
                       the
                       Anthropomorphites
                       ,
                       and
                       ignorant
                       persons
                       ,
                       who
                       conceiue
                       God
                       vnder
                       the
                       shape
                       of
                       a
                       man.
                       
                    
                     
                       Persons
                       .
                       For
                       the
                       true
                       God
                       is
                       the
                       Father
                       ,
                       the
                       Son
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       holy
                       Ghost
                       .
                       He
                       therefore
                       who
                       denyeth
                       any
                       one
                       Person
                       ,
                       doth
                       not
                       worship
                       the
                       true
                       God
                       :
                       as
                       the
                       
                         
                           Iewes
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Ioh.
                           2.
                           23.
                           
                        
                         
                           Turks
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Not
               to
               pray
               in
               the
               name
               of
               Christ
               alone
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               name
               and
               mediation
               of
               Saints
               and
               Angels
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               pray
               amisse
               .
               Iam.
               4.
               3.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               be
               rash
               in
               speaking
               to
               God.
               Eccl.
               5.
               1.
               
               Ecclus.
               18.
               22.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               the
               soule
               generally
               it
               is
               required
               ,
               that
               our
               prayer
               be●
               speech
               of
               the
               soule
               ,
               and
               not
               of
               the
               mouth
               onely
               ,
               a
               liftin●
               vp
               of
               our
               hearts
               ,
               Psal.
               25.
               1.
               and
               a
               powring
               forth
               of
               the
               soule
               ,
               Psal.
               62.
               8.
               
               a
               praying
               in
               spirit
               ,
               Ephes.
               6.
               18.
               and
               in
               truth
               .
               Psal.
               145.
               18.
               
            
             
               and
               therefore
               with
               the
               
                 
                   Attention
                   of
                   the
                   minde
                   .
                
                 
                   Intent
                   and
                   desire
                   of
                   the
                   heart
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               mind
               is
               required
               ,
               that
               we
               pray
               with
               
                 
                   Vnderstanding
                   .
                   Psal.
                   47.
                   8.
                   
                   Col.
                   3.
                   16.
                   
                
                 
                   Faith
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   with
                   Perswasion
                   that
                   wee
                   and
                   our
                   prayers
                   are
                   accepted
                   of
                   God
                   in
                   Christ.
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   5.
                   14.
                   
                   Ephes.
                   3.
                   12.
                   
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               heart
               it
               is
               required
               that
               we
               pray
               with
               
                 
                   Humility
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   our
                   owne
                   vnworthinesse
                   .
                   Gen.
                   18.
                   27.
                   
                   Luk.
                   18.
                   13.
                   
                   Gen.
                   32.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   Reuerence
                   towards
                   the
                   Maiesty
                   of
                   God.
                   Eccl.
                   5.
                   1.
                   
                
              
            
             
               4.
               
               By
               whose
               helpe
               ,
               viz.
               by
               the
               helpe
               of
               the
               holy
               Ghost
               ,
               who
               is
               the
               Spirit
               of
               supplication
               ,
               and
               helpeth
               our
               infirmities
               .
               Rom.
               8.
               26
               ,
               27.
               
               Zach.
               12.
               10.
               
               Ephes.
               2.
               18.
               
            
             
               5.
               
               For
               what
               things
               ,
               viz.
               good
               things
               onely
               ,
               Math.
               7.
               11.
               which
               may
               concerne
               
                 
                   Gods
                   glory
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   good
                   of
                   
                     
                       The
                       Church
                       .
                    
                     
                       Our
                       brethrē
                       .
                    
                     
                       Our selues
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               things
               Accidental
               ,
               are
               the
               circumstances
               of
               
                 
                   Persons
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   wherof
                   Prayer
                   is
                   either
                   
                     
                       Priuate
                       .
                       Mat.
                       6.
                       5
                       ,
                       6.
                       
                    
                     
                       Publike
                       .
                       Math.
                       18.
                       20.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Place
                   :
                   for
                   we
                   may
                   pray
                   in
                   all
                   places
                   ,
                   both
                   
                     
                       Openly
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       2.
                       8.
                       
                    
                     
                       Secretly
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Time
                   ,
                   for
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   pray
                   alwayes
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   5.
                   17
                   ,
                   18.
                   
                   Ephes.
                   6.
                   18.
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   both
                   
                     
                       Ordinarily
                       ,
                       at
                       set
                       times
                       .
                       Psal.
                       55.
                       17.
                       
                       Dan.
                       6.
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       Extraordinarily
                       ,
                       as
                       occasion
                       is
                       offered
                       .
                       Col.
                       3.
                       17.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Not
               to
               pray
               from
               the
               heart
               ,
               but
               with
               the
               mouth
               onely
               :
               a
               lip-labour
               .
               Hos.
               7.
               14.
               
            
             
               To
               pray
               with
               
                 
                   Wandring
                   thoughts
                   .
                
                 
                   Fained
                   lips
                   ,
                   the
                   desire
                   and
                   intent
                   of
                   the
                   heart
                   ,
                   not
                   agreeing
                   with
                   the
                   words
                   of
                   the
                   mouth
                   .
                   Psal.
                   17.
                   1.
                   
                   Psal.
                   78.
                   36.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               pray
               without
               
                 
                   Knowledge
                   .
                   Mat.
                   20.
                   22.
                   
                
                 
                   Faith.
                   Rom.
                   10.
                   14.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               pray
               
                 
                   With
                   a
                   conceit
                   of
                   our
                   owne
                   worthinesse
                   .
                   Luk.
                   18.
                   9
                   ,
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   With
                   lesse
                   reuerence
                   than
                   if
                   wee
                   spake
                   to
                   a
                   mortall
                   man.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               pray
               for
               euill
               and
               vnlawfull
               things
               :
               for
               that
               is
               to
               make
               God
               the
               author
               of
               euill
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               things
               specially
               required
               ,
               are
               such
               as
               concerne
               the
               seuerall
               kinds
               of
               Inuocation
               ,
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   Prayer
                   :
                
                 
                   Thankesgiuing
                   :
                
              
               which
               in
               vse
               are
               to
               be
               ioyned
               .
               Col.
               4.
               2.
               
               Phil.
               4.
               6.
               
            
             
               In
               Prayer
               ,
               three
               things
               are
               required
               ;
               
                 
                   Sence
                   of
                   our
                   want
                   .
                   Psal.
                   63.
                   2.
                   
                   Iam.
                   1.
                   5.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   7.
                   37.
                   
                
                 
                   Feruency
                   of
                   desire
                   ,
                   to
                   haue
                   our
                   want
                   supplied
                   .
                   Iam.
                   5.
                   16.
                   
                   Lam.
                   2.
                   17.
                   
                   Rom.
                   8.
                   26.
                   
                   ●
                   15.
                   30.
                   
                
                 
                   Speciall
                   faith
                   in
                   the
                   promises
                   made
                   to
                   our
                   prayer
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   our
                   particular
                   requests
                   shall
                   be
                   granted
                   vnto
                   vs.
                   Mat.
                   21.
                   22.
                   
                   Mark.
                   11.
                   24.
                   
                   Iam.
                   1.
                   6.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               things
               specially
               required
               in
               thankesgiuing
               ,
               belong
               to
               the
               
                 
                   Action
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   wherein
                   are
                   required
                   
                     
                       Thankefulnesse
                       .
                       Colos.
                       3.
                       16.
                       
                       Psal.
                       9.
                       1.
                       
                       ●
                       111.
                       1.
                       
                    
                     
                       Cheerfulnesse
                       .
                       Philip.
                       1.
                       4.
                       
                       Psal.
                       9.
                       2.
                       
                       ●
                       100.
                       1.
                       
                       ●
                       81.
                       1.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Obiect
                   :
                   for
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   giue
                   thankes
                   for
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   all
                   estates
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   5.
                   18.
                   
                   Eph.
                   5.
                   20.
                   
                
              
            
             
               2.
               
               Of
               the
               Ministery
               of
               the
               Word
               ;
               where
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               the
               duty
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Minister
                   ,
                   in
                   reading
                   and
                   preaching
                   the
                   Word
                   of
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   People
                   ,
                   in
                   hearing
                   the
                   Word
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               neglect
               the
               duty
               of
               prayer
               .
               Iam.
               4.
               2.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               to
               pray
               
                 
                   Without
                   feeling
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Secure
                       persons
                       ,
                       that
                       feele
                       no
                       want
                       .
                       Apoc.
                       3.
                       17
                       ,
                       18.
                       
                    
                     
                       Proud
                       persons
                       ,
                       that
                       thinke
                       thēselues
                       full
                       .
                       Luk.
                       18.
                       9.
                       
                       ●
                       1.
                       55.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Coldly
                   .
                
                 
                   Without
                   faith
                   .
                   Iam.
                   ●
                   .
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               neglect
               the
               duty
               of
               thankesgiuing
               .
               Luk.
               17.
               17.
               
            
             
               To
               giue
               thanks
               without
               
                 
                   Thankfulnesse
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   in
                   hypocrisie
                   .
                
                 
                   Cheerfulnesse
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   without
                   sence
                   of
                   Gods
                   bounty
                   towards
                   vs.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Not
               to
               be
               thankfull
               in
               all
               estates
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               As
               touching
               preaching
               ,
               
               consider
               the
               
                 
                   Person
                   .
                
                 
                   Obiect
                   .
                
                 
                   Parts
                   .
                
                 
                   Manner
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Person
               ought
               to
               bee
               a
               Minister
               ,
               Heb.
               5.
               4.
               
               Rom.
               10.
               15.
               called
               by
               
                 
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   therfore
                   indu●d
                   with
                   
                     
                       Sufficiency
                       of
                       gifts
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       3.
                       2.
                       
                       Mat.
                       13.
                       52.
                       
                       Mal.
                       2.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Willingnesse
                       to
                       imploy
                       them
                       .
                       Esa.
                       6.
                       8.
                       
                       Rom.
                       1.
                       15.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Church
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Obiect
               is
               the
               Word
               of
               God.
               Deut.
               18.
               18
               ,
               20.
               as
               the
               onely
               meanes
               of
               this
               part
               of
               Gods
               worship
               .
               1.
               
               Thes.
               2.
               13.
               1.
               
               Pet.
               4.
               11.
               2.
               
               Cor.
               2.
               17.
               
               Ioh.
               7.
               16.
               1.
               
               Pet.
               4.
               11.
               
            
             
               The
               parts
               of
               preaching
               :
               
                 
                   Explication
                   of
                   the
                   Scripture
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Scripture
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   analogi●
                   of
                   faith
                   .
                   Neh.
                   8.
                   9.
                   
                   Rom.
                   12.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Orthotomy
                   ,
                   or
                   right
                   diuiding
                   of
                   the
                   Word
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   Tim.
                   2.
                   15.
                   which
                   is
                   partly
                   
                     
                       The
                       right
                       diduction
                       or
                       collection
                       of
                       doctrines
                       and
                       obseruations
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       text
                       .
                    
                     
                       Applicatiō
                       of
                       them
                       to
                       the
                       vse
                       of
                       y
                       e
                       hearers
                       ,
                       by
                       the
                       way
                       of
                       
                         
                           Doctrine
                           .
                        
                         
                           Confutatiō
                        
                         
                           Exhortatiō
                        
                         
                           Reproofe
                           .
                        
                         
                           Consolatiō
                        
                      
                       Luk.
                       12.
                       42.
                       2.
                       
                       Tim.
                       3.
                       16.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Intruders
               into
               the
               ministery
               ,
               not
               called
               Ier.
               14.
               14
               ,
               15.
               
            
             
               Nor
               furnished
               with
               gifts
               .
               Esa.
               56.
               10.
               
               Mal.
               2.
               9.
               
               Hos.
               4.
               6.
               
               Or
               not
               willing
               to
               imploy
               them
               .
               Mat.
               5.
               15.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               Teaching
               other
               doctrine
               than
               is
               contained
               in
               the
               Word
               .
               1.
               
               Tim.
               1.
               3.
               
               ●
               6.
               3.
               as
               
                 
                   Errours
                   .
                
                 
                   Fables
                   and
                   inuentions
                   of
                   men
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   1.
                   4.
                   
                   ●
                   4.
                   7.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Making
               merchandize
               of
               Gods
               Word
               ,
               or
               mingling
               it
               with
               the
               doctrines
               and
               inuentions
               of
               men
               .
               2.
               
               Cor.
               2.
               17.
               
               Ier.
               23.
               28.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               manner
               of
               preaching
               ,
               viz.
               In
               
                 
                   Demonstration
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   2.
                   4.
                   
                   Mic.
                   3.
                   8.
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   of
                   spirituall
                   graces
                   ,
                   both
                   of
                   the
                   
                     
                       Mi●istery
                       .
                    
                     
                       Person
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Simplicity
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   1.
                   17
                   ,
                   21.
                   
                   ●
                   2.
                   4
                   ,
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   Sincerity
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Cor.
                   4.
                   2.
                   
                   ●
                   2.
                   17.
                   
                
                 
                   Integrity
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Cor.
                   2.
                   17.
                   
                   ●
                   4.
                   2.
                   2.
                   
                   Tim.
                   2.
                   15.
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   2.
                   4.
                   
                   Gal.
                   1.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   Fidelity
                   ,
                   without
                   respect
                   of
                   persons
                   .
                   Deut.
                   33.
                   9.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   4.
                   2.
                   
                   Ier.
                   23.
                   28.
                   
                
                 
                   Iudgement
                   and
                   discretion
                   .
                   Mich.
                   3.
                   8.
                   
                   Mat.
                   24
                   ,
                   45.
                   
                   Grauity
                   .
                   Tit.
                   2.
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   Authority
                   and
                   power
                   .
                   Mat.
                   7.
                   29.
                   
                   Mic.
                   3.
                   8.
                   
                   Tit.
                   2.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Courage
                   and
                   freedome
                   of
                   speech
                   .
                   I●r
                   .
                   1.
                   8
                   ,
                   17.
                   
                   Ezech.
                   3.
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   
                   Ephes.
                   6.
                   19
                   ,
                   20.
                   
                
                 
                   Zeale
                   of
                   
                     
                       Gods
                       glory
                       .
                       Ioh.
                       7.
                       18.
                       
                       Mal.
                       2.
                       2.
                       
                    
                     
                       The
                       saluatiō
                       of
                       the
                       People
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Cor.
                       11.
                       2.
                       
                       Gal.
                       4.
                       19.
                       2.
                       
                       Cor.
                       2.
                       15.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               duties
               which
               concerne
               the
               hearing
               of
               the
               Word
               .
               Luk.
               8.
               18.
               
            
             
               And
               these
               are
               to
               be
               performed
               ,
               both
               
                 
                   Before
                   we
                   hear
                   .
                   Preparation
                   .
                   Exod.
                   19.
                   
                   Eccl.
                   4.
                   17.
                   looking
                   to
                   our
                   feet
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   affectious
                   ▪
                   this
                   preparation
                   consisteth
                   in
                   
                     
                       Remouing
                       the
                       impediments
                       ,
                       as
                       it
                       were
                       the
                       putting
                       off
                       our
                       sho●es
                       .
                       Exo.
                       3.
                       5.
                       as
                       
                         
                           Carnall
                           security
                           ,
                           which
                           maketh
                           men
                           come
                           to
                           the
                           hearing
                           of
                           the
                           Word
                           ,
                           without
                           any
                           desire
                           or
                           care
                           to
                           profit
                           :
                           this
                           maketh
                           hearers
                           like
                           the
                           high
                           way
                           .
                           Luk.
                           8.
                           13.
                           
                        
                         
                           Impenitency
                           ,
                           which
                           causeth
                           men
                           to
                           come
                           without
                           purpose
                           of
                           amendment
                           :
                           but
                           rather
                           with
                           purpose
                           to
                           goe
                           on
                           in
                           sin
                           ,
                           whatsoeuer
                           the
                           Minister
                           shall
                           say
                           to
                           the
                           contrary
                           .
                           We
                           must
                           purge
                           the
                           vessell
                           of
                           our
                           hart
                           ,
                           before
                           it
                           will
                           bee
                           fit
                           to
                           receiue
                           the
                           pure
                           liquor
                           of
                           Gods
                           Word
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Pet.
                           2.
                           1
                           ,
                           2.
                           and
                           we
                           must
                           plough
                           vp
                           the
                           fallow
                           ground
                           of
                           our
                           hearts
                           ,
                           before
                           the
                           seed
                           of
                           Gods
                           Word
                           be
                           cast
                           into
                           it
                           .
                           Ier.
                           4.
                           4.
                           
                           Iam.
                           1.
                           21.
                           
                        
                         
                           Worldly
                           cares
                           ,
                           which
                           cause
                           men
                           to
                           receiue
                           the
                           seed
                           as
                           it
                           were
                           among
                           thorns
                           .
                           Luk.
                           8.
                           14.
                           
                           Ier.
                           4.
                           4
                           
                           ▪
                           Eze.
                           33.
                           31
                        
                         
                           Excesse
                           in
                           diet
                           ,
                           surfetting
                           and
                           drunkennesse
                           .
                           Luk.
                           21.
                           34.
                           
                        
                         
                           Conceit
                           of
                           our
                           owne
                           knowledge
                           ▪
                           that
                           wee
                           may
                           heare
                           with
                           meeknesse
                           .
                           Iam.
                           1.
                           21.
                           
                           Psal.
                           25.
                           9.
                           
                           Prou.
                           26.
                           12.
                           
                        
                         
                           Preiudicate
                           opinions
                           ,
                           that
                           wee
                           may
                           heare
                           with
                           docility
                           .
                           Luk.
                           18.
                           34.
                           
                        
                         
                           Hypocrisie
                           ,
                           which
                           maketh
                           men
                           like
                           the
                           stony
                           ground
                           .
                           Luk.
                           8.
                           13.
                           
                        
                         
                           Curiosity
                           ,
                           that
                           wee
                           may
                           come
                           to
                           learne
                           ,
                           rather
                           than
                           to
                           iudge
                           &
                           censure
                           .
                           Act.
                           17.
                           20.
                           21.
                           
                        
                         
                           Hatred
                           of
                           the
                           Ministers
                           person
                           ,
                           or
                           mislike
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           King.
                           22.
                           7
                           ,
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Itching
                           of
                           y
                           ●
                           eares
                           ,
                           &
                           affectiō
                           to
                           heare
                           such
                           as
                           delight
                           the
                           eares
                           ,
                           and
                           please
                           their
                           fancies
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Tim.
                           4.
                           3.
                           
                           Mica
                           .
                           2.
                           11.
                           
                        
                         
                           Schismatical
                           affectiō
                           to
                           hear
                           some
                           Ministers
                           ,
                           &
                           in
                           comparison
                           of
                           them
                           ,
                           to
                           contemne
                           others
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           1.
                           11.
                           12
                           
                           ●
                           3.
                           4
                           ▪
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Vsing
                       helps
                       See
                       A.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   While
                   we
                   heare
                   .
                   B.
                   
                
                 
                   After
                   wee
                   haue
                   heard
                   .
                   C.
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               A.
               The
               helps
               which
               we
               are
               to
               vse
               ,
               are
               
                 
                   Meditation
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Whither
                       we
                       goe
                       ,
                       to
                       wit
                       ,
                       to
                       the
                       place
                       of
                       Gods
                       presence
                       ,
                       to
                       appeare
                       before
                       him
                       .
                    
                     
                       To
                       what
                       end
                       ,
                       to
                       
                         
                           Performe
                           an
                           holy
                           and
                           vpright
                           seruice
                           vnto
                           God.
                           
                        
                         
                           Vse
                           religiously
                           the
                           meanes
                           of
                           our
                           saluation
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       What
                       our
                       wants
                       be
                       ,
                       in
                       regard
                       of
                       
                         
                           Knowledge
                           :
                        
                         
                           Faith
                           :
                        
                         
                           Obedience
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       How
                       necessary
                       ,
                       profitable
                       and
                       effectuall
                       the
                       Word
                       of
                       God
                       is
                       ,
                       for
                       relieuing
                       our
                       wants
                       :
                    
                  
                   that
                   wee
                   may
                   come
                   with
                   hungring
                   and
                   thirsting
                   desires
                   to
                   the
                   hearing
                   of
                   the
                   Word
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   Prayer
                   for
                   
                     
                       The
                       Minister
                       ,
                       that
                       God
                       would
                       assist
                       him
                       ,
                       and
                       direct
                       him
                       by
                       his
                       Spirit
                       ,
                       &c.
                       Ephes.
                       6.
                       9.
                       
                       Col.
                       4.
                       3.
                       
                    
                     
                       Our selues
                       ,
                       that
                       the
                       Lord
                       would
                       illuminate
                       our
                       mindes
                       ,
                       open
                       our
                       hearts
                       ,
                       strengthen
                       our
                       memories
                       ,
                       subdue
                       our
                       affections
                       ,
                       transforme
                       our
                       liues
                       into
                       the
                       obedience
                       of
                       his
                       truth
                       ,
                       &c.
                       Psalm
                       .
                       119.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               B.
               Duties
               while
               we
               heare
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   To
                   set
                   our selues
                   in
                   Gods
                   presence
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   behaue
                   our selues
                   as
                   before
                   him
                   .
                   Act.
                   10.
                   33.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   To
                   acknowledge
                   the
                   Minister
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   Embassador
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   Cor.
                   5
                   20
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   heare
                   the
                   Word
                   preached
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Word
                   of
                   God.
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   2.
                   13.
                   
                   Deut.
                   3
                   2.
                   3.
                   
                   Ionas
                   3.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   To
                   heare
                   with
                   
                     
                       Reuerence
                       and
                       feare
                       .
                       Esa.
                       66.
                       2.
                       
                    
                     
                       Silence
                       .
                       Men
                       are
                       silent
                       to
                       heare
                       but
                       their
                       Superiour
                       speake
                       .
                       Iob
                       29.
                       9.
                       
                    
                     
                       Readinesse
                       and
                       desire
                       to
                       heare
                       .
                       Act.
                       17.
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       Attention
                       .
                       Act.
                       8.
                       6.
                       
                       Luk.
                       4.
                       20.
                       
                       ●
                       19.
                       48.
                       
                       ●
                       8.
                       8.
                       
                    
                     
                       Faith.
                       Heb.
                       4.
                       2.
                       
                       Act.
                       13.
                       48.
                       
                    
                     
                       Alacrity
                       ,
                       and
                       not
                       with
                       wearinesse
                       .
                    
                     
                       Constancy
                       ,
                       not
                       departing
                       before
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                     
                       Meeknesse
                       and
                       submission
                       ,
                       Iam.
                       1.
                       21.
                       accommodating
                       our selues
                       to
                       euery
                       part
                       or
                       passage
                       of
                       the
                       Sermon
                       :
                       as
                       whē
                       the
                       Minister
                       
                         
                           Teacheth
                           ,
                           with
                           teachablenesse
                           to
                           learne
                           .
                        
                         
                           Confuteth
                           ,
                           to
                           lay
                           aside
                           our
                           errour
                           ,
                           that
                           wee
                           may
                           be
                           found
                           in
                           the
                           faith
                           .
                           Tit.
                           1.
                           13.
                           
                        
                         
                           Exhorteth
                           or
                           reprooueth
                           ,
                           &c.
                           to
                           receiue
                           y
                           ●
                           words
                           of
                           exhortation
                           .
                           Heb.
                           13.
                           22.
                           
                           Prou.
                           15.
                           31
                           ,
                           32.
                           
                           Not
                           as
                           Act.
                           5.
                           33.
                           
                           ●
                           7.
                           54
                           
                           ●
                           22.
                           22
                           ,
                           23.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   And
                   not
                   
                     
                       With
                       wandring
                       minds
                       .
                       Ezech.
                       33.
                       31.
                       
                    
                     
                       Reading
                       ,
                       or
                       being
                       otherwise
                       occupied
                       .
                    
                     
                       Sleeping
                       .
                       Act.
                       20.
                       9.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   To
                   receiue
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   good
                   and
                   honest
                   heart
                   ,
                   with
                   desire
                   to
                   retaine
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   purpose
                   to
                   practise
                   it
                   .
                   Luk
                   8.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   To
                   lay
                   it
                   vp
                   in
                   the
                   treasure
                   of
                   our
                   hearts
                   .
                   Luk.
                   2.
                   19.
                   51.
                   
                   Prou.
                   4.
                   21.
                   and
                   to
                   heare
                   for
                   afterwards
                   Esa.
                   42.
                   23.
                   
                   Not
                   to
                   let
                   it
                   slip
                   from
                   vs.
                   Heb.
                   2.
                   1.
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               C.
               Duties
               after
               wee
               haue
               heard
               .
               To
               
                 
                   Meditate
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   we
                   haue
                   heard
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   to
                   chew
                   the
                   cud
                   .
                   Act.
                   17.
                   10
                   ,
                   11.
                   
                   Psalm
                   .
                   1.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   Conferre
                   with
                   others
                   ,
                   especially
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   committed
                   to
                   our
                   charge
                   .
                   Deut.
                   6.
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   Call
                   it
                   to
                   mind
                   as
                   occasion
                   shall
                   bee
                   offered
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   to
                   bee
                   hearers
                   of
                   forgetfulnesse
                   .
                   Iam.
                   1.
                   25.
                   
                
                 
                   Endeuour
                   to
                   practise
                   it
                   .
                   Luk.
                   8.
                   15.
                   
                   ●
                   6.
                   48.
                   
                   ●
                   11.
                   28.
                   
                   Iam.
                   1.
                   22.
                   
                
              
            
             
               3.
               
               The
               administration
               and
               vse
               of
               the
               Sacraments
               .
            
             
               Wherein
               we
               are
               to
               follow
               the
               direction
               of
               Gods
               Word
               ,
               viz.
               that
               wee
               vse
               
                 
                   Those
                   Sacraments
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   other
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   instituted
                   in
                   his
                   Word
                   .
                
                 
                   Them
                   after
                   that
                   manner
                   which
                   God
                   hath
                   prescribed
                   in
                   his
                   Word
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Sacraments
               of
               the
               New
               Testament
               (
               for
               the
               Old
               appertaine
               not
               to
               vs
               )
               are
               onely
               two
               ,
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   Baptisme
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Lords
                   Supper
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               right
               vse
               of
               Baptisme
               ,
               there
               are
               duties
               required
               in
               the
               
                 
                   Party
                   baptizing
                   :
                   in
                   whom
                   it
                   is
                   required
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   
                     
                       Be
                       a
                       lawfull
                       Minister
                       .
                    
                     
                       Doe
                       administer
                       it
                       according
                       to
                       Christs
                       institution
                       :
                       where
                       consider
                       
                         
                           What
                           ,
                           viz.
                           the
                           
                             
                               Element
                               ,
                               which
                               is
                               water
                               only
                               .
                            
                             
                               Sacramental
                               word
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           To
                           whom
                           ,
                           viz.
                           to
                           those
                           who
                           are
                           within
                           the
                           couenant
                           ,
                           whether
                           
                             
                               Growne
                               persons
                               .
                            
                             
                               Infants
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Party
                   baptized
                   ,
                   viz.
                   faith
                   and
                   repentance
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Truly
                       professed
                       ,
                       by
                       him
                       that
                       is
                       of
                       yeeres
                       .
                    
                     
                       Promised
                       in
                       behalfe
                       of
                       the
                       Infant
                       ,
                       and
                       performed
                       when
                       he
                       comes
                       to
                       yeeres
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   People
                   ,
                   
                     
                       To
                       be
                       present
                       to
                       receiue
                       the
                       party
                       baptized
                       ,
                       into
                       the
                       congregation
                       .
                    
                     
                       To
                       ioyne
                       in
                       prayer
                       for
                       the
                       party
                       baptized
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Otherwise
               we
               
                 
                   Build
                   vpon
                   the
                   sand
                   .
                   Luk.
                   6.
                   49.
                   
                
                 
                   Aggrauate
                   our
                   sinne
                   ,
                   and
                   encrease
                   our
                   punishment
                   .
                   Ioh.
                   15.
                   22.
                   
                
              
            
             
               To
               these
               the
               Papists
               adde
               fiue
               other
               .
            
             
               The
               Papists
               permit
               priuate
               persons
               ,
               yea
               Midwiues
               ,
               to
               baptize
               .
            
             
               The
               Papists
               adde
               Oyle
               ,
               Salt
               ,
               and
               Spittle
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               The
               Papists
               suppresse
               it
               in
               an
               vnknowne
               language
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               breake
               the
               Vow
               of
               Baptisme
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               depart
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               1.
               
               Cor.
               11.
               23.
               
               In
               the
               right
               vse
               of
               the
               Lords
               Supper
               ,
               there
               are
               duties
               required
               in
               
                 
                   The
                   Minister
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   administer
                   it
                   according
                   to
                   Christs
                   institution
                   :
                   where
                   consider
                   
                     
                       What
                       hee
                       is
                       to
                       administer
                       ,
                       viz.
                       
                       
                         
                           The
                           elements
                           ,
                           both
                           
                             
                               Bread.
                               
                            
                             
                               Wine
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           The
                           Sacramentall
                           Word
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       How
                       ,
                       with
                       such
                       Sacramentall
                       rites
                       and
                       actions
                       as
                       were
                       ordained
                       by
                       Christ.
                       
                    
                     
                       To
                       whom
                       ,
                       to
                       the
                       faithfull
                       in
                       profession
                       at
                       the
                       least
                       :
                       And
                       not
                       to
                       
                         
                           Profane
                           persons
                           .
                        
                         
                           Heretikes
                           ,
                           or
                           excōmunicat
                           persons
                           ,
                        
                         
                           Such
                           as
                           cānot
                           prepare
                           themselues
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       To
                       what
                       end
                       ,
                       that
                       it
                       might
                       be
                       a
                       
                         
                           Sacrifice
                           of
                           praise
                           to
                           God.
                           
                        
                         
                           Memoriall
                           of
                           Christs
                           death
                           .
                        
                         
                           Meanes
                           to
                           confirme
                           the
                           faith
                           of
                           the
                           receiuer
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   faithfull
                   among
                   the
                   people
                   ,
                   viz.
                   to
                   
                     
                       Receiue
                       the
                       Communion
                       when
                       it
                       is
                       administred
                       .
                    
                     
                       Receiue
                       it
                       worthily
                       .
                       Whereunto
                       are
                       duties
                       required
                       
                         
                           Before
                           ,
                           viz.
                           due
                           preparation
                           ,
                           consisting
                           in
                           
                             
                               A
                               triall
                               of
                               our selues
                               ,
                               how
                               wee
                               stand
                               towards
                               
                                 
                                   God
                                   ,
                                   in
                                   regard
                                   of
                                   our
                                   
                                     
                                       Knowledge
                                       .
                                    
                                     
                                       Faith.
                                       
                                    
                                     
                                       Repentance
                                       .
                                    
                                  
                                
                                 
                                   Neighbours
                                   ,
                                   in
                                   regard
                                   of
                                   brotherly
                                   loue
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Prayer
                               ,
                               
                                 
                                   Confessing
                                   our
                                   sins
                                   ,
                                   and
                                   wants
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Desiring
                                   Gods
                                   blessing
                                   vpon
                                   his
                                   owne
                                   ordinance
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           At
                           the
                           Communiō
                           some
                           thing
                           is
                           to
                           be
                           
                             
                               Considered
                               :
                               the
                               sacramentall
                               vnion
                               of
                               the
                               signe
                               ,
                               and
                               the
                               thing
                               signified
                               .
                            
                             
                               Done
                               ,
                               viz.
                               the
                               bread
                               &
                               the
                               wine
                               are
                               to
                               bee
                               receiued
                               with
                               
                                 
                                   Faith.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Thanksgiuing
                                   ,
                                   &
                                   shewing
                                   ●orth
                                   the
                                   death
                                   of
                                   Christ.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Afterwards
                           ,
                           to
                           
                             
                               Be
                               thankfull
                               to
                               God.
                               
                            
                             
                               Labour
                               to
                               feele
                               the
                               fruit
                               and
                               benefit
                               of
                               the
                               Sacrament
                               .
                            
                             
                               Performe
                               y
                               ●
                               repētance
                               ,
                               w
                               ch
                               in
                               the
                               time
                               of
                               our
                               preparatiō
                               we
                               either
                               purposed
                               or
                               promised
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Papists
               with
               hold
               the
               Cup
               from
               the
               people
               .
            
             
               The
               Papists
               powre
               water
               into
               their
               wine
               .
            
             
               They
               mutter
               the
               words
               as
               a
               charme
               ouer
               the
               bread
               .
            
             
               They
               vse
               diuers
               gesticulations
               ,
               partly
               
                 
                   Ridiculous
                   .
                
                 
                   Idolatrous
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Eleuation
                       .
                    
                     
                       Adoration
                       .
                    
                     
                       Carrying
                       about
                       .
                    
                  
                   the
                   Bread.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Popish
               Priests
               distribute
               nothing
               to
               others
               ,
               but
               are
               the
               onely
               receiuers
               in
               their
               priuate
               Masses
               .
            
             
               The
               Papists
               consecrate
               their
               Eucharist
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               bee
               
                 
                   Adored
                   and
                   carried
                   about
                   in
                   pompe
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   receiued
                   .
                
                 
                   A
                   sacrifice
                   propitiatory
                   for
                   the
                   quicke
                   and
                   the
                   dead
                   .
                
                 
                   An
                   Idoll
                   which
                   they
                   worship
                   in
                   stead
                   of
                   Christ.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               And
               these
               were
               the
               parts
               of
               Gods
               worship
               .
            
             
               Now
               follow
               the
               
                 
                   Ad●uncts
                   of
                   Gods
                   worship
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   
                     
                       Circumstances
                       .
                    
                     
                       Ceremonies
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Meanes
                   thereof
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               circumstances
               belonging
               to
               Gods
               worship
               ,
               and
               the
               ceremonies
               therein
               to
               bee
               vsed
               ,
               we
               are
               to
               follow
               the
               generall
               rules
               of
               Gods
               word
               ,
               namely
               ,
               that
               all
               things
               be
               done
               
                 
                   To
                   edification
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   14.
                   26.
                   
                
                 
                   Decently
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   11.
                   13
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   14.
                   40.
                   
                
                 
                   According
                   to
                   order
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   14.40
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               meanes
               of
               Gods
               worship
               ,
               especially
               of
               
                 
                   Prayer
                   ,
                   Fasting
                   ▪
                   see
                   my
                   Treatise
                   therof
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Ministery
                   of
                   the
                   Word
                   and
                   Sacramēts
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   
                     
                       Preparation
                       and
                       education
                       of
                       Ministers
                       in
                       schooles
                       of
                       learning
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       10.
                       5.
                       
                       ●
                       19.
                       20.
                       2.
                       
                       King.
                       4.
                       38.
                       
                    
                     
                       Preseruation
                       and
                       sufficient
                       maintenance
                       .
                       Deut.
                       12.
                       19.
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       5.
                       17.
                       
                       Gal.
                       6.
                       6
                       ,
                       7.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           third
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Affirmatiue
             part
          
           ,
           Commanding
           vs
           to
           sanctifie
           the
           name
           of
           God.
           Math.
           6.
           9.
           
           Psal.
           29.
           2.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Negatiue
             part
          
           ,
           Forbidding
           to
           take
           the
           name
           of
           God
           in
           vaine
           ;
           that
           is
           ,
           to
           profane
           it
           ,
           or
           pollute
           it
           .
        
         
           
             
               The
               speciall
               duties
               of
               sanctifying
               Gods
               name
               ,
               are
               the
               vsage
               of
               Gods
               name
               holily
               ,
               
                 
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   seuerall
                   acceptation
                   of
                   Gods
                   name
                   ,
                   which
                   signifieth
                   either
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       God
                       himselfe
                       ,
                       and
                       his
                       attributes
                       ,
                       which
                       are
                       himselfe
                       .
                       Ioel
                       2.
                       32.
                       
                       Deut.
                       28.
                       58.
                       
                       Exod.
                       33.
                       19.
                       and
                       34.
                       5
                       ,
                       6
                       ,
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       That
                       wherby
                       hee
                       is
                       named
                       ,
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       
                         
                           2.
                           
                           Renowmed
                           :
                           his
                           name
                           of
                           renowme
                           ,
                           or
                           glory
                           .
                           Exod.
                           9.
                           16.
                           
                           Psalm
                           .
                           8.
                           1.
                           
                        
                         
                           Knowne
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               3.
                               
                               His
                               titles
                               :
                               as
                               Iehouah
                               ,
                               Iah
                               ,
                               Lord
                               ,
                               God
                               ,
                               &c.
                               Exod.
                               3.
                               15.
                               
                               Exod.
                               6.
                               3.
                               
                            
                             
                               Meanes
                               wherby
                               hee
                               is
                               known
                               ,
                               which
                               are
                               either
                               
                                 
                                   Peculiar
                                   to
                                   his
                                   Church
                                   ,
                                   as
                                   the
                                   
                                     
                                       4.
                                       
                                       Word
                                       of
                                       God.
                                       Act.
                                       9.
                                       15
                                       
                                       ●
                                       21.
                                       13.
                                       
                                    
                                     
                                       5.
                                       
                                       Religiō
                                       of
                                       God
                                       ,
                                       prescribed
                                       in
                                       his
                                       Word
                                       .
                                       Mic.
                                       4.
                                       5.
                                       1.
                                       
                                       King.
                                       5
                                       3
                                       ,
                                       5.
                                       
                                    
                                  
                                
                                 
                                   6.
                                   
                                   Common
                                   to
                                   all
                                   ,
                                   as
                                   the
                                   workes
                                   of
                                   God
                                   ,
                                   for
                                   God
                                   is
                                   knowne
                                   by
                                   his
                                   workes
                                   ,
                                   as
                                   men
                                   are
                                   by
                                   their
                                   names
                                   .
                                   Rom.
                                   1.
                                   19
                                   ,
                                   20.
                                   
                                   Exod.
                                   34.
                                   7.
                                   
                                   Psa.
                                   58.
                                   11
                                   ,
                                   12.
                                   
                                   Ro.
                                   1.
                                   21.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   After
                   an
                   especiall
                   manner
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   any
                   almost
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   acceptations
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   by
                   swearing
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               1.
               
               As
               the
               name
               of
               God
               signifieth
               ▪
               God
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               his
               attributes
               .
            
             
               Thus
               wee
               are
               to
               sanctifie
               the
               name
               of
               God
               ,
               in
               our
               
                 
                   Hearts
                   ,
                   1
                   ▪
                   Pet.
                   3.
                   14
                   ,
                   15.
                   by
                   
                     
                       Thinking
                       and
                       conceiuing
                       of
                       God
                       and
                       his
                       attributes
                       ,
                       holily
                       and
                       reuerently
                       .
                    
                     
                       Acknowledging
                       ,
                       beleeuing
                       ,
                       and
                       remembring
                       effectually
                       God
                       and
                       his
                       attributes
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Mouthes
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       Confessing
                       ,
                       and
                       professing
                       God
                       and
                       his
                       attributes
                       .
                       Rom.
                       10.
                       10.
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       3.
                       15.
                       
                    
                     
                       Speaking
                       holily
                       and
                       reuerently
                       of
                       God
                       and
                       his
                       attributes
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Liues
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   conuersation
                   answerable
                   to
                   the
                   effectuall
                   knowledge
                   of
                   God
                   and
                   his
                   attributes
                   .
                   Deut.
                   28.
                   58.
                   
                
              
            
             
               2.
               
               As
               the
               Name
               of
               God
               signifieth
               his
               glory
               .
            
             
               Thus
               wee
               are
               to
               sanctifie
               the
               name
               of
               God
               ,
               by
               glorifying
               him
               in
               our
               
                 
                   Hearts
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   true
                   
                     
                       Desire
                       of
                       Gods
                       glory
                       .
                    
                     
                       Purpose
                       and
                       intent
                       thereof
                       .
                       Mal.
                       2.
                       2.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Mouthes
                   ,
                   by
                   making
                   the
                   glory
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   both
                   the
                   
                     
                       Matter
                       of
                       our
                       speech
                       :
                       for
                       by
                       giuing
                       praise
                       and
                       thankes
                       to
                       God
                       ,
                       we
                       glorifie
                       him
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       50.
                       23.
                       
                    
                     
                       End
                       of
                       our
                       speech
                       ,
                       by
                       vttering
                       
                         
                           Necessary
                           truth
                           .
                           Iosh.
                           7.
                           19.
                           
                           Col.
                           4.
                           6.
                           
                        
                         
                           Sauoury
                           speeches
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Liues
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       Doing
                       all
                       things
                       to
                       the
                       glory
                       of
                       God.
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       10.
                       31.
                       
                    
                     
                       Bringing
                       forth
                       the
                       fruits
                       of
                       good
                       workes
                       :
                       for
                       thereby
                       we
                       
                         
                           Glorifie
                           God
                           our selues
                           .
                           Ioh.
                           15.
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Cause
                           others
                           to
                           glorifie
                           him
                           .
                           Math.
                           5.
                           12.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               speciall
               vices
               .
            
             
               To
               entertaine
               base
               ,
               vnreuerent
               and
               vngodly
               thoughts
               ,
               concerning
               God
               and
               his
               attributes
               .
               Psalm
               .
               50.
               21.
               this
               is
               to
               blaspheme
               God
               in
               our
               hearts
               .
               Iob.
               1.
               5.
               
               Psalm
               .
               14.
               1.
               
               ●
               10.
               11.
               
            
             
               Not
               to
               know
               God
               ,
               &c.
               effectually
               .
               Rom.
               2.
               4
               ,
               5.
               
            
             
               Not
               to
               confesse
               God
               and
               his
               attributes
               before
               men
               .
               Math.
               10.
               33.
               
            
             
               To
               speake
               of
               God
               ,
               or
               his
               attributes
               
                 
                   Vnreuerently
                   .
                
                 
                   Vnholily
                   .
                
              
               Psalm
               .
               78.
               19
               ,
               20.
               
               Exod.
               5.
               2.
               
            
             
               Not
               to
               sanctifie
               God
               in
               our
               liues
               .
               Numb
               .
               20.
               12.
               
               Tit.
               1.
               16.
               
            
             
               Pride
               ,
               and
               vaine-glory
               .
               Gen.
               11.
               4.
               
            
             
               Neglect
               of
               Gods
               glory
               .
               Rom.
               1.
               21.
               
            
             
               To
               suppresse
               the
               praises
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               vnthankfull
               to
               him
               .
               Luk.
               17.
               17.
               
            
             
               To
               blaspheme
               the
               name
               of
               God.
               Leuit.
               24.
               11.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               Truth
               
                 
                   Dissembled
                   ,
                   or
                   suppressed
                   .
                   Ioh.
                   9.
                   21.
                   
                   ●
                   12.
                   42
                   ,
                   43.
                   
                
                 
                   Denyed
                   .
                   Mark.
                   14.
                   68.
                   
                
                 
                   Oppugned
                   .
                   Act.
                   26.
                   11.
                   1.
                   
                   Tim
                   1.
                   13.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Speech
               ,
               
                 
                   Idle
                   .
                   Math.
                   12.
                   36.
                   
                
                 
                   Vnsauoury
                   .
                   Col.
                   4.
                   6.
                   
                
              
            
             
               By
               our
               sinnes
               ,
               to
               
                 
                   Dishonour
                   God.
                   Rom.
                   2.
                   23.
                   
                
                 
                   Cause
                   his
                   name
                   to
                   be
                   blasphemed
                   .
                   Rom.
                   2.
                   24.
                   2.
                   
                   Sam.
                   12.
                   14.
                   
                   Tit.
                   2.
                   5.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               3.
               
               As
               the
               Name
               of
               God
               signifieth
               his
               titles
               ,
               which
               we
               vse
               by
               taking
               them
               
                 
                   Vp
                   in
                   our
                   mouthes
                   and
                   writings
                   .
                
                 
                   Vpon
                   vs
                   ,
                   when
                   we
                   are
                   called
                   after
                   Gods
                   name
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   name
                   is
                   called
                   vpon
                   in
                   vs.
                   Genes
                   .
                   4.
                   26.
                   
                   Esa.
                   43.
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   
                   Act.
                   11.
                   26.
                   
                
              
            
             
               We
               sanctifie
               the
               Name
               of
               God
               in
               our
               speech
               and
               writings
               ,
               when
               it
               is
               mentioned
               
                 
                   In
                   a
                   matter
                   serious
                   .
                
                 
                   After
                   a
                   reuerent
                   manner
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   a
                   good
                   end
                   .
                
              
            
             
               And
               hereunto
               is
               referred
               Blessing
               of
               
                 
                   God.
                   Rom.
                   9.
                   5.
                   
                   ●
                   1.
                   25.
                   2.
                   
                   Cor.
                   11.
                   31.
                   
                   Iam.
                   3.
                   9.
                   
                
                 
                   Mē
                   ,
                   which
                   
                     
                       Generally
                       is
                       required
                       of
                       all
                       .
                       Mat.
                       5.
                       44.
                       
                       Rom.
                       12.
                       14.
                       and
                       hereto
                       salutation
                       is
                       referred
                       .
                       Genes
                       .
                       47.
                       7
                       ,
                       10.
                       
                       Iam.
                       6.
                       12.
                       
                       Rom.
                       16.
                       16.
                       
                       Mat.
                       5.
                       47.
                       
                    
                     
                       After
                       a
                       peculiar
                       manner
                       is
                       to
                       bee
                       performed
                       by
                       Superiours
                       .
                       Heb.
                       7.
                       7.
                       as
                       by
                       
                         
                           Parents
                           .
                           Gen.
                           27.
                           27.
                           
                           ●
                           49.
                           
                        
                         
                           Ministers
                           .
                           Nu.
                           6.
                           23
                           ,
                           24
                           ,
                           25.
                           
                        
                         
                           Magistrates
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Sam.
                           6.
                           18.
                           1.
                           
                           Kin.
                           8.
                           55.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               We
               sanctifie
               the
               Name
               of
               God
               and
               of
               Christ
               our
               Sauiour
               ,
               which
               we
               take
               vpon
               vs
               ,
               professing
               our selues
               Christians
               ,
               and
               the
               children
               of
               God
               ,
               when
               wee
               walke
               worthy
               our
               calling
               .
               Ephes.
               4.
               1.
               
               Tit.
               2.
               10.
               2.
               
               Tim.
               2.
               19.
               
               Eph.
               5.
               3.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               Neuer
               to
               make
               mention
               of
               God
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               signe
               that
               he
               is
               not
               in
               mens
               thoughts
               .
            
             
               To
               mention
               it
               amisse
               ,
               as
               
                 
                   In
                   a
                   matter
                   light
                   and
                   ridiculous
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   sport
                   .
                
                 
                   After
                   a
                   manner
                   
                     
                       Vnreuerent
                       and
                       carelesse
                       .
                    
                     
                       Superstitious
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   a
                   wicked
                   end
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   
                     
                       Charmes
                       and
                       Exorcismes
                       .
                       Act.
                       19.
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       Wicked
                       sentences
                       ,
                       which
                       begin
                       ,
                       
                         In
                         nomine
                         Dei.
                         Amen
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       Erroneous
                       doctrines
                       .
                       Ierem.
                       23.
                       25.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Cursing
               .
               Rom.
               12.
               14.
               
            
             
               Salutation
               ,
               
                 
                   Neglected
                   in
                   due
                   time
                   and
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   Abused
                   to
                   
                     
                       Hypocrisie
                       ,
                       where
                       it
                       is
                       not
                       sincere
                       and
                       from
                       the
                       heart
                       .
                    
                     
                       Malicious
                       purposes
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       20.
                       9.
                       
                       Mat.
                       26.
                       49.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Name
               of
               Christ
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               taken
               vpon
               men
               ,
               profaned
               ,
               Gen.
               6.
               2.
               which
               is
               a
               fault
               either
               
                 
                   Common
                   to
                   all
                   wicked
                   persons
                   which
                   call
                   themselues
                   Christians
                   .
                
                 
                   Peculiar
                   to
                   the
                   Iesuites
                   ,
                   who
                   vnder
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   Iesus
                   ,
                   serue
                   Antichrist
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               4.
               
               As
               the
               Name
               of
               God
               doth
               signifie
               his
               Word
               .
            
             
               This
               (
               to
               omit
               the
               holy
               and
               pure
               vse
               of
               it
               ,
               in
               the
               preaching
               &
               hearing
               thereof
               ,
               of
               which
               we
               spake
               in
               y
               e
               2.
               
               Com.
               )
               we
               are
               to
               sanctifie
               in
               our
               
                 
                   Hearts
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   holy
                   
                     
                       Meditation
                       therof
                       .
                    
                     
                       Desire
                       ,
                       study
                       and
                       care
                       to
                       know
                       and
                       practise
                       it
                       .
                    
                  
                   Psal.
                   119.
                   
                
                 
                   Words
                   and
                   writings
                   ,
                   by
                   applying
                   it
                   to
                   those
                   vses
                   for
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   profitable
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Tim.
                   3.
                   16.
                   to
                   our selues
                   ,
                   or
                   others
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   
                     
                       Information
                       of
                       the
                       iudgement
                       ,
                       by
                       doctrine
                       and
                       confutation
                       .
                    
                     
                       Reforming
                       of
                       the
                       life
                       and
                       affections
                       ,
                       by
                       admonition
                       ,
                       exhortatiō
                       ,
                       reproofe
                       ,
                       consolation
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Deeds
                   ,
                   by
                   obeying
                   it
                   from
                   our
                   hearts
                   .
                   Rom.
                   6.
                   17.
                   
                   Luk.
                   11.
                   28.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   13.
                   17.
                   
                
              
            
             
               5.
               
               As
               the
               Name
               of
               God
               signifieth
               his
               religion
               .
            
             
               This
               are
               we
               to
               sanctifie
               by
               a
               conuersation
               answerable
               to
               the
               Religion
               which
               we
               professe
               ,
               Tit
               ,
               2.
               11
               ,
               12.
               13.
               
               Ephes.
               4.
               20
               ,
               21
               ,
               22
               ,
               23
               ,
               24.
               
               ●
               5.
               8
               ,
               10
               ,
               11.
               
               This
               being
               the
               right
               way
               ,
               Esa.
               30.
               21.
               
               Act.
               9.
               2.
               wee
               are
               to
               walke
               in
               it
               ,
               Mic.
               4.
               5.
               and
               that
               
                 
                   Vprightly
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   God.
                   Psal.
                   119.
                   1.
                   
                   Gal.
                   2.
                   14.
                   
                   Gen.
                   17.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   Inoffēsiuely
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   men
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   10.
                   32.
                   
                   Heb.
                   12.
                   13.
                   
                   Phil.
                   1.
                   10.
                   
                   Act.
                   24.
                   14
                   ,
                   15
                   ,
                   16.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Word
               of
               God
               is
               profaned
               in
               the
               
                 
                   Heart
                   ,
                   when
                   wee
                   haue
                   neither
                   desire
                   to
                   know
                   it
                   ,
                   nor
                   care
                   to
                   keepe
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Words
                   &
                   writings
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   abused
                   to
                   vses
                   either
                   
                     
                       Vaine
                       and
                       vnprofitable
                       ,
                       as
                       when
                       it
                       is
                       read
                       in
                       an
                       vnknowne
                       language
                       ,
                       or
                       so
                       sung
                       ,
                       that
                       it
                       cannot
                       bee
                       vnderstood
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       47.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Euill
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       
                         
                           Iudgement
                           ,
                           as
                           for
                           the
                           
                             
                               Confutation
                               of
                               the
                               truth
                               .
                            
                             
                               Confirmation
                               of
                               errours
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Manners
                           ,
                           as
                           to
                           
                             
                               Impenitency
                               .
                               Psa.
                               50.
                               16
                               ,
                               17.
                               
                            
                             
                               Scoffes
                               and
                               iests
                               .
                            
                             
                               Charmes
                               and
                               inchantments
                               .
                               Deut.
                               18.
                               11
                               ,
                               12.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Deeds
                   ,
                   when
                   we
                   doe
                   not
                   obserue
                   it
                   to
                   doe
                   it
                   ,
                   Leuit.
                   22.
                   31
                   ,
                   32.
                   either
                   through
                   
                     
                       Neglect
                       .
                       Malac.
                       1.
                       12.
                       
                       Amos
                       2.
                       7.
                       
                       Prou.
                       30.
                       9.
                       
                    
                     
                       Contempt
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       a
                       kind
                       of
                       blasphemy
                       .
                       Num.
                       15.
                       30
                       ,
                       31.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Thus
               y
               ●
               name
               of
               God
               is
               takē
               in
               vaine
               ,
               when
               our
               cōuersatiō
               is
               not
               agreeable
               to
               our
               profession
               :
               as
               whē
               mē
               walke
               in
               respect
               of
               
                 
                   God
                   ,
                   in
                   hypocrisie
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   Tim.
                   3
                   5.
                   pretending
                   the
                   profession
                   of
                   religion
                   to
                   their
                   
                     
                       Worldly
                       respects
                       .
                       Phil.
                       3.
                       18
                       ,
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Wicked
                       respects
                       .
                       Mat.
                       23.
                       14.
                       1.
                       
                       King.
                       21.
                       9.
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       15.
                       8.
                       
                       Math.
                       2.
                       8.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Mē
                   ,
                   offensiuely
                   :
                   and
                   thus
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   God
                   is
                   profa●●d
                   by
                   the
                   
                     
                       Dissolute
                       and
                       wicked
                       life
                       of
                       carnall-gospellers
                       .
                       Rom.
                       2.
                       24.
                       
                    
                     
                       Offences
                       of
                       the
                       godly
                       ,
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       12.
                       14.
                       and
                       those
                       y
                       ●
                       would
                       seeme
                       forward
                       professors
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               6.
               
               As
               the
               Name
               of
               God
               signifieth
               his
               workes
               ,
               both
               of
               
                 
                   Creation
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   whereof
                   hee
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Creator
                   .
                
                 
                   Administration
                   ,
                   in
                   regard
                   whereof
                   hee
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Gouernour
                   and
                   Iudge
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               workes
               of
               Creation
               or
               creatures
               ,
               we
               are
               to
               sanctifie
               by
               a
               
                 
                   Holy
                   meditation
                   and
                   mentioning
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   to
                   
                     
                       Gods
                       glory
                       ,
                       that
                       we
                       
                         
                           In
                           them
                           may
                           acknowledge
                           the
                           wisedome
                           ,
                           power
                           and
                           goodnesse
                           of
                           God.
                           Rom.
                           1.
                           19
                           ,
                           20.
                           
                           Psalm
                           .
                           19.
                           1.
                           
                        
                         
                           Knowing
                           him
                           by
                           his
                           workes
                           ,
                           may
                           glorifie
                           him
                           as
                           God.
                           Rom.
                           1.
                           21.
                           
                        
                         
                           Acknowledging
                           in
                           thē
                           the
                           workmanship
                           of
                           God
                           ,
                           may
                           speake
                           honourably
                           thereof
                           .
                           Psa.
                           139.
                           14.
                           
                           Gen.
                           1.
                           3
                           1.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Our
                       good
                       ,
                       that
                       what
                       the
                       Scripture
                       hath
                       taught
                       vs
                       in
                       thē
                       to
                       
                         
                           Imitate
                           ,
                           wee
                           may
                           follow
                           .
                           Math.
                           6.
                           26
                           ,
                           28.
                           
                           Prou.
                           6.
                           6.
                           
                        
                         
                           Auoide
                           ,
                           wee
                           may
                           shun
                           .
                           Psalm
                           .
                           32.
                           9.
                           
                           Ierem.
                           5.
                           8.
                           2.
                           
                           Pet.
                           2.
                           22.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Pure
                   vse
                   ,
                   sanctified
                   by
                   
                     
                       The
                       Word
                       .
                    
                     
                       Prayer
                       .
                    
                  
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   4.
                   5
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   In
                   respect
                   of
                   Gods
                   glory
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Not
                       to
                       acknowledge
                       God
                       by
                       his
                       creatures
                       .
                    
                     
                       Knowing
                       him
                       by
                       them
                       ,
                       not
                       to
                       glorifie
                       him
                       as
                       God.
                       
                    
                     
                       To
                       depraue
                       or
                       deride
                       (
                       like
                       Mo●us
                       )
                       the
                       workes
                       of
                       God.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   regard
                   of
                   our
                   good
                   ,
                   to
                   imitate
                   that
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Scriptures
                   teach
                   vs
                   to
                   shun
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               the
               vse
               sanctified
               by
               
                 
                   the
                   Word
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   vse
                   
                     
                       Without
                       ,
                       or
                       besides
                       the
                       Word
                       ,
                       being
                       
                         
                           Scrupulous
                           .
                           Rom.
                           14.
                           23.
                           
                        
                         
                           Superstitious
                           ,
                           
                             
                               Ascribing
                               sanctification
                               to
                               them
                               ,
                               as
                               ,
                               to
                               holy-water
                               ,
                               salt
                               ,
                               candles
                               ,
                               bells
                               .
                            
                             
                               Abusing
                               them
                               to
                               diuination
                               .
                               Deut
                               18.
                               10.
                               
                               Esa.
                               47.
                               13.
                               
                               Ier.
                               10.
                               2.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Contrary
                       to
                       the
                       Word
                       ,
                       abusing
                       them
                       as
                       instruments
                       vnto
                       sinne
                       ,
                       as
                       our
                       bodies
                       to
                       fornication
                       ,
                       our
                       meate
                       and
                       drinke
                       ,
                       to
                       surfetting
                       and
                       drunkennesse
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Prayer
                   ,
                   the
                   profane
                   vse
                   ,
                   without
                   
                     
                       Crauing
                       Gods
                       blessing
                       in
                       the
                       vse
                       .
                    
                     
                       Returning
                       thanks
                       to
                       God
                       the
                       giuer
                       of
                       them
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               workes
               of
               administration
               ,
               (
               which
               in
               a
               generall
               sence
               are
               called
               the
               iudgements
               of
               God
               )
               are
               exercised
               in
               
                 
                   Determining
                   doubts
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   men
                   cannot
                   sufficiently
                   be
                   decided
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Lots
                   ,
                   Prou
                   16.
                   33.
                   as
                   in
                   
                     
                       Deciding
                       controuersies
                       .
                       Pro.
                       18.
                       18.
                       
                    
                     
                       Elections
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       10.
                       21
                       ,
                       24.
                       
                       Act.
                       1.
                       23.
                       
                    
                     
                       Diuiding
                       inheritances
                       .
                       Numb
                       .
                       26.
                       55.
                       
                    
                     
                       Finding
                       out
                       a
                       secret
                       offe●dor
                       .
                       Iosh.
                       7.
                       14.
                       
                    
                  
                   Lots
                   are
                   purely
                   vsed
                   ,
                   when
                   we
                   
                     
                       Call
                       vpon
                       God
                       for
                       his
                       direction
                       ,
                       referring
                       our selues
                       to
                       his
                       iudgement
                       .
                       Act.
                       1.
                       24.
                       
                    
                     
                       Rest
                       well
                       pleased
                       in
                       the
                       sentence
                       of
                       God.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Assigning
                   
                     
                       Rewards
                       and
                       blessings
                       ,
                       hereof
                       we
                       are
                       to
                       haue
                       a
                       pure
                       vse
                       ,
                       whether
                       bestowed
                       vpon
                       
                         
                           Our selues
                           :
                           that
                           is
                           ,
                           to
                           bee
                           thankfull
                           for
                           them
                           ,
                           and
                           to
                           testifie
                           our
                           thākfulnes
                           ,
                           by
                           
                             
                               Words
                               ,
                               in
                               
                                 
                                   Giuing
                                   thankes
                                   .
                                   Psal.
                                   124.
                                   6.
                                   
                                   ●
                                   86.
                                   12
                                   ,
                                   13.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Declaring
                                   Gods
                                   benefits
                                   .
                                   Ps.
                                   66.
                                   16.
                                   71.
                                   8
                                   ,
                                   18.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Deed
                               ,
                               by
                               
                                 
                                   Referring
                                   thē
                                   to
                                   Gods
                                   glory
                                   ,
                                   &
                                   the
                                   good
                                   of
                                   our
                                   brethren
                                   .
                                   Luk.
                                   19.
                                   13.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Being
                                   mooued
                                   to
                                   repentance
                                   thereby
                                   .
                                   Rom.
                                   2.
                                   4.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Others
                           :
                           viz.
                           to
                           
                             
                               Reioyce
                               with
                               them
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               Cor.
                               12.
                               26
                            
                             
                               Praise
                               God
                               for
                               them
                               .
                               Psal.
                               35.
                               27.
                               
                               Gal.
                               1.
                               23.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Punishments
                       &
                       crosses
                       ,
                       w
                       ch
                       more
                       specially
                       are
                       called
                       iudgments
                       :
                       wherof
                       also
                       wee
                       are
                       to
                       haue
                       a
                       pure
                       vse
                       ,
                       whether
                       laid
                       on
                       
                         
                           Our selues
                           ,
                           to
                           
                             
                               Bee
                               humbled
                               vnder
                               the
                               hand
                               of
                               God.
                               Iob
                               1.
                               
                            
                             
                               Patiently
                               &
                               thankfully
                               to
                               beare
                               them
                               Iob
                               1.
                               
                            
                             
                               To
                               learne
                               obedience
                               by
                               that
                               we
                               suffer
                               .
                               Heb.
                               5.
                               8.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Others
                           ,
                           to
                           
                             
                               Be
                               terrified
                               (
                               by
                               their
                               example
                               )
                               frō
                               sinne
                               .
                               Iosh.
                               22.
                               20.
                               1.
                               
                               Cor.
                               10.
                               6.
                               
                               Rom.
                               11.
                               20
                               ,
                               21.
                               
                            
                             
                               Condole
                               with
                               y
                               ●
                               faithful
                               .
                               Ro.
                               12.
                               15
                            
                             
                               Magnifie
                               the
                               iustice
                               of
                               God
                               in
                               punishing
                               the
                               wicked
                               Psal.
                               58.
                               11
                               ,
                               12.
                               
                               Iudg.
                               5.
                               31.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Lots
               abused
               ,
               in
               
                 
                   Casting
                   of
                   fortunes
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   game
                   called
                   Lottery
                   .
                
                 
                   Those
                   games
                   of
                   Dice
                   and
                   Cards
                   ,
                   &c.
                   which
                   wholly
                   consist
                   in
                   chance
                   :
                   for
                   in
                   toyes
                   and
                   sports
                   wee
                   are
                   not
                   to
                   appeale
                   to
                   the
                   immediate
                   iudgement
                   of
                   God.
                   Prou.
                   16.
                   33.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Not
               to
               be
               thankfull
               to
               God
               for
               his
               benefits
               .
            
             
               Not
               to
               testifie
               our
               thankfulnesse
               :
               but
               rather
               to
               
                 
                   Assume
                   the
                   praise
                   to
                   our selues
                   .
                
                 
                   Abuse
                   Gods
                   blessings
                   to
                   
                     
                       His
                       dishonour
                       .
                    
                     
                       Harme
                       of
                       others
                       .
                    
                     
                       Impenitency
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               To
               enuie
               the
               graces
               of
               God
               in
               others
               .
            
             
               Not
               to
               be
               humbled
               vnder
               the
               hand
               of
               God.
               Ier.
               5.
               3.
               
               Esa.
               22.
               12
               ,
               13.
               
            
             
               To
               be
               impatient
               ,
               and
               to
               murmure
               .
            
             
               To
               be
               incorrigible
               .
               Esa.
               1.
               5.
               
               Ier.
               2.
               30.
               
            
             
               Not
               to
               be
               warned
               by
               the
               iudgements
               of
               God
               vpon
               others
               .
               Dan.
               5.
               22.
               but
               rather
               to
               be
               pleased
               with
               our selues
               ,
               that
               we
               are
               not
               so
               afflicted
               .
               Luk.
               13.
               1
               ,
               2
               ,
               3.
               
            
             
               To
               reioyce
               at
               the
               afflictions
               of
               others
               .
               Iob
               31.
               29.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Of
                 Othes
              
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               In
               generall
               .
            
             
               The
               Na●e
               of
               God
               is
               to
               be
               sanctified
               by
               a
               lawfull
               Oth.
               
            
             
               Where
               consider
               two
               things
               :
               First
               ,
               that
               we
               are
               to
               sweare
               vpon
               iust
               occasion
               .
               Deut.
               6.
               13.
               
               Psal.
               63.
               11.
               
               Esa.
               45.
               23.
               
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               that
               we
               sweare
               lawfully
               .
            
             
               Duties
               required
               in
               a
               lawfull
               Oth
               ,
               respect
               the
               
                 
                   Object
                   :
                   for
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   sweare
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   alone
                   ,
                   Esa.
                   65.
                   16.
                   
                   Ierem.
                   12.
                   6.
                   Either
                   
                     
                       Directly
                       .
                    
                     
                       Indirectly
                       ,
                       the
                       inuocation
                       and
                       attestatiō
                       referred
                       to
                       God
                       ,
                       though
                       something
                       else
                       be
                       named
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Maner
                   ,
                   for
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   sweare
                   ▪
                   Ier
                   4.
                   2.
                   in
                   
                     
                       Truth
                       ,
                       Rom.
                       9.
                       1.
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       
                         
                           To
                           that
                           which
                           is
                           true
                           .
                        
                         
                           Truly
                           ,
                           
                             Exanimi
                             sententia
                          
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Chr.
                           15.
                           15.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Righteousnesse
                       ,
                       promising
                       by
                       Oth
                       lawfull
                       things
                       onely
                       .
                    
                     
                       Iudgement
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Discerning
                           the
                           necessity
                           of
                           our
                           Oth
                           ,
                           in
                           respect
                           of
                           the
                           
                             
                               Person
                               
                                 
                                   Imposing
                                   it
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Not
                                   beleeuing
                                   a
                                   necessary
                                   truth
                                   ,
                                   without
                                   it
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Thing
                               ,
                               which
                               cannot
                               otherwise
                               be
                               proued
                               .
                            
                             
                               End
                               ,
                               for
                               
                                 
                                   Gods
                                   glory
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   The
                                   good
                                   of
                                   
                                     
                                       Our selues
                                       .
                                    
                                     
                                       Others
                                       .
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Duly
                           weighing
                           the
                           conditions
                           &
                           circumstances
                           .
                           Gen.
                           24.
                           5.
                           
                           Iosh.
                           2.
                           17
                           ,
                           18
                           ,
                           19.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   End
                   ,
                   for
                   we
                   are
                   so
                   to
                   sweare
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     
                       God
                       may
                       haue
                       glory
                       by
                       the
                       manifestation
                       ,
                       or
                       confirmation
                       of
                       a
                       necessary
                       (
                       but
                       hidden
                       )
                       truth
                       ,
                       which
                       otherwise
                       could
                       not
                       bee
                       demonstrated
                       ▪
                       Iosh.
                       7.
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Our
                       neighbour
                       may
                       be
                       satisfied
                       ,
                       controuersies
                       may
                       be
                       ended
                       .
                       Heb.
                       6.
                       16.
                       
                    
                     
                       Our
                       owne
                       innocency
                       cleered
                       ,
                       Exod.
                       22.
                       11.
                       and
                       ou●
                       duty
                       discharged
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       King.
                       8.
                       31.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               To
               refuse
               altogether
               to
               sweare
               ,
               with
               the
               Anabaptists
               .
            
             
               To
               sweare
               vnlawfully
               .
            
             
               To
               sweare
               by
               any
               thing
               besides
               God
               ,
               Ier.
               5.
               7.
               
               Zeph.
               1.
               5.
               vsing
               Othes
               
                 
                   Ridiculous
                   :
                   as
                   By
                   Lakin
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   Pharisaicall
                   ,
                   by
                   creatures
                   ,
                   as
                   Light
                   ,
                   Fire
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   Popish
                   ,
                   as
                   by
                   
                     
                       Saints
                       :
                       
                         Mary
                         ,
                         Iohn
                      
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                    
                     
                       Idols
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Masse
                           .
                        
                         
                           Rood
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   Amos
                   8.
                   14.
                   
                
                 
                   Heathenish
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   gods
                   of
                   the
                   Gentiles
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   King.
                   19.
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Mebercle
                     ,
                     Medius
                     Fidius
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Blasphemous
                   ,
                   as
                   by
                   all
                   the
                   parts
                   and
                   members
                   of
                   Christ.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               to
               sweare
               
                 
                   To
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   false
                   .
                   Leuit.
                   19.
                   12.
                   
                
                 
                   Falsly
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   mind
                   to
                   dece●ue
                   Ps.
                   24.
                   4.
                   
                
              
            
             
               To
               sweare
               to
               an
               vnlawfull
               thing
               ,
               which
               either
               
                 
                   Is
                   apparantly
                   vnlawfull
                   at
                   the
                   ti●e
                   of
                   the
                   Oth.
                   1
                   Sam.
                   25.
                   21
                   ,
                   3●
                   .
                   ●
                   28.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   Afterwards
                   proueth
                   to
                   bee
                   vnlawfull
                   .
                   Mark.
                   6.
                   23
                   ,
                   25.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               sweare
               
                 
                   Without
                   necessity
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   vse
                   to
                   doe
                   ,
                   who
                   sweare
                   ordinarily
                   and
                   commonly
                   :
                   this
                   is
                   to
                   p●ll●te
                   the
                   Name
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   make
                   that
                   common
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   hath
                   sanctified
                   and
                   extolled
                   aboue
                   all
                   things
                   .
                   Math.
                   5.
                   37.
                   
                   Iam.
                   5.
                   12.
                   
                   Ecclus.
                   23.
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   Rashly
                   and
                   vnaduisedly
                   .
                   Leuit.
                   5.
                   4.
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   14
                   39
                   ,
                   44.
                   as
                   those
                   which
                   sweare
                   in
                   heat
                   and
                   choler
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               sweare
               to
               
                 
                   No
                   end
                   ,
                   vainly
                   ,
                   &
                   through
                   a
                   foolish
                   custome
                   ,
                   without
                   regard
                   of
                   Gods
                   glory
                   ,
                   or
                   good
                   of
                   their
                   brethren
                   ,
                   or
                   discharge
                   of
                   their
                   duty
                   .
                
                 
                   An
                   ill
                   end
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       For
                       a
                       brauery
                       ,
                       that
                       they
                       may
                       glory
                       in
                       their
                       shame
                       ,
                       and
                       garnish
                       their
                       speech
                       with
                       the
                       pollution
                       of
                       Gods
                       Name
                       .
                    
                     
                       To
                       falsifie
                       the
                       truth
                       ,
                       and
                       to
                       win
                       credit
                       to
                       a
                       falshood
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               2.
               
               In
               speciall
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               two
               distinction
               of
               Othes
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               An
               Oth
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Assertory
                   ,
                   wherein
                   some
                   truth
                   ,
                   is
                   auouched
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   bee
                   
                     
                       Certaine
                       &
                       knowne
                       ,
                       simply
                       that
                       it
                       is
                       so
                       .
                    
                     
                       Supposed
                       ,
                       according
                       to
                       our
                       opinion
                       ,
                       that
                       wee
                       thinke
                       so
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Promissory
                   ,
                   wherby
                   we
                   truly
                   promise
                   some
                   lawfull
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   our
                   power
                   ,
                   calling
                   vpon
                   God
                   not
                   onely
                   as
                   our
                   witnesse
                   and
                   Iudge
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   as
                   our
                   surety
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   will
                   performe
                   it
                   .
                   Heere
                   foure
                   things
                   are
                   required
                   :
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       That
                       the
                       thing
                       be
                       lawfull
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       That
                       it
                       is
                       ,
                       and
                       will
                       be
                       in
                       our
                       power
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       That
                       wee
                       haue
                       a
                       true
                       and
                       vnfained
                       purpose
                       to
                       performe
                       it
                       .
                    
                     
                       4.
                       
                       That
                       wee
                       doe
                       indeed
                       performe
                       it
                       ,
                       Num.
                       30.
                       2.
                       though
                       to
                       our
                       owne
                       hinderance
                       .
                       Psal.
                       15.
                       4.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               2.
               
               An
               Oth
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Publike
                   .
                
                 
                   Priuate
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               auouch
               that
               to
               bee
               
                 
                   True
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   know
                   to
                   be
                   false
                   .
                
                 
                   Certaine
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   know
                   not
                   to
                   bee
                   true
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               promise
               by
               Oth
               y
               ●
               which
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Is
                   not
                   lawfull
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   sinne
                   with
                   an
                   high
                   hand
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   a
                   desperate
                   resolution
                   to
                   doe
                   ill
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Is
                   not
                   in
                   our
                   power
                   ,
                   w
                   ch
                   either
                   
                     
                       Appeareth
                       so
                       at
                       the
                       first
                       ;
                       and
                       so
                       cannot
                       be
                       promised
                       by
                       Oth
                       ,
                       without
                       extreme
                       profanesse
                       .
                    
                     
                       Proueth
                       so
                       afterwards
                       ;
                       &
                       therfore
                       cannot
                       be
                       promised
                       simply
                       ,
                       without
                       great
                       rashnesse
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   We
                   doe
                   not
                   meane
                   to
                   performe
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   sweare
                   deceitfully
                   .
                   Psalm
                   .
                   24.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   Which
                   wee
                   doe
                   not
                   performe
                   ,
                   being
                   a
                   thing
                   lawfull
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   our
                   owne
                   power
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   properly
                   is
                   called
                   Periurie
                   .
                
              
            
             
               But
               if
               it
               be
               
                 
                   Impossible
                   ,
                   our
                   Oth
                   doth
                   not
                   bind
                   vs.
                   
                
                 
                   Vnlawfull
                   ,
                   wee
                   are
                   bound
                   to
                   breake
                   it
                   :
                   otherwise
                   we
                   adde
                   sinne
                   to
                   a
                   sinne
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               publike
               Othes
               cōsider
               the
               duty
               of
               him
               that
               
                 
                   Imposeth
                   it
                   ,
                   viz.
                   that
                   he
                   so
                   impose
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   Oth
                   may
                   bee
                   taken
                   in
                   
                     
                       Truth
                       .
                    
                     
                       Iudgement
                       .
                    
                     
                       Righteousnes
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Deposeth
                   :
                   that
                   the
                   consideratiō
                   of
                   the
                   publike
                   pla●e
                   for
                   seat
                   of
                   iudgement
                   ,
                   make
                   him
                   y
                   ●
                   more
                   reuerently
                   and
                   circumspectly
                   performe
                   the
                   generall
                   duties
                   ,
                   both
                   in
                   Othes
                   
                     
                       Assertory
                       .
                    
                     
                       Promissory
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               A
               priuate
               Oth
               may
               be
               taken
               onely
               vpon
               necessity
               .
               Mat.
               5.
               37.
               for
               what
               is
               redundant
               ,
               aboue
               yea
               or
               nay
               ,
               in
               our
               ordinary
               talke
               or
               communication
               ,
               is
               of
               euill
               :
               and
               consequently
               priuate
               Othes
               must
               be
               rare
               and
               in
               season
               .
            
             
               To
               Promissory
               Othes
               we
               are
               to
               referre
               Vowes
               ,
               which
               are
               promissory
               Othes
               ,
               made
               to
               God
               voluntarily
               concerning
               the
               performance
               of
               some
               certaine
               thing
               which
               may
               be
               acceptable
               to
               God
               ,
               either
               for
               the
               confirmation
               of
               our
               faith
               in
               prayer
               ,
               or
               for
               the
               strengthening
               of
               our
               resolution
               in
               the
               performāce
               of
               some
               good
               thing
               which
               we
               purpose
               .
            
             
               Duties
               required
               in
               Vowes
               ,
               belong
               either
               to
               the
               
                 
                   Making
                
                 
                   Performing
                
              
               of
               them
               .
               Psal.
               76.
               11.
               
               Esa.
               19.
               21.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               belong
               to
               the
               making
               of
               a
               vow
               ,
               concerne
               the
               
                 
                   Obiect
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   God
                   alone
                   ,
                   Psal.
                   76.
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   Manner
                   .
                   A.
                   
                
                 
                   End.
                   B.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               impose
               an
               Oth
               ,
               
                 
                   When
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   necessary
                   .
                
                 
                   Vpon
                   men
                   of
                   no
                   credit
                   ,
                   who
                   make
                   no
                   conscience
                   of
                   an
                   Oth.
                   
                
                 
                   In
                   matters
                   of
                   no
                   moment
                   .
                
                 
                   Tumultuously
                   and
                   in
                   haste
                   .
                
                 
                   Iniuriously
                   ,
                   especially
                   in
                   a
                   capitall
                   cause
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   party
                   accuse
                   himselfe
                   .
                
                 
                   Against
                   his
                   conscience
                   ,
                   when
                   hee
                   knoweth
                   that
                   it
                   
                     
                       Is
                       false
                       .
                    
                     
                       Will
                       not
                       bee
                       performed
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               depose
               in
               an
               Oth
               
                 
                   Assertory
                   ,
                   contrary
                   to
                   conscience
                   ,
                   for
                   
                     
                       Malice
                       .
                    
                     
                       Fauour
                       .
                    
                     
                       Hire
                       .
                    
                  
                   1.
                   
                   King
                   21.
                   13.
                   
                   Mark.
                   14.
                   56.
                   
                
                 
                   Promissory
                   ,
                   contrary
                   to
                   a
                   mans
                   purpose
                   :
                   as
                   when
                   being
                   chosen
                   to
                   publike
                   places
                   ,
                   or
                   admitted
                   into
                   societies
                   ,
                   men
                   take
                   Othes
                   ,
                   onely
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   custome
                   and
                   manner
                   that
                   they
                   should
                   sweare
                   ,
                   not
                   because
                   they
                   meane
                   to
                   keepe
                   their
                   Oth.
                   
                
              
            
             
               To
               sweare
               in
               our
               communication
               ,
               
                 
                   Without
                   necessity
                   ,
                
                 
                   Rashly
                   .
                
                 
                   Profanely
                   .
                   Ier.
                   23.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   Ordinarily
                   and
                   commonly
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Papists
               vow
               to
               Saints
               ,
               both
               
                 
                   Themselues
                   :
                   as
                   to
                   
                     Augustine
                     ,
                     Francis
                     ,
                     Dominick
                  
                   ,
                   &c.
                   as
                   the
                   Nazarites
                   were
                   wont
                   to
                   vow
                   themselues
                   to
                   God.
                   Numb
                   .
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Other
                   things
                   ;
                   as
                   Oblations
                   ,
                   and
                   Pilgrimages
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               A.
               Manner
               ,
               for
               it
               must
               be
               made
               in
               
                 
                   Truth
                   ,
                   and
                   therfore
                   must
                   be
                   
                     
                       Sincere
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Chron.
                       15.
                       15.
                       
                    
                     
                       Voluntary
                       .
                       Deut.
                       23.
                       23.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Righteousnesse
                   ,
                   both
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   
                     
                       Person
                       vowing
                       ,
                       that
                       either
                       hee
                       
                         
                           Be
                           his
                           owne
                           man.
                           
                        
                         
                           Haue
                           the
                           consent
                           of
                           his
                           gouernour
                           .
                           Numb
                           .
                           30.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Thing
                       vowed
                       ,
                       that
                       it
                       be
                       lawfull
                       &
                       acceptable
                       to
                       God
                       :
                       as
                       
                         
                           Things
                           good
                           and
                           commanded
                           :
                           of
                           such
                           ,
                           Vowes
                           are
                           made
                           .
                           
                             
                               Absolutely
                               ,
                               w
                               ch
                               are
                               renewings
                               of
                               our
                               Vow
                               in
                               Baptisme
                               .
                            
                             
                               With
                               restraint
                               of
                               circumstances
                               :
                               as
                               to
                               giue
                               so
                               much
                               almes
                               weekly
                               ;
                               or
                               to
                               pray
                               so
                               oft
                               daily
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           The
                           vse
                           ,
                           or
                           forbearance
                           of
                           things
                           indifferent
                           ,
                           as
                           wee
                           haue
                           found
                           the
                           same
                           profitable
                           or
                           hurtfull
                           to
                           vs.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Iudgement
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   the
                   party
                   cleerly
                   discerne
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   thing
                   ,
                   1.
                   lawfull
                   and
                   acceptable
                   vnto
                   God
                   :
                   2.
                   in
                   our
                   power
                   ,
                   either
                   naturally
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   the
                   assistance
                   of
                   Gods
                   grace
                   promised
                   to
                   vs
                   :
                   3.
                   profitable
                   .
                
              
            
             
               B.
               End
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Vow
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   to
                   confirme
                   our
                   
                     
                       Faith
                       in
                       prayer
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       1.
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       Resolution
                       in
                       good
                       things
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Thing
                   vowed
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   referred
                   to
                   the
                   
                     
                       Glory
                       of
                       God
                       ,
                       as
                       Vowes
                       Eucharisticall
                       ,
                       sacrifices
                       of
                       praise
                       ,
                       gifts
                       to
                       be
                       bestowed
                       to
                       godly
                       vses
                       .
                       Ps.
                       66.
                       13
                       ,
                       14.
                       
                       ●
                       61.
                       8.
                       
                       ●
                       132.
                       2
                       ,
                       5.
                       
                       Leuit
                       27.
                       16.
                       
                       Gen.
                       28.
                       20
                       ,
                       21.
                       
                    
                     
                       Good
                       of
                       our
                       brethren
                       :
                       as
                       Vowes
                       of
                       charity
                       and
                       mercy
                       towards
                       the
                       poore
                       .
                    
                     
                       Our
                       profit
                       :
                       as
                       the
                       Vowes
                       of
                       
                         
                           Sobriety
                           ,
                           of
                           fasting
                           and
                           abstinence
                           .
                        
                         
                           Repentance
                           ,
                           as
                           of
                           
                             
                               Hūbling
                               our
                               soules
                               .
                               Nu.
                               30.
                               14
                            
                             
                               Amending
                               our
                               liues
                               ,
                               in
                               
                                 
                                   Forsaking
                                   our
                                   sins
                                   with
                                   the
                                   occasions
                                   thereof
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Stirring
                                   vp
                                   our selues
                                   to
                                   the
                                   performance
                                   of
                                   our
                                   duties
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Vowes
               
                 
                   Hypocriticall
                   :
                   when
                   men
                   doe
                   not
                   truly
                   purpose
                   to
                   performe
                   them
                   :
                   such
                   as
                   hypocrites
                   make
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   aduersity
                   ,
                   to
                   deceiue
                   God.
                   Psal.
                   78.
                   36.
                   
                
                 
                   Forced
                   :
                   as
                   of
                   some
                   young
                   persons
                   ,
                   which
                   against
                   their
                   will
                   are
                   thrust
                   into
                   Monasteries
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   vow
                   single
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Vowes
               of
               children
               entring
               into
               a
               Monastery
               ,
               against
               the
               will
               of
               their
               parents
               ,
               are
               held
               firme
               among
               Papists
               :
               as
               Mat.
               15.
               5
               ,
               6.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               vow
               things
               either
               
                 
                   Simply
                   euill
                   .
                
                 
                   Euill
                   to
                   vs.
                   
                
              
               Such
               are
               Monasticall
               Vowes
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               vow
               that
               which
               either
               is
               not
               ,
               or
               wee
               know
               it
               not
               to
               be
               
                 
                   Lawfull
                   and
                   acceptable
                   to
                   God.
                   Deut.
                   23.
                   18.
                   as
                   the
                   Vow
                   of
                   voluntary
                   pouerty
                   .
                
                 
                   In
                   our
                   owne
                   power
                   :
                   as
                   the
                   Vow
                   of
                   single
                   life
                   ,
                   in
                   them
                   that
                   haue
                   not
                   the
                   gift
                   of
                   continency
                   .
                
                 
                   Profitable
                   ,
                   as
                   going
                   on
                   Pilgrimages
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Vowes
               therefore
               indefinitely
               conceiued
               ,
               (
               as
               that
               of
               Iephthe
               ,
               Iudg.
               11.
               31.
               
               )
               are
               vnlawfull
               ,
               because
               we
               know
               not
               whether
               they
               will
               be
               lawfull
               ,
               in
               our
               power
               ,
               or
               profitable
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               vow
               with
               the
               Papists
               ,
               such
               things
               as
               serue
               neither
               for
               the
               
                 
                   Glory
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   but
                   
                     
                       To
                       superstitious
                       and
                       idolatrous
                       ends
                       .
                    
                     
                       For
                       their
                       owne
                       glory
                       ,
                       with
                       opinion
                       of
                       merit
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Profit
                   of
                   their
                   neighbour
                   ,
                   but
                   contrary
                   thereto
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Vow
                   of
                   
                     
                       Monastical
                       obedience
                       ,
                       making
                       them
                       renounce
                       all
                       duty
                       to
                       parents
                       ,
                       &
                       seruice
                       to
                       their
                       countrey
                       .
                    
                     
                       Voluntary
                       pouerty
                       ,
                       making
                       them
                       drones
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Good
                   of
                   themselues
                   ,
                   as
                   y
                   ●
                   Vow
                   of
                   continency
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   all
                   the
                   vncleannesse
                   &
                   incontinency
                   of
                   the
                   Popish
                   Clergy
                   proceedeth
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               As
               touching
               the
               performance
               of
               Vowes
               ,
               the
               Scripture
               requireth
               that
               we
               should
               performe
               them
               ,
               or
               else
               we
               commit
               a
               sinne
               ,
               as
               bad
               ,
               or
               worse
               than
               Periury
               ,
               Num.
               30.
               3.
               
               &
               that
               without
               
                 
                   Delay
                   .
                   Eccles.
                   5.
                   3
                   ,
                   4.
                   
                   Deut.
                   23.
                   21.
                   
                
                 
                   Diminution
                   .
                   Num.
                   30
                   3.
                   
                   Deut.
                   23.
                   23.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Prouided
               alwayes
               ,
               that
               the
               thing
               vowed
               bee
               
                 
                   Lawfull
                   .
                
                 
                   In
                   our
                   power
                   .
                
              
               Otherwise
               wee
               haue
               sinned
               in
               vowing
               ,
               but
               wee
               are
               not
               bound
               to
               the
               performance
               .
            
             
               No
               hing
               doth
               bind
               the
               conscience
               ,
               which
               is
               against
               the
               Word
               of
               God.
               
            
             
               Vowes
               are
               of
               2.
               sorts
               :
               some
               
                 
                   Common
                   to
                   all
                   Christians
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Vow
                   in
                   Baptisme
                   ,
                   whereby
                   we
                   consecrated
                   our selues
                   to
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   more
                   carefully
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   .
                
                 
                   Proper
                   to
                   seuerall
                   men
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   either
                   a
                   
                     
                       Renewing
                       of
                       the
                       common
                       Vow
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       needfull
                       to
                       bee
                       done
                       ,
                       when
                       men
                       come
                       to
                       yeeres
                       of
                       discretion
                       .
                    
                     
                       New
                       Vow
                       ,
                       concerning
                       
                         
                           Certaine
                           things
                           commanded
                           ,
                           with
                           limitation
                           of
                           circumstances
                           .
                        
                         
                           Things
                           indifferent
                           ,
                           to
                           bee
                           vsed
                           or
                           refused
                           ,
                           as
                           wee
                           haue
                           found
                           them
                           by
                           experience
                           to
                           bee
                           profitable
                           or
                           hurtfull
                           for
                           vs.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Not
               to
               performe
               lawfull
               Vowes
               ,
               being
               in
               our
               power
               .
            
             
               To
               vse
               delay
               ,
               which
               argueth
               vnwillingnesse
               .
            
             
               To
               performe
               it
               by
               the
               halues
               ,
               which
               argueth
               doubling
               ,
               as
               in
               Ananias
               and
               Saphyra
               .
               Act.
               5.
               
            
             
               To
               thinke
               our selues
               bound
               to
               performe
               vnlawfull
               or
               vnpossible
               Vowes
               .
               Iudg.
               11.
               35
               ,
               39.
               
            
             
               To
               pretend
               we
               cannot
               performe
               the
               Vow
               of
               Baptisme
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               lawfull
               Vowes
               ,
               when
               we
               will
               not
               .
            
             
               Not
               to
               performe
               the
               Vow
               of
               Baptisme
               ,
               or
               those
               wherby
               it
               is
               renewed
               :
            
             
               Or
               any
               other
               lawfull
               or
               profitable
               Vow
               ,
               which
               is
               in
               our
               power
               to
               performe
               ,
               if
               we
               will.
               
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           fourth
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Commanding
               vs
               to
               remember
               the
               Sabbath
               to
               sanctifie
               it
               .
               Esa.
               56.
               2.
               
            
             
               Whence
               two
               things
               are
               to
               bee
               considered
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   That
                   we
                   must
                   sanctifie
                   the
                   Sabbath
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   That
                   we
                   must
                   be
                   mindfull
                   and
                   carefull
                   of
                   it
                   to
                   sanctifie
                   it
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               sanctification
               of
               the
               Sabbath
               two
               things
               are
               required
               :
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   Rest
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   signified
                   in
                   the
                   word
                   Sabbath
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   sanctifying
                   of
                   that
                   rest
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               rest
               which
               is
               required
               ,
               is
               partly
               
                 
                   Outward
                   ,
                   from
                   bodily
                   labours
                   ,
                   and
                   worldly
                   businesse
                   .
                   Vers.
                   9.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   Inward
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   seruile
                   workes
                   of
                   sinne
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Of
               the
               outward
               Rest
               ,
               3.
               things
               to
               be
               considered
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Why
                   it
                   is
                   required
                   ,
                   viz.
                   as
                   a
                   remedy
                   against
                   distraction
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   From
                   what
                   workes
                   :
                   viz.
                   workes
                   of
                   our
                   owne
                   ,
                   and
                   seruile
                   workes
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Buying
                       and
                       selling
                       .
                       Neh.
                       13.
                       15.
                       
                    
                     
                       Carrying
                       of
                       burthens
                       .
                       Ierem.
                       17.
                       22.
                       
                    
                     
                       Iourneys
                       .
                       Exod.
                       16.
                       29.
                       
                       &c.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   How
                   farre
                   forth
                   works
                   are
                   forbidden
                   :
                   viz.
                   
                   
                     
                       As
                       they
                       are
                       meanes
                       of
                       distraction
                       ,
                       and
                       hindrances
                       of
                       the
                       entire
                       sanctification
                       of
                       the
                       Sabbath
                       .
                    
                     
                       Not
                       as
                       they
                       are
                       referred
                       either
                       to
                       the
                       meanes
                       ,
                       or
                       workes
                       of
                       sanctification
                       .
                       To
                       the
                       
                         
                           Meanes
                           ,
                           as
                           the
                           
                             
                               Labours
                               of
                               the
                               Ministers
                               ,
                               in
                               and
                               about
                               their
                               ministery
                               .
                               Math.
                               12.
                               5.
                               
                            
                             
                               Trauell
                               of
                               the
                               people
                               to
                               the
                               places
                               of
                               Gods
                               worship
                               .
                               2.
                               
                               King
                               4.
                               23.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Workes
                           ,
                           as
                           the
                           duties
                           of
                           mercy
                           and
                           charity
                           :
                           as
                           to
                           heale
                           the
                           sicke
                           ;
                           to
                           helpe
                           a
                           woman
                           in
                           trauell
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                           Math.
                           12.
                           7
                           ,
                           12.
                           
                           Hos.
                           6.
                           6.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Nor
                       as
                       they
                       are
                       workes
                       of
                       necessity
                       .
                       Mat.
                       12.
                       1.
                       to
                       19.
                       
                       Of
                       necessity
                       I
                       say
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Present
                           ,
                           so
                           as
                           they
                           could
                           not
                           haue
                           been
                           done
                           before
                           ,
                           nor
                           may
                           be
                           done
                           afterwards
                           .
                        
                         
                           Sanctified
                           ,
                           not
                           contracted
                           ,
                           through
                           our
                           owne
                           negligence
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Negatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Forbidding
               the
               profanation
               of
               the
               Sabbath
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               The
               
                 
                   Extremes
                   ,
                   in
                   
                     
                       Excesse
                       :
                       a
                       Iewish
                       and
                       superstitious
                       obseruation
                       of
                       the
                       outward
                       rest
                       ,
                       preferring
                       it
                       before
                       either
                       the
                       meanes
                       ,
                       or
                       workes
                       of
                       sanctification
                       .
                       Mat.
                       12.
                       1
                       ,
                       2.
                       
                       Mark.
                       3.
                       2.
                       
                       Luk.
                       13.
                       14.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       9.
                       14
                       ,
                       16.
                       1.
                       
                       Mac.
                       2.
                       38.
                       
                    
                     
                       Defect
                       :
                       the
                       neglect
                       of
                       the
                       outward
                       rest
                       ,
                       following
                       of
                       bodily
                       labours
                       and
                       worldly
                       businesse
                       .
                       Exod.
                       34.
                       21.
                       
                       ●
                       31.
                       13
                       ,
                       14.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Abuse
                   of
                   rest
                   ,
                   to
                   
                     
                       Idlenesse
                       :
                       when
                       rest
                       is
                       not
                       vsed
                       as
                       a
                       meanes
                       ,
                       but
                       men
                       rest
                       in
                       it
                       as
                       the
                       end
                       ;
                       which
                       is
                       worse
                       than
                       bodily
                       labour
                       .
                       
                         Sabbathum
                         Asino●um
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       Vanity
                       ,
                       in
                       profane
                       sports
                       and
                       pastimes
                       ,
                       which
                       more
                       distract
                       ,
                       and
                       more
                       hinder
                       our
                       workes
                       than
                       honest
                       labours
                       .
                       Esa.
                       58.
                       13.
                       
                       
                         Sabbathum
                         Tituli
                      
                       .
                       Exod.
                       32.
                       6
                       ,
                       18
                       ,
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Sinne
                       ,
                       as
                       to
                       gluttony
                       ,
                       drunkennesse
                       ,
                       whoredome
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                         Sabbathum
                         Satanae
                      
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               By
               necessity
               therefore
               are
               excused
               ,
               the
               necessary
               
                 
                   Labour
                   in
                   prouision
                   of
                   food
                   .
                
                 
                   Tending
                   of
                   cattel
                   .
                   Mat.
                   12.
                   11
                   
                   Labours
                   of
                   Mariners
                   ,
                   being
                   before
                   the
                   Sabbath
                   on
                   y
                   ●
                   sea
                   .
                
                 
                   Fight
                   for
                   defence
                   of
                   our
                   Countrey
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Mac.
                   2.
                   41.
                   
                
                 
                   Labours
                   of
                   seruants
                   ,
                   and
                   subiects
                   ,
                   enioyned
                   by
                   their
                   masters
                   ,
                   and
                   Magistrates
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 Mark.
                 2.
                 27.
                 
              
               
                 The
                 Sabbath
                 was
                 made
                 for
                 man.
                 
              
            
             
               The
               inward
               and
               spirituall
               rest
               from
               sinne
               .
               For
               as
               wee
               are
               to
               rest
               from
               sinne
               euery
               day
               (
               that
               in
               this
               life
               wee
               may
               begin
               our
               eternall
               Sabbath
               ,
               Heb.
               4.
               9.
               10.
               
               )
               so
               especially
               on
               the
               Sabbath
               .
               Esa.
               56.
               2.
               
               ●
               58.
               13.
               
            
             
               These
               workes
               are
               chiefly
               forbidden
               ,
               as
               being
               especially
               
                 
                   Seruile
                   workes
                   ,
                   whereby
                   men
                   serue
                   the
                   diuell
                   .
                
                 
                   Our
                   owne
                   workes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Now
               followeth
               the
               sanctification
               of
               the
               Rest
               ,
               by
               
                 
                   Vsing
                   the
                   meanes
                
                 
                   Doing
                   the
                   workes
                
              
               of
               sanctification
               .
            
             
               The
               Sabbath
               is
               to
               be
               sanctified
               ,
               both
               
                 
                   Publikely
                   .
                
                 
                   Priuately
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               publike
               sanctification
               consisteth
               in
               
                 
                   Vsing
                   the
                   meanes
                   of
                   sanctification
                   in
                   the
                   worship
                   of
                   God.
                   Wherewe
                   are
                   to
                   consider
                   the
                   duty
                   of
                   y
                   ●
                   
                     
                       Ministers
                       ,
                       who
                       are
                       to
                       be
                       the
                       chiefe
                       actors
                       in
                       the
                       publike
                       sanctification
                       of
                       the
                       Sabbath
                       :
                       their
                       duty
                       is
                       to
                       
                         
                           Call
                           vpō
                           God
                           in
                           behalfe
                           of
                           the
                           people
                           .
                        
                         
                           Reade
                           and
                           preach
                           the
                           Word
                           .
                        
                         
                           Administer
                           the
                           Sacraments
                           at
                           conuenient
                           times
                           ,
                           and
                           as
                           occasion
                           is
                           offered
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       People
                       ,
                       
                         
                           To
                           vouchsafe
                           their
                           presence
                           in
                           the
                           assembly
                           ,
                           Leuit.
                           19.
                           30.
                           67.
                           
                           ●
                           23.
                           2.
                           
                           
                             
                               Cōming
                               duly
                               .
                            
                             
                               Staying
                               to
                               the
                               end
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Being
                           present
                           ,
                           to
                           behaue
                           themselues
                           religiously
                           and
                           vprightly
                           (
                           as
                           hath
                           been
                           shewed
                           in
                           the
                           second
                           Commandement
                           )
                           in
                           
                             
                               Hearing
                               the
                               Word
                               .
                            
                             
                               Calling
                               on
                               y
                               e
                               name
                               of
                               God.
                               
                            
                             
                               The
                               vse
                               of
                               y
                               ●
                               Sacramēts
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Doing
                   the
                   workes
                   of
                   sanctification
                   :
                   as
                   namely
                   ,
                   in
                   collections
                   for
                   the
                   poore
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   16.
                   2.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Not
               to
               rest
               from
               sinne
               ,
               which
               maketh
               the
               obseruation
               of
               the
               outward
               rest
               ,
               odious
               vnto
               God.
               Esa
               1.
               13
               ,
               14
               ,
               15.
               
               Amos
               5.
               21.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               In
               the
               
                 
                   Ministers
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Carelesse
                       Non-residency
                    
                     
                       Idlenesse
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   People
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Absence
                       ,
                       vpon
                       no
                       iust
                       cause
                       ,
                       through
                       
                         
                           Negligence
                           .
                           Mat.
                           22.
                           5.
                           
                           Luk.
                           14.
                           18
                           ,
                           19
                           ,
                           20.
                           
                        
                         
                           Contempt
                           and
                           obstinacy
                           ,
                           as
                           in
                           Recusants
                           ,
                           whether
                           
                             
                               Hereticks
                               ,
                               as
                               Papists
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                            
                             
                               Schismaticks
                               ,
                               as
                               Brownists
                               .
                               Heb.
                               10.
                               25.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Departure
                       without
                       any
                       necessary
                       cause
                       .
                    
                     
                       Irreligious
                       and
                       hypocriticall
                       behauiour
                       in
                       the
                       worship
                       of
                       God.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Sabbath
               is
               also
               to
               be
               sanctified
               priuately
               .
            
             
               The
               priuate
               sanctification
               consisteth
               in
               duties
               ,
               which
               either
               
                 
                   haue
                   reference
                   to
                   the
                   publike
                   sanctification
                   ,
                   and
                   those
                   either
                   
                     
                       Going
                       before
                       ,
                       as
                       preparation
                       by
                       
                         
                           Meditation
                           .
                        
                         
                           Prayer
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Following
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Meditation
                           of
                           the
                           Word
                           heard
                           .
                        
                         
                           Application
                           of
                           it
                           to
                           our
                           vse
                           .
                        
                         
                           Conference
                           with
                           others
                           ,
                           if
                           wee
                           be
                           not
                           alone
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Seuerally
                   are
                   required
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Meanes
                       of
                       sanctification
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Reading
                           .
                        
                         
                           Meditation
                           of
                           Gods
                           
                             
                               Word
                               .
                            
                             
                               Workes
                               of
                               
                                 
                                   Creation
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Redēption
                                   by
                                   Christ.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Inuocation
                               by
                               
                                 
                                   Prayer
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Thankes-giuing
                                   ,
                                   and
                                   singing
                                   of
                                   Psalms
                                   .
                                   Ps.
                                   92.
                                   1
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Godly
                               conference
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Works
                       of
                       sanctification
                       :
                       as
                       y
                       ●
                       workes
                       of
                       mercy
                       .
                       
                         
                           Outward
                           :
                           as
                           Almes●giuing
                           ,
                           visiting
                           the
                           sicke
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                        
                         
                           Inward
                           &
                           spirituall
                           ▪
                           as
                           to
                           
                             
                               Teach
                               the
                               ignorant
                               .
                            
                             
                               Reclaime
                               the
                               erroneous
                               .
                            
                             
                               Admonish
                               the
                               backward
                               .
                            
                             
                               Exhort
                               &
                               stir
                               vp
                               one
                               another
                               .
                            
                             
                               Rebuke
                               the
                               offendour
                               .
                            
                             
                               Comfort
                               the
                               distressed
                               .
                            
                             
                               Giue
                               counsell
                               to
                               them
                               which
                               need
                               it
                               ,
                               or
                               seeke
                               it
                               .
                            
                             
                               Reconcile
                               them
                               which
                               bee
                               at
                               variance
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               To
               neglect
               the
               priuate
               sanctification
               of
               the
               Sabbath
               ,
               mis-spending
               the
               time
               in
               
                 
                   Worldly
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                
                 
                   Idlenesse
                   .
                
                 
                   Vanity
                   .
                
                 
                   Sinne
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               2.
               
               We
               are
               to
               remember
               ,
               or
               (
               as
               Deut.
               5.
               12.
               
               )
               to
               obserue
               the
               Sabbath
               that
               we
               may
               sanctifie
               it
               .
            
             
               Where
               are
               duties
               required
               ,
               both
               
                 
                   Before
                   :
                   so
                   to
                   cast
                   our
                   businesse
                   before-hand
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   to
                   dispose
                   of
                   our
                   affaires
                   and
                   iourneyes
                   ,
                   &c.
                   that
                   on
                   the
                   Sabbath
                   we
                   shall
                   not
                   need
                   to
                   bee
                   distracted
                   with
                   bodily
                   labours
                   ,
                   or
                   worldly
                   businesse
                   .
                
                 
                   On
                   the
                   Sabbath
                   ,
                   studiously
                   to
                   obserue
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   both
                   
                     
                       Seriously
                       &
                       soundly
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       words
                       import
                       .
                    
                     
                       Willingly
                       and
                       with
                       delight
                       .
                       Esa.
                       58.
                       13.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               weekly
               Sabbath
               ,
               wee
               are
               to
               adde
               all
               other
               Sabbaths
               ,
               lawfully
               ordained
               by
               the
               Church
               ;
               all
               w
               ch
               are
               to
               be
               consecrated
               as
               Sabbaths
               to
               the
               Lord
               ,
               whether
               they
               be
               
                 
                   Ordinary
                   and
                   Anniuersary
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   
                     
                       were
                       the
                       feast
                       of
                       
                         
                           Purim
                           .
                           Hest.
                           3.
                           7.
                           
                           ●
                           9.
                           21.
                           
                        
                         
                           The
                           Dedication
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Macca
                           .
                           4.
                           59.
                           
                           Ioh.
                           10.
                           22.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Are
                       the
                       feasts
                       of
                       Christs
                       Natiuity
                       ,
                       Resurrection
                       ,
                       Ascension
                       ,
                       &
                       Pentecost
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Extraordinary
                   ,
                   w
                   ch
                   are
                   Sabbaths
                   of
                   
                     
                       ●oy
                       and
                       thankes-giuing
                       .
                       Neh.
                       8.
                       9
                       ,
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       Humiliation
                       .
                       Ioel
                       1.
                       14.
                       
                       ●
                       2.
                       15.
                       2.
                       
                       Chr.
                       20.
                       3.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               bee
               mindfull
               of
               the
               Sabbath
               to
               profane
               it
               :
               as
               those
               who
               hauing
               any
               extraordinary
               businesse
               ,
               will
               not
               bestow
               any
               part
               of
               the
               weeke
               vpon
               it
               ,
               but
               will
               reserue
               it
               for
               the
               Sabbath
               ;
               and
               make
               bold
               with
               God
               to
               borrow
               part
               of
               his
               day
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               To
               obserue
               the
               Sabbath
               for
               fashion
               sake
               ,
               keeping
               the
               outward
               Rest
               onely
               ,
               putting
               on
               gay
               clothes
               ,
               and
               doing
               nothing
               .
            
             
               To
               bee
               weary
               of
               the
               Sabbath
               ,
               and
               to
               wish
               it
               were
               gone
               .
               Amos
               8.
               5.
               
            
             
               The
               not
               obseruing
               of
               Sabbaths
               lawfully
               ordained
               by
               the
               Church
               ,
               either
               through
               
                 
                   Neglect
                   .
                
                 
                   Contempt
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               mis-spending
               of
               them
               ,
               (
               which
               fault
               is
               common
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               Feast
               of
               Christs
               Natiuity
               )
               to
               vanity
               and
               sinne
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               the
               summe
               of
               the
               second
               Table
               .
            
             
               
                 Thou
                 shalt
                 loue
                 thy
                 neighbour
                 as
                 thy selfe
                 .
              
               Leuit.
               19.
               18.
               
               Mat.
               22.
               39.
               
               Rom.
               13.
               8
               ,
               9.
               
            
             
               In
               which
               words
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               the
               
                 
                   Duty
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   loue
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   13.
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   4.
                   20
                   ,
                   21
                   3.
                   14.
                   and
                   this
                   loue
                   must
                   bee
                   
                     
                       Vnfained
                       .
                       Ro.
                       12.
                       9.
                       2.
                       
                       Cor.
                       6.
                       6.
                       1.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       3.
                       18.
                       
                    
                     
                       Feruēt
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       4.
                       8.
                       
                    
                  
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   1.
                   22.
                   
                
                 
                   Obiect
                   ,
                   thy
                   neighbour
                   ,
                   whereby
                   is
                   meant
                   ,
                   euery
                   one
                   that
                   is
                   neere
                   vnto
                   v●
                   not
                   onely
                   in
                   friendship
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Pharises
                   imagined
                   ,
                   Math.
                   5.
                   43.
                   or
                   in
                   place
                   and
                   dwelling
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   word
                   is
                   commonly
                   vsed
                   :
                   but
                   also
                   in
                   nature
                   ,
                   as
                   euery
                   man
                   is
                   ,
                   being
                   made
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   blood
                   ,
                   Act.
                   17.
                   26.
                   the
                   same
                   flesh
                   ,
                   Esa.
                   58.
                   7.
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   image
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   Gen.
                   9.
                   6.
                   
                   Howbeit
                   of
                   this
                   loue
                   there
                   are
                   degrees
                   ,
                   Gal.
                   6.
                   10.
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   8.
                   
                   Gen.
                   2.
                   24.
                   
                
                 
                   Manner
                   ,
                   as
                   thy selfe
                   ,
                   Mat.
                   7.
                   12
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   as
                   thou
                   oughtest
                   to
                   loue
                   thy selfe
                   ,
                   in
                   regard
                   both
                   of
                   the
                   loue
                   
                     
                       Naturall
                       ,
                       whereby
                       thou
                       des●est
                       thine
                       own
                       good
                       and
                       safety
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       preseruation
                       of
                       thy
                       
                         
                           Life
                           ,
                           and
                           health
                           .
                        
                         
                           Wiues
                           chastity
                           .
                        
                         
                           Goods
                           .
                        
                         
                           Good
                           name
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Spirituall
                       ,
                       whereby
                       thou
                       desirest
                       and
                       seekest
                       the
                       saluation
                       of
                       thy
                       soule
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       meanes
                       thereof
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               division
               of
               the
               second
               Table
               .
            
             
               The
               commandements
               of
               the
               second
               Table
               ,
               cōcerne
               such
               duties
               and
               vices
               ,
               as
               are
               either
               
                 
                   Peculiar
                   to
                   some
                   sorts
                   of
                   men
                   ;
                   as
                   of
                   
                     
                       Superiours
                       to
                       inferiours
                       .
                    
                     
                       Inferiours
                       to
                       superiours
                       .
                    
                  
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   5.
                   
                   Commandement
                   .
                
                 
                   Cōmon
                   to
                   all
                   :
                   &
                   they
                   forbid
                   such
                   sins
                   against
                   the
                   neighbour
                   ,
                   as
                   either
                   
                     
                       Haue
                       the
                       consent
                       of
                       the
                       will
                       to
                       doe
                       them
                       ;
                       and
                       they
                       are
                       committed
                       against
                       the
                       
                         
                           Person
                           ,
                           as
                           in
                           the
                           sixth
                           Commandement
                           .
                        
                         
                           Adiuncts
                           of
                           the
                           Person
                           ,
                           whether
                           
                             
                               Inward
                               ,
                               as
                               Chastity
                               in
                               the
                               seuenth
                               Cōmandement
                               .
                            
                             
                               Outward
                               ,
                               as
                               
                                 
                                   Goods
                                   ,
                                   in
                                   the
                                   8.
                                   
                                   Commādement
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Good
                                   name
                                   ,
                                   in
                                   the
                                   ninth
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Goe
                       before
                       the
                       consent
                       of
                       the
                       will
                       ,
                       as
                       concupiscence
                       :
                       in
                       the
                       tenth
                       Commandement
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           fifth
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Commanding
               the
               duties
               of
               superiours
               and
               inferiours
               .
            
             
               Which
               are
               either
               
                 
                   Generall
                   to
                   all
                   
                     
                       Superiours
                       .
                    
                     
                       Inferiours
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Peculiar
                   to
                   some
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               generall
               duties
               of
               all
               superiours
               .
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   To
                   shew
                   themselues
                   worthy
                   of
                   honour
                   :
                   that
                   as
                   they
                   would
                   bee
                   honoured
                   as
                   Parents
                   ,
                   so
                   they
                   should
                   behaue
                   themselues
                   as
                   Parents
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   To
                   carry
                   themselues
                   moderately
                   and
                   modestly
                   towards
                   their
                   inferiours
                   .
                   Deut.
                   17.
                   20.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   To
                   shew
                   grauity
                   answerable
                   to
                   their
                   dignity
                   .
                   Iob
                   29.
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   To
                   goe
                   before
                   their
                   inferiours
                   according
                   to
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   example
                   of
                   good
                   life
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   3.
                   7.
                   
                   Psal.
                   101
                   2.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               general
               dutie
               of
               all
               inferiours
               ,
               is
               ,
               to
               honour
               their
               superiours
               :
               &
               this
               honour
               is
               partly
               
                 
                   Inward
                   :
                   viz.
                   a
                   reuerent
                   estimation
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   superiority
                   .
                
                 
                   Outward
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   
                     
                       Signe
                       ,
                       according
                       to
                       the
                       manner
                       of
                       the
                       countrey
                       ,
                       as
                       to
                       
                         
                           Rise
                           vp
                           to
                           them
                           .
                           Iob
                           29.
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Goe
                           to
                           meet
                           them
                           Gen.
                           18.
                           2.
                           
                        
                         
                           Bow
                           the
                           knee
                           ,
                           and
                           put
                           off
                           the
                           hat
                           .
                           Gen.
                           18.
                           2.
                           
                        
                         
                           Stand
                           before
                           them
                           .
                           Iob
                           29.
                           8.
                           
                           Gen.
                           18.
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Giue
                           them
                           the
                           precedence
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           King.
                           2.
                           19.
                           
                        
                         
                           Be
                           silent
                           when
                           they
                           speak
                           .
                           Iob
                           29
                           ▪
                           9
                           ,
                           10.
                           
                        
                         
                           Vse
                           words
                           of
                           reuerence
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Pet.
                           3.
                           6.
                           
                           Gen.
                           31.
                           35.
                           42.
                           10.
                           1.
                           
                           Sam.
                           1.
                           15.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Deed
                       to
                       minister
                       vnto
                       them
                       as
                       iust
                       occasion
                       is
                       offered
                       .
                       Genes
                       .
                       18.
                       4
                       ,
                       5.
                       &c.
                       Mat.
                       8
                       ▪
                       9.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Negatiue
               part
               .
            
             
               Forbidding
               the
               offences
               of
               
                 
                   Superiours
                   .
                
                 
                   Inferiours
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Shew
                   themselues
                   vnworthy
                   of
                   honour
                   .
                
                 
                   Carry
                   themselues
                   
                     
                       Insolently
                       towards
                       their
                       inferiours
                       .
                    
                     
                       Lightly
                       ,
                       before
                       thē
                       .
                    
                     
                       Dissolutely
                       ,
                       before
                       thē
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Despise
                   superiours
                   .
                
                 
                   Behaue
                   our selues
                   towards
                   them
                   
                     
                       Vnreuerently
                       .
                    
                     
                       Vndutifully
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Speciall
               duties
               .
            
             
               Superiours
               are
               such
               as
               haue
               any
               preeminence
               aboue
               vs
               ,
               whether
               it
               be
               in
               
                 
                   Excellency
                   onely
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   gifts
                   they
                   haue
                   
                     
                       Receiued
                       ,
                       as
                       all
                       our
                       betters
                       ,
                       whether
                       in
                       gifts
                       
                         
                           Inward
                           ,
                           as
                           of
                           the
                           minde
                           .
                        
                         
                           Outward
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               Age
                               ,
                               as
                               the
                               Ancient
                               ,
                               Pro.
                               16.
                               31.
                               
                            
                             
                               Degree
                               ,
                               by
                               reason
                               of
                               
                                 
                                   Birth
                                   ,
                                   as
                                   Noblemen
                                   and
                                   Gentlemen
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Wealth
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Bestowed
                       on
                       vs
                       ,
                       as
                       our
                       Benefactors
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Authority
                   also
                   ,
                   as
                   our
                   Gouernours
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Of
               Superiours
               ,
               in
               gifts
               receiued
               of
               God
               ,
               as
               our
               betters
               :
               (
               which
               signification
               in
               our
               modesty
               is
               to
               be
               extended
               to
               those
               who
               are
               our
               superiours
               ,
               or
               equals
               in
               any
               gifts
               ,
               though
               (
               perhaps
               )
               inferiours
               in
               others
               ,
               Phil.
               2.
               3.
               
               Rom.
               12.
               10.
               )
               And
               first
               ,
               of
               superiours
               in
               the
               gifts
               of
               the
               minde
               :
               as
               learning
               ,
               Arts
               ,
               wisedome
               ,
               vertue
               ,
               &c.
               their
               duty
               is
               
                 
                   In
                   humility
                   to
                   acknowledge
                   their
                   gifts
                   to
                   bee
                   committed
                   vnto
                   them
                   as
                   talents
                   ,
                   whereof
                   they
                   are
                   to
                   giue
                   a
                   strait
                   account
                   .
                
                 
                   Willingly
                   to
                   expose
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   
                     
                       Glory
                       of
                       God.
                       Ma●
                       .
                       25.
                       
                    
                     
                       Good
                       of
                       others
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       12.
                       7.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               inferiours
               toward
               their
               superiours
               ,
               in
               the
               gifts
               of
               the
               mind
               ,
               viz.
               to
               
                 
                   Acknowledge
                   ingenuously
                   the
                   gifts
                   of
                   God
                   where
                   they
                   are
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   that
                   degree
                   wherein
                   they
                   are
                   ,
                   to
                   praise
                   God
                   for
                   them
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   Reuerence
                   the
                   party
                   in
                   whom
                   they
                   are
                   .
                
                 
                   Seeke
                   vnto
                   him
                   to
                   be
                   profited
                   thereby
                   ,
                   as
                   our
                   need
                   shall
                   require
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Be
                   lifted
                   vp
                   in
                   heart
                   aboue
                   others
                   ,
                   forgetting
                   our
                   account
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Abuse
                    
                     
                       Bury
                    
                  
                   the
                   gifts
                   of
                   God.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Deny
                   ,
                   extenuate
                   or
                   depraue
                   the
                   good
                   gifts
                   of
                   God
                   in
                   others
                   .
                   Mark.
                   6.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   Disdaine
                   to
                   make
                   vse
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   lest
                   they
                   should
                   seeme
                   to
                   acknowledge
                   their
                   owne
                   want
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   excellency
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               duties
               of
               the
               Ancient
               ,
               or
               superiour
               in
               age
               ,
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   be
                   sober
                   and
                   graue
                   .
                   Tit.
                   2.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   By
                   their
                   wisedome
                   and
                   experience
                   to
                   aduise
                   and
                   instruct
                   the
                   younger
                   .
                   Tit.
                   2.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   bee
                   patternes
                   and
                   precedents
                   of
                   good
                   things
                   to
                   the
                   younger
                   sort
                   .
                   Prou.
                   16.
                   31.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               the
               yonger
               sort
               to
               wards
               the
               Ancient
               :
               to
               
                 
                   Reuerence
                   them
                   as
                   Fathers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   1.
                   
                   Leuit.
                   19.
                   32.
                   
                   Iob
                   32.
                   4
                   ,
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   Ascribe
                   experience
                   and
                   wisedome
                   to
                   their
                   yeeres
                   .
                   Iob
                   12.
                   12
                   32.
                   7.
                   to
                   hearken
                   to
                   their
                   counsell
                   .
                
                 
                   Imitate
                   their
                   good
                   example
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Wealthy
                   ,
                   to
                   vse
                   their
                   riches
                   as
                   instruments
                   of
                   bounty
                   and
                   liberality
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   
                     
                       Publike
                       vse
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Church
                           .
                        
                         
                           Cōmon-wealth
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Priuate
                       good
                       of
                       others
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Noble
                   ,
                   to
                   vse
                   their
                   nobility
                   and
                   gentry
                   as
                   instruments
                   of
                   magnanimity
                   and
                   munificence
                   ,
                   &
                   their
                   power
                   as
                   a
                   refuge
                   and
                   protection
                   of
                   the
                   innocent
                   and
                   helplesse
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               those
               y
               ●
               be
               inferiour
               to
               them
               in
               outward
               estate
               ,
               to
               
                 
                   Esteeme
                   of
                   them
                   as
                   their
                   superiours
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   that
                   high
                   or
                   better
                   estate
                   wherein
                   God
                   hath
                   placed
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   Reuerence
                   them
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   ,
                   or
                   may
                   bee
                   the
                   instruments
                   of
                   God
                   for
                   the
                   good
                   of
                   others
                   ,
                   either
                   in
                   priuate
                   ,
                   or
                   publicke
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   25.
                   8.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   be
                   light
                   or
                   lewdly
                   giuen
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   
                     
                       Counsellers
                    
                     
                       Precedents
                    
                  
                   of
                   euill
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Despise
                   the
                   aged
                   .
                   Esa.
                   3.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   Contemne
                   their
                   counsell
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   King.
                   12.
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   Neglect
                   their
                   good
                   example
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               abuse
               their
               
                 
                   Wealth
                   ,
                   to
                   niggardlinesse
                   .
                
                 
                   Power
                   ,
                   to
                   oppression
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Disdaine
                   the
                   wealthy
                   ,
                   as
                   vnworthy
                   of
                   their
                   wealth
                   .
                
                 
                   Presume
                   against
                   the
                   honourable
                   .
                   Esa.
                   5.
                   3.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Superiors
               ,
               as
               benefactors
               ,
               Act.
               20.
               35.
               
               Iob
               29.
               16.
               their
               duty
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Act
                   of
                   giuing
                   ,
                   to
                   doe
                   it
                   
                     
                       Cheerfully
                       ,
                       2.
                       
                       Cor.
                       9.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Freely
                       ,
                       Luk.
                       6.
                       33
                       ,
                       34
                       ,
                       35.
                       
                    
                     
                       Quickly
                       ,
                       Prou.
                       3.
                       28.
                       
                    
                     
                       Discreetly
                       and
                       with
                       choyce
                       ,
                       that
                       Christ
                       may
                       take
                       it
                       as
                       done
                       to
                       him
                       .
                       Mat.
                       25.
                       40.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Gift
                   bestowed
                   ,
                   holily
                   to
                   dissemble
                   it
                   ,
                   rather
                   then
                   to
                   cast
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   parties
                   teeth
                   ,
                   following
                   therein
                   the
                   Lord.
                   Iam.
                   1.
                   5.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Duties
               towards
               the
               benefactors
               ,
               both
               
                 
                   Inward
                   :
                   thankfulnesse
                   ,
                   in
                   
                     
                       Acknowledging
                       him
                       the
                       instrument
                       of
                       God
                       for
                       our
                       good
                       .
                    
                     
                       Esteeming
                       as
                       highly
                       of
                       the
                       benefit
                       after
                       it
                       is
                       receiued
                       ,
                       as
                       before
                       .
                    
                     
                       Making
                       the
                       best
                       of
                       the
                       benefit
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       gift
                       it selfe
                       ,
                       and
                       of
                       the
                       mind
                       of
                       the
                       giuer
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Outward
                   :
                   testification
                   of
                   our
                   thankfulnesse
                   in
                   
                     
                       Word
                       by
                       thankesgiuing
                       .
                       Rom.
                       16.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Deed
                       ,
                       by
                       
                         
                           Requitall
                           ,
                           if
                           wee
                           be
                           able
                           .
                        
                         
                           Prayer
                           to
                           God
                           for
                           them
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Tim.
                           1.
                           16.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Bestow
                   a
                   benefit
                   
                     
                       Grudgingly
                       and
                       with
                       ill
                       will.
                       2.
                       
                       Cor.
                       9.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Seeking
                       his
                       owne
                       profit
                       therin
                       .
                    
                     
                       With
                       delay
                       :
                       
                         qui
                         serò
                         dat
                         ,
                         diun●luit
                      
                       :
                       he
                       that
                       is
                       long
                       in
                       giuing
                       ,
                       was
                       long
                       vnwilling
                       .
                    
                     
                       Without
                       choyce
                       ,
                       so
                       as
                       hee
                       may
                       seeme
                       rather
                       to
                       cast
                       away
                       a
                       benefit
                       ,
                       than
                       rightly
                       to
                       bestow
                       it
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Exprobrate
                   the
                   benefit
                   bestowed
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Vnthankfulnesse
               ,
               in
               
                 
                   Not
                   acknowledging
                   the
                   benefit
                   .
                
                 
                   Esteeming
                   lightly
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   after
                   it
                   is
                   receiued
                   .
                
                 
                   Extenuating
                   or
                   deprauing
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Forgetting
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   recompensing
                   it
                   either
                   with
                   
                     
                       The
                       like
                       ,
                       when
                       we
                       are
                       able
                       .
                    
                     
                       Prayer
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Requiting
                   ill
                   for
                   good
                   .
                   Pro.
                   17.
                   13.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Of
               superiours
               in
               authority
               :
               who
               are
               not
               onely
               preferred
               before
               vs
               as
               our
               betters
               ;
               but
               also
               set
               ouer
               vs
               as
               our
               Gouernours
               ,
               in
               that
               society
               wherein
               we
               liue
               .
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               Gouernours
               in
               generall
               :
               to
               
                 
                   Gouerne
                   their
                   inferiours
                   in
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Containing
                       them
                       in
                       the
                       duties
                       of
                       Piety
                       and
                       Iustice.
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       2.
                       2.
                       
                    
                     
                       Seeking
                       not
                       themselues
                       ,
                       but
                       the
                       
                         
                           Glory
                           of
                           God.
                           Rom.
                           13.
                           4
                           ,
                           6.
                           2.
                           
                           Chr●n
                           .
                           19.
                           6.
                           
                        
                         
                           Good
                           of
                           the
                           inferiours
                           .
                           Rom.
                           13.
                           4.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Correct
                   offendors
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   y
                   ●
                   quality
                   of
                   their
                   offence
                   :
                   wherein
                   they
                   are
                   to
                   vse
                   
                     
                       Discretiō
                       to
                       discerne
                       of
                       
                         
                           The
                           cause
                           .
                        
                         
                           The
                           disposition
                           of
                           the
                           offendour
                           .
                        
                         
                           Their
                           owne
                           affection
                           ,
                           y
                           ●
                           they
                           doe
                           not
                           proceed
                           to
                           correction
                           ,
                           through
                           
                             
                               Choler
                               and
                               hastines
                               :
                            
                             
                               Hatred
                               of
                               the
                               person
                               :
                            
                          
                           but
                           in
                           iudgement
                           ,
                           seeking
                           y
                           ●
                           good
                           of
                           the
                           
                             
                               Party
                               ,
                               if
                               hee
                               be
                               corrigible
                               .
                            
                             
                               Society
                               y
                               ●
                               the
                               
                                 
                                   Euil
                                   may
                                   be
                                   taken
                                   away
                                
                                 
                                   Iudgmēt
                                   of
                                   God
                                   may
                                   be
                                   preuented
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Rest
                                   may
                                   feare
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Moderation
                       ,
                       that
                       neither
                       they
                       bee
                       too
                       
                         
                           Remisse
                           and
                           indulgent
                           .
                        
                         
                           Seuere
                           or
                           cruell
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               generall
               duties
               of
               inferiours
               towards
               their
               gouernours
               ,
               besides
               reuerēce
               ,
               are
               ,
               to
               
                 
                   Be
                   in
                   awe
                   of
                   them
                   .
                   Leuit.
                   19.
                   3.
                   
                   Eph.
                   5.
                   33
                   6.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   Obey
                   them
                   ,
                   though
                   euill
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   vnto
                   euill
                   .
                   Eph.
                   6.
                   1
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   Col.
                   3.
                   22
                   ,
                   23
                   ,
                   24.
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   13
                   ,
                   18.
                   
                
                 
                   Submit
                   themselues
                   to
                   their
                   corrections
                   .
                   Gen.
                   16.
                   6
                   ,
                   9.
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   19
                   ,
                   20.
                   
                
                 
                   Testifie
                   their
                   loue
                   and
                   thankfulnesse
                   to
                   them
                   by
                   their
                   seruice
                   ,
                   or
                   goods
                   ,
                   as
                   their
                   necessity
                   shall
                   require
                   .
                   Math.
                   15.
                   4
                   ,
                   5.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Contempt
                   of
                   Gouernours
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   fruit
                   thereof
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   mocking
                   .
                   Prou.
                   30.
                   17.
                   
                   Iude
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   Disobedience
                   to
                   their
                   lawfull
                   commandements
                   .
                   Rom.
                   13.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   Refusing
                   of
                   correction
                   ,
                   and
                   resisting
                   of
                   their
                   power
                   .
                   Prou.
                   15.
                   10
                   ,
                   32.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   wanting
                   to
                   them
                   in
                   their
                   need
                   .
                   Math.
                   15.
                   6.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Speciall
               duties
               :
            
             
               Gouernours
               are
               distinguished
               according
               to
               the
               societies
               wherein
               they
               gouern
               ,
               viz.
               in
               the
               
                 
                   Family
                   .
                
                 
                   Schooles
                   and
                   Vniuersities
                   .
                
                 
                   Church
                   .
                
                 
                   Common-wealth
                   .
                
              
               Heere
               therfore
               are
               cōmanded
               ,
               duties
               
                 
                   Oeconomicall
                   .
                
                 
                   Scholasticall
                   &
                   Academicall
                   .
                
                 
                   Ecclesiasticall
                   .
                
                 
                   Politicall
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Oeconomicall
               :
            
             
               Duties
               of
               superiours
               and
               inferiours
               in
               the
               family
               :
               of
               whom
               there
               are
               three
               combinations
               ,
               viz.
               the
               
                 
                   Husband
                   and
                   wife
                   .
                
                 
                   Parents
                   and
                   children
                   .
                
                 
                   Masters
                   and
                   seruants
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               mutuall
               duties
               of
               man
               &
               wife
               ,
               are
               either
               
                 
                   Common
                   to
                   them
                   both
                   ,
                   as
                   coniugall
                   
                     
                       Loue
                       ,
                       whereby
                       (
                       they
                       being
                       vnited
                       into
                       one
                       flesh
                       )
                       doe
                       loue
                       one
                       another
                       aboue
                       all
                       others
                       .
                       Gen.
                       2.
                       24.
                       
                       Ephes.
                       5.
                       27
                       ,
                       28
                       ,
                       29.
                       and
                       one
                       anothers
                       kindred
                       ,
                       as
                       their
                       owne
                       .
                    
                     
                       Communication
                       of
                       their
                       
                         
                           Bodies
                           ,
                           by
                           
                             
                               Mutuall
                               beneuolence
                               ,
                               performed
                               by
                               the
                               one
                               to
                               the
                               other
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               Cor.
                               7.
                               2
                               ,
                               3
                               ,
                               4
                               ,
                               5.
                               
                               Prou.
                               5.
                               18
                               ,
                               19.
                               
                            
                             
                               Coniugall
                               fidelity
                               ,
                               either
                               of
                               them
                               keeping
                               themselues
                               proper
                               to
                               the
                               other
                               .
                               Mal.
                               2.
                               15.
                               
                               Prou.
                               2.
                               17.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Goods
                           ,
                           labours
                           ,
                           endeuours
                           ,
                           and
                           mutuall
                           helpe
                           ,
                           for
                           the
                           mutuall
                           good
                           and
                           comfort
                           one
                           of
                           another
                           .
                           Gen.
                           2.
                           18.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   Both
                   which
                   require
                   cohabitation
                   and
                   dwelling
                   together
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   3.
                   7.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   7.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   A.
                   See
                   Peculiar
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Want
                   of
                   loue
                   ,
                   discord
                   and
                   dissension
                   .
                
                 
                   Mutuall
                   beneuolence
                   denyed
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   refusing
                   the
                   others
                   bed
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   bond
                   of
                   marriage
                   broken
                   by
                   adultery
                   .
                
                 
                   Goods
                   and
                   helpes
                   not
                   communicated
                   .
                
                 
                   Separation
                   of
                   the
                   one
                   from
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   without
                   iust
                   and
                   necessary
                   cause
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               A.
               Peculiar
               to
               either
               as
               the
               duties
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Husband
                   ,
                   to
                   behaue
                   himselfe
                   as
                   a
                   head
                   to
                   the
                   body
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   11.
                   3.
                   
                   Eph.
                   5.
                   23.
                   in
                   
                     
                       Guiding
                       ,
                       directing
                       ,
                       instructing
                       his
                       wife
                       according
                       to
                       knowledge
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       3.
                       7.
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       14.
                       35.
                       
                    
                     
                       Protecting
                       her
                       according
                       to
                       his
                       power
                       .
                       Ruth
                       3.
                       9.
                       
                    
                     
                       Cherishing
                       her
                       as
                       the
                       more
                       tender
                       part
                       of
                       himselfe
                       .
                       Ephes.
                       5.
                       23.
                       25
                       ,
                       33.
                       
                    
                     
                       Prouiding
                       things
                       needfull
                       ,
                       according
                       to
                       his
                       ability
                       ;
                       and
                       communicating
                       his
                       goods
                       to
                       her
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                    
                     
                       Gouerning
                       her
                       by
                       an
                       amiable
                       gouernment
                       ,
                       and
                       giuing
                       honour
                       to
                       her
                       as
                       the
                       weaker
                       vessell
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       3.
                       7.
                       
                       Gen.
                       26.
                       8.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Wife
                   ,
                   to
                   
                     
                       Acknowledge
                       her
                       husband
                       ,
                       to
                       be
                       her
                       head
                       and
                       Lord
                       :
                       to
                       reuerence
                       him
                       ,
                       and
                       to
                       feare
                       him
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       3.
                       6.
                       
                       Ephes.
                       5.
                       33.
                       
                       Gen.
                       20.
                       16.
                       24.
                       65.
                       
                    
                     
                       Bee
                       subiect
                       and
                       obedient
                       vnto
                       him
                       ,
                       as
                       to
                       the
                       Lord.
                       Col.
                       3.
                       18.
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       3.
                       16.
                       
                       Eph.
                       5.
                       22
                       ,
                       24.
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       14.
                       34.
                       
                    
                     
                       Be
                       amiable
                       and
                       gracious
                       ,
                       seeking
                       in
                       all
                       lawfull
                       things
                       ,
                       to
                       please
                       him
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Pet
                       3.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Cherish
                       her
                       husband
                       as
                       the
                       better
                       part
                       of
                       her selfe
                       .
                       Tit.
                       2.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Bee
                       his
                       assistant
                       and
                       helper
                       ,
                       in
                       gouerning
                       the
                       house
                       ,
                       and
                       performing
                       the
                       duties
                       of
                       a
                       good
                       huswife
                       .
                       Prou.
                       31.
                       10
                       ,
                       11
                       ,
                       12
                       ,
                       &c.
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       5.
                       14.
                       
                    
                     
                       Be
                       good
                       house-keepers
                       .
                       Tit.
                       2.
                       5.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   be
                   his
                   wiues
                   vnderling
                   ,
                   contrary
                   to
                   the
                   order
                   of
                   nature
                   ,
                   and
                   ordinance
                   of
                   God.
                   Genes
                   .
                   3.
                   16.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   11.
                   3
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   
                   Ephes.
                   5.
                   23.
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   2.
                   12
                   ,
                   13
                   ,
                   14.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   betray
                   his
                   wiues
                   chastity
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   hate
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   strike
                   her
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   his
                   owne
                   flesh
                   .
                   Ephes.
                   5.
                   29.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   deny
                   things
                   needful
                   vnto
                   her
                   ,
                   being
                   in
                   his
                   power
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   too
                   
                     
                       Vxorious
                       ,
                       fondly
                       doting
                       vpon
                       his
                       wife
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       King.
                       11.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Imperious
                       and
                       rigorous
                       towards
                       her
                       .
                       Col.
                       3.
                       19.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   reuerence
                   her
                   husband
                   as
                   her
                   head
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Sam.
                   6.
                   16
                   ,
                   20.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   vsurpe
                   dominion
                   ouer
                   him
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   2.
                   12.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   of
                   an
                   vnquiet
                   and
                   prouoking
                   spirit
                   .
                   Prou.
                   21.
                   9
                   ,
                   19.
                   
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   cherish
                   her
                   husband
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   be
                   an
                   helper
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   crosse
                   to
                   her
                   husband
                   Pro.
                   12.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   play
                   the
                   ill
                   houswife
                   ,
                   either
                   
                     
                       Idle
                       at
                       home
                       .
                    
                     
                       Gadding
                       abroad
                       .
                       Prou.
                       7.
                       11.
                       12.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Hitherto
               of
               the
               mutuall
               duties
               of
               man
               and
               wife
               :
               now
               follow
               their
               duties
               towards
               their
               family
               ,
               in
               respect
               wherof
               they
               are
               gouernors
               ;
               either
               as
               
                 
                   Parents
                   ,
                   ouer
                   their
                   children
                   .
                
                 
                   Master
                   and
                   Mistresse
                   ouer
                   their
                   seruants
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               the
               hous-holders
               ,
               towards
               those
               of
               their
               houshold
               in
               generall
               ,
               are
               to
               
                 
                   Rule
                   them
                   in
                   y
                   ●
                   Lord
                   ,
                   keeping
                   them
                   in
                   godly
                   obedience
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   3.
                   4.
                   by
                   domesticall
                   
                     
                       Instruction
                       ,
                       both
                       by
                       
                         
                           Doctrine
                           ,
                           respecting
                           
                             
                               Priuate
                               Catechizing
                               .
                               Deu.
                               6.
                               6
                               ,
                               7.
                               2.
                               
                               Tim.
                               3.
                               15.
                               
                               Gen.
                               18.
                               19.
                               
                            
                             
                               The
                               publike
                               ministery
                               ,
                               w
                               ch
                               they
                               must
                               
                                 
                                   Cause
                                   them
                                   to
                                   frequent
                                   .
                                   Exod.
                                   20.
                                   10.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Teach
                                   thē
                                   to
                                   vse
                                   aright
                                   ,
                                   by
                                   
                                     
                                       Preparing
                                       them
                                       .
                                    
                                     
                                       Examining
                                       thē
                                       .
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Example
                           ,
                           going
                           before
                           them
                           in
                           exercises
                           of
                           religion
                           ,
                           and
                           in
                           the
                           practice
                           of
                           Christian
                           duties
                           .
                           Iob
                           1.
                           5.
                           
                           Iosh.
                           24.
                           15.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Discipline
                       ,
                       vsing
                       correctiō
                       towards
                       thē
                       ,
                       either
                       
                         
                           verbal
                           ,
                           as
                           moderate
                           threatnings
                           and
                           reproofes
                           .
                        
                         
                           Reall
                           ,
                           as
                           stripes
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Prouide
                   necessaries
                   for
                   them
                   :
                   as
                   food
                   ,
                   raiment
                   ,
                   rest
                   ,
                   and
                   recreation
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   8.
                   
                   Prou.
                   31.
                   15
                   ,
                   21.
                   
                   Gen.
                   30.
                   30.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Duties
               of
               Parents
               towards
               their
               children
               ,
               viz.
               fatherly
               &
               motherly
               
                 
                   Loue
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Storgè
                   .
                   Psa.
                   103.
                   13.
                   2.
                   
                   Sa.
                   18.
                   33.
                   
                
                 
                   Care
                   for
                   thē
                   .
                
              
               And
               both
               in
               respect
               of
               their
               life
               
                 
                   Naturall
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   
                     
                       Nourish
                       and
                       bring
                       them
                       vp
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       5.
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       Traine
                       them
                       vp
                       to
                       some
                       honest
                       calling
                       whereto
                       they
                       are
                       apt
                       by
                       inclination
                       ,
                       and
                       by
                       gifts
                       .
                    
                     
                       Direct
                       thē
                       in
                       matters
                       of
                       moment
                       ,
                       &
                       namely
                       ,
                       in
                       cōtracting
                       mariage
                       ,
                       Gē
                       .
                       24.
                       1
                       ,
                       2.
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       7.
                       36
                       ,
                       37.
                       
                    
                     
                       Prouide
                       and
                       lay
                       vp
                       for
                       thē
                       ,
                       as
                       God
                       shall
                       giue
                       meanes
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Cor.
                       12.
                       14.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   A.
                   Spirituall
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   be
                   without
                   naturall
                   affection
                   .
                   Rom
                   1.
                   31.
                   2.
                   
                   Tim.
                   3.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   traine
                   them
                   vp
                   in
                   idlenesse
                   or
                   vanity
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   neglect
                   their
                   children
                   ,
                   neither
                   prouiding
                   for
                   them
                   by
                   
                     
                       Education
                       in
                       some
                       honest
                       ●●ling
                       .
                    
                     
                       Laying
                       vp
                       for
                       them
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               A.
               In
               respect
               of
               their
               life
               spirituall
               :
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   As
                   they
                   bring
                   them
                   into
                   the
                   couenant
                   of
                   of
                   Grace
                   ,
                   so
                   to
                   procure
                   vnto
                   them
                   the
                   Sacrament
                   of
                   the
                   Couenant
                   .
                   Genes
                   .
                   17.
                   23.
                   
                   Exod.
                   4.
                   25
                   ,
                   26.
                   
                   Luk.
                   1.
                   59
                   ,
                   60.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   To
                   bring
                   them
                   vp
                   in
                   the
                   feare
                   of
                   God.
                   Eph.
                   6.
                   4.
                   
                   
                     
                       Instructing
                       them
                       carefully
                       ,
                       Deut.
                       11.
                       19.
                       
                       Prou.
                       22.
                       6.
                       
                    
                     
                       Chastising
                       them
                       moderately
                       ,
                       Prou.
                       19.
                       18.
                       13.
                       24.
                       22.
                       15.
                       23.
                       13
                       ,
                       14.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   To
                   pray
                   for
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   blesse
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Duties
               of
               Children
               towards
               their
               parents
               .
            
             
               viz.
               to
               
                 
                   Be
                   answerable
                   to
                   them
                   in
                   loue
                   .
                
                 
                   Reuerence
                   them
                   highly
                   ,
                   though
                   their
                   estate
                   bee
                   meane
                   .
                   Gen.
                   31.
                   35.
                   
                   Math.
                   21.
                   30.
                   
                   Mal.
                   1.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Stand
                   in
                   awe
                   of
                   them
                   .
                   Leuit.
                   19.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   Obey
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   Lord.
                   Ephes.
                   6.
                   1.
                   
                   Col.
                   3.
                   20.
                   
                   Prou.
                   23.
                   22.
                   
                   Luk.
                   2.
                   51.
                   
                
                 
                   Shew
                   themselues
                   thankfull
                   to
                   their
                   parents
                   ,
                   by
                   helping
                   them
                   with
                   their
                   
                     
                       Goods
                       .
                       Mat.
                       15.
                       4
                       ,
                       5
                       ,
                       6
                       ,
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       5.
                       4.
                       
                       Gen.
                       47.
                       12.
                       
                    
                     
                       Seruice
                       .
                       Luk.
                       15.
                       29.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Submit
                   thēselues
                   to
                   their
                   parents
                   
                     
                       Instruction
                       .
                       Pro.
                       1.
                       8.
                       22.
                       19.
                       4.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Correctiō
                       Heb.
                       12.
                       7
                       ,
                       9.
                       
                       Heb.
                       5.
                       8.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Be
                   content
                   to
                   be
                   ruled
                   &
                   directed
                   by
                   their
                   parents
                   in
                   matters
                   of
                   importance
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   marriage
                   .
                   Gē
                   .
                   28.
                   1
                   ,
                   2
                   ,
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   Preserue
                   their
                   parents
                   goods
                   .
                
                 
                   Loue
                   and
                   reuerence
                   those
                   which
                   be
                   neere
                   and
                   deare
                   to
                   their
                   parents
                   ,
                   for
                   their
                   sakes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               are
               to
               be
               referred
               the
               duties
               (
               Hest.
               2.
               7
               ,
               20
               )
               of
               
                 
                   Tutors
                   &
                   guardians
                   ,
                   towards
                   their
                   pupils
                   :
                   whose
                   parents
                   as
                   they
                   succeed
                   in
                   gouernment
                   ,
                   so
                   they
                   must
                   succeed
                   them
                   in
                   fatherly
                   loue
                   and
                   care
                   .
                
                 
                   Pupils
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   to
                   behaue
                   themselues
                   to
                   their
                   guardians
                   ,
                   as
                   dutifull
                   children
                   to
                   their
                   parents
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   take
                   care
                   for
                   the
                   bodies
                   of
                   their
                   children
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   for
                   their
                   soules
                   .
                   Ecclus.
                   16.
                   1
                   ,
                   2
                   ,
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   Vsing
                   no
                   instruction
                   .
                
                 
                   In
                   chastising
                   ,
                   either
                   too
                   
                     
                       Remisse
                       and
                       indulgent
                       .
                       Pro.
                       29.
                       15.
                       1.
                       
                       King.
                       1.
                       6.
                       
                    
                     
                       Cruell
                       .
                       Colos.
                       3.
                       21.
                       
                       Ephes.
                       6.
                       4.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Not
                   praying
                   for
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   loue
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   
                     
                       Hate
                       thy
                       parents
                       .
                    
                     
                       Reuile
                       or
                       curse
                       them
                       .
                       Leuit.
                       20.
                       9.
                       
                       Prou.
                       20.
                       20.
                       
                    
                     
                       Strike
                       them
                       .
                       Exod.
                       21.
                       15.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   bee
                   ashamed
                   of
                   thy
                   parents
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   their
                   meannesse
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   contemne
                   and
                   despise
                   them
                   .
                   Deut.
                   27.
                   17.
                   
                   Pro.
                   15.
                   20.
                   30.
                   17.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   scorne
                   and
                   deride
                   them
                   .
                   Gen
                   9.
                   22
                   ,
                   24.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   disobedient
                   towards
                   them
                   .
                   Deut.
                   21.
                   18.
                   
                   Rom.
                   1.
                   30.
                   2.
                   
                   Tim.
                   3.
                   2.
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   2.
                   25.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   vnkind
                   and
                   vnthankfull
                   towards
                   them
                   ,
                   in
                   not
                   
                     
                       Relieuing
                       their
                       want
                       with
                       our
                       store
                       .
                    
                     
                       Helping
                       them
                       with
                       our
                       seruice
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   refuse
                   or
                   despise
                   
                     
                       Instruction
                       .
                    
                     
                       Correction
                       .
                    
                  
                   Pro.
                   5.
                   12
                   ,
                   13
                   15.
                   5
                   10.
                   32.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   marry
                   against
                   thy
                   parents
                   good
                   will
                   ,
                   thou
                   being
                   vnder
                   their
                   gouernment
                   .
                   Gen.
                   26.
                   34.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   diminish
                   thy
                   parents
                   goods
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   mis
                   spend
                   them
                   .
                   Prou.
                   28.
                   24.
                   
                   Deut.
                   21.
                   20.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   vnkind
                   or
                   without
                   naturall
                   affection
                   towards
                   thy
                   kindred
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Duties
               of
               Masters
               towards
               their
               seruants
               ,
               besides
               the
               ge●erall
               ,
               which
               heere
               are
               to
               be
               applied
               :
               for
               they
               are
               to
               vse
               towards
               their
               seruants
               ,
               1.
               
               Pet.
               ●
               .
               18.
               
               
                 
                   Equity
                   and
                   moderatiō
                   ,
                   Colos.
                   4.
                   1.
                   
                   Iob
                   31.
                   13.
                   in
                   their
                   
                     
                       Commandements
                       ,
                       which
                       must
                       be
                       
                         
                           Lawfull
                           .
                        
                         
                           Possible
                           to
                           them
                           .
                           Genes
                           .
                           24.
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Profitable
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Chron.
                           11.
                           17.
                           
                        
                         
                           Proportionable
                           to
                           their
                           ability
                           .
                        
                         
                           On
                           the
                           Sabbath
                           ,
                           necessary
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Gouernment
                       ,
                       vsing
                       thē
                       as
                       
                         
                           Childrē
                           ,
                           thou
                           sustaining
                           the
                           place
                           of
                           a
                           father
                           to
                           them
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           King.
                           5.
                           13.
                           
                        
                         
                           Brethren
                           in
                           Christ.
                           Philem
                           .
                           16.
                           
                        
                         
                           Fellow-seruants
                           of
                           our
                           Master
                           in
                           heauen
                           .
                           Eph.
                           6.
                           9.
                           
                           Col.
                           4.
                           1.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Bounty
                   ,
                   to
                   bee
                   good
                   to
                   them
                   ,
                   they
                   deseruing
                   not
                   ill
                   ,
                   both
                   
                     
                       Whiles
                       they
                       remaine
                       ,
                       to
                       suffer
                       them
                       to
                       thriue
                       vnder
                       vs.
                       Deut
                       ,
                       25.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       At
                       their
                       departure
                       with
                       our
                       liking
                       ▪
                       to
                       prefer
                       them
                       ,
                       or
                       reward
                       them
                       as
                       we
                       may
                       .
                       Deut.
                       15.
                       13
                       ,
                       14.
                       
                       Pro.
                       17.
                       2.
                       
                    
                     
                       After
                       they
                       are
                       honestly
                       departed
                       ,
                       to
                       esteeme
                       them
                       as
                       our
                       poore
                       friends
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               be
               
                 
                   Peruerse
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   18.
                   
                   Gen.
                   16.
                   6.
                   
                   
                     
                       Commanding
                       things
                       
                         
                           Vnlawfull
                           .
                        
                         
                           Vnprofitable
                           .
                        
                         
                           Aboue
                           their
                           power
                           .
                        
                         
                           On
                           the
                           Sabbath
                           ,
                           vnnecessary
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Tyrannizing
                       ouer
                       them
                       .
                       Exod.
                       5.
                       7
                       ,
                       16.
                       
                       Ephes.
                       6.
                       9.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Too
                   remisse
                   or
                   indulgent
                   towards
                   them
                   ,
                   suffering
                   them
                   to
                   liue
                   in
                   idlenesse
                   ,
                   not
                   correcting
                   them
                   .
                   Prou.
                   29.
                   19
                   ,
                   21.
                   
                
                 
                   Hard
                   towards
                   them
                   .
                   Deut.
                   24.
                   14
                   ,
                   15.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Duties
               of
               seruants
               ,
               partly
               
                 
                   Common
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   
                     
                       Loue
                       their
                       masters
                       :
                       from
                       which
                       loue
                       will
                       arise
                       a
                       
                         
                           Tender
                           care
                           of
                           their
                           masters
                           
                             
                               Credit
                               .
                            
                             
                               Welfare
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Loue
                           to
                           their
                           masters
                           children
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Reuerence
                       and
                       honour
                       them
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       6.
                       1.
                       2.
                       
                       King.
                       5.
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       Feare
                       them
                       .
                       Mal.
                       1.
                       6.
                       
                    
                     
                       Submit
                       themselues
                       to
                       their
                       
                         
                           Commandements
                           ,
                           and
                           to
                           obey
                           them
                           .
                           Ephes
                           .
                           6.
                           5.
                           
                           Col.
                           3.
                           22
                           ,
                           23.
                           
                        
                         
                           Corrections
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Pet.
                           2.
                           
                           1●
                           .
                           Gen.
                           16.
                           9.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   More
                   peculiar
                   to
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   be
                   
                     
                       Diligent
                       .
                       Col.
                       3.
                       22
                       ,
                       23.
                       
                       Ephes.
                       6.
                       5.
                       
                       Genes
                       .
                       31.
                       40.
                       
                    
                     
                       Faithfull
                       and
                       true
                       .
                       Tit.
                       2.
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       Secret.
                       
                    
                     
                       Thrifty
                       for
                       their
                       masters
                       profit
                       .
                    
                     
                       Carefull
                       to
                       please
                       their
                       masters
                       in
                       all
                       lawfull
                       things
                       .
                       Tit.
                       2.
                       9.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Duties
               Scholasticall
               and
               Academicall
               .
            
             
               The
               common
               duties
               (
               not
               to
               mention
               the
               particular
               )
               of
               
                 
                   Superiours
                   and
                   gouernours
                   in
                   Schooles
                   and
                   Vniuersities
                   ,
                   that
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   called
                   Fathers
                   ,
                   so
                   they
                   should
                   behaue
                   themselues
                   as
                   fathers
                   to
                   their
                   inferiours
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   King.
                   2.
                   12.
                   
                   Hence
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   ●hat
                   Salomon
                   in
                   his
                   writings
                   ,
                   calleth
                   the
                   party
                   whom
                   he
                   instructeth
                   ,
                   his
                   Sonne
                   .
                
                 
                   Inferiours
                   ,
                   that
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   termed
                   sonnes
                   ,
                   so
                   they
                   should
                   demeane
                   themselues
                   as
                   dutifull
                   children
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   King.
                   2.
                   3.
                   
                   Amos
                   7.
                   14.
                   
                   Phil.
                   2.
                   22.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   loue
                   their
                   masters
                   ,
                   nor
                   to
                   care
                   for
                   their
                   credit
                   or
                   welfare
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   despise
                   them
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   6.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   stand
                   in
                   awe
                   of
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   disobedient
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   answere
                   againe
                   .
                   Tit.
                   2.
                   9.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   idle
                   and
                   slothfull
                   .
                   Math.
                   25.
                   26.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   vnfaithfull
                   and
                   vntrue
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Sam.
                   16.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   divulge
                   his
                   masters
                   secrets
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   waste
                   his
                   masters
                   goods
                   .
                   Luk.
                   16.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   care
                   for
                   displeasing
                   their
                   masters
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Ecclesiasticall
               ,
               betwixt
               the
               
                 
                   Ministers
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   Fathers
                   .
                   Iudg.
                   17.
                   10
                   ,
                   18
                   ,
                   19.
                   2.
                   
                   King.
                   13.
                   14.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   4.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   People
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   the
                   children
                   .
                   Gal.
                   4.
                   19.
                   
                   Philem.
                   10.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               Ministers
               ,
               respect
               their
               
                 
                   Ministery
                   ,
                
                 
                   Life
                   ,
                
              
               in
               both
               which
               they
               are
               to
               go
               before
               the
               people
               .
               Deu.
               33.
               
               ●
               .
               Act.
               20.
               28.
               1.
               
               Tim.
               4.
               
               1●
               .
               Tit.
               2.
               7
               ,
               8.
               
            
             
               As
               touching
               the
               ministery
               :
               he
               is
               to
               preach
               the
               Word
               in
               season
               ,
               and
               out
               of
               season
               ,
               2.
               
               Tim.
               4.
               2.
               and
               thereto
               hee
               is
               bound
               by
               a
               double
               bond
               of
               necessity
               ,
               in
               respect
               of
               
                 
                   Himselfe
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   9.
                   16.
                   
                   Ezech.
                   34.
                   2
                   ,
                   10.
                   
                   Zac.
                   11.
                   17.
                   
                   Math.
                   25.
                   26
                   ,
                   28
                   ,
                   30.
                   
                
                 
                   People
                   .
                   Luk.
                   10.
                   42.
                   
                   Prou.
                   29.
                   18.
                   
                   Rom.
                   1.
                   16.
                   17.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   1.
                   21.
                   
                
              
            
             
               As
               touching
               his
               life
               ,
               hee
               ought
               to
               be
               an
               example
               to
               his
               flock
               ,
               Tit.
               2.
               7.
               1.
               
               Tim.
               4.
               12.
               1.
               
               Thes.
               2.
               10.
               being
               in
               
                 
                   General
                   ,
                   blamelesse
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   3.
                   2.
                   
                   Tit.
                   1.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Particular
                   ,
                   towards
                   
                     
                       God
                       ,
                       godly
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       4.
                       7
                       ,
                       12.
                       
                       ●
                       6.
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       Neighbour
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Iust.
                           Psalm
                           .
                           132.
                           9.
                           
                        
                         
                           Charitable
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           3.
                           2
                           ,
                           &c.
                           6.
                           11.
                           
                        
                         
                           Meeke
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           3.
                           2
                           ,
                           &c.
                           6.
                           11.
                           
                        
                         
                           Courteous
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           3.
                           2
                           ,
                           &c.
                           6.
                           11.
                           
                        
                         
                           Liberall
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           3.
                           2
                           ,
                           &c.
                           6.
                           11.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Himselfe
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Sober
                           .
                        
                         
                           Temperate
                           .
                        
                         
                           Chaste
                           ,
                           and
                           modest
                           .
                        
                      
                       2.
                       
                       Tim.
                       2.
                       22.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   feede
                   the
                   people
                   ,
                   either
                   because
                   he
                   is
                   
                     
                       Vnable
                       .
                       Esa.
                       56.
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       Vnwilling
                       ,
                       through
                       
                         
                           Idlenesse
                           ,
                           Zac.
                           11.
                           17.
                           
                        
                         
                           Couetousnesse
                           ,
                           as
                           Non-residents
                           ,
                           not
                           prouiding
                           for
                           their
                           cures
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   bee
                   blame-worthy
                   ,
                   being
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   
                     
                       God
                       ,
                       irreligious
                       and
                       profane
                       .
                    
                     
                       Neighbour
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Vniust
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           3.
                           3.
                           
                        
                         
                           Vncharitable
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           3.
                           3.
                           
                        
                         
                           Hasty
                           and
                           vnquiet
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           3.
                           3.
                           
                        
                         
                           Vncourteous
                           .
                           Couetous
                           .
                           Esa.
                           36.
                           11.
                           
                           Mic.
                           3.
                           11.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Himselfe
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Intemperate
                           .
                        
                         
                           Incontinent
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Duties
               of
               the
               people
               towards
               their
               Ministers
               ,
               viz.
               to1
               .
               Tim.
               3.
               3.
               
               
                 
                   Loue
                   them
                   dearly
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   5.
                   13.
                   
                   Galat.
                   4.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Reuerence
                   them
                   highly
                   .
                   Philip.
                   2.
                   29.
                   2.
                   
                   Cor.
                   7.
                   19.
                   
                   Gal.
                   4.
                   14.
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   17.
                   
                
                 
                   Submit
                   our selues
                   to
                   their
                   ministery
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   obey
                   them
                   .
                   Heb.
                   13.
                   17.
                   
                
                 
                   Allow
                   them
                   liberal
                   maintenance
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   17
                   ,
                   18.
                   
                   Prou.
                   3.
                   9.
                   
                   Galat.
                   6.
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   9.
                   7
                   ,
                   8
                   ,
                   9
                   ,
                   11
                   ,
                   13.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Politicall
               duties
               are
               either
               
                 
                   Common
                   to
                   all
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   members
                   of
                   the
                   Common-weale
                   ,
                
                 
                   Peculiar
                   to
                   
                     
                       Superiours
                       .
                    
                     
                       Inferiours
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               common
               duty
               ,
               the
               loue
               of
               our
               countrey
               :
               whose
               common
               good
               is
               to
               be
               perferred
               before
               all
               particular
               duties
               ,
               which
               we
               owe
               either
               to
               others
               ,
               or
               to
               our selues
               .
               All
               therefore
               must
               labour
               to
               bee
               good
               Common-wealths-men
               .
               2.
               
               Sam.
               24.
               17.
               
               Nehem.
               1.
               4.
               2.
               3.
               
               Ier.
               9.
               1.
               
               Psalm
               .
               122.
               6
               ,
               7
               ,
               8.
               
            
             
               Superiours
               in
               the
               Cōmonweale
               ,
               are
               
                 
                   The
                   Soueraigne
                   Prince
                   .
                
                 
                   All
                   other
                   Magistrates
                   .
                
              
               1.
               
               Pet.
               2.
               13
               ,
               14.
               all
               which
               ,
               are
               fathers
               of
               their
               coūtrey
               ,
               &
               so
               are
               to
               behaue
               thēselues
               .
               Gen.
               45.
               8.
               
               Iudg.
               5.
               7.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Hate
                   the
                   Ministers
                   for
                   their
                   worke
                   sake
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   King.
                   22.
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   Contemne
                   and
                   despise
                   them
                   .
                   Luk.
                   10.
                   16.
                   
                
                 
                   Mocke
                   ,
                   or
                   otherwise
                   abuse
                   them
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Chron.
                   36.
                   16.
                   2.
                   
                   King.
                   2.
                   23
                   ,
                   24.
                   1.
                   
                   King.
                   13.
                   4.
                   
                   Psal.
                   105
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Resist
                   or
                   disobey
                   their
                   ministery
                   .
                   Hos.
                   4.
                   4.
                   
                   Deut.
                   17.
                   12.
                   
                   Act.
                   5.
                   39.
                   
                
                 
                   De●y
                   them
                   sufficient
                   maintenance
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   mocking
                   of
                   God.
                   Gal.
                   6.
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   Withdraw
                   from
                   them
                   that
                   which
                   by
                   Law
                   is
                   appointed
                   to
                   them
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   sacriledge
                   ,
                   and
                   spoyling
                   of
                   God.
                   Mal.
                   3.
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               be
               
                 
                   Vnprofitable
                   members
                   in
                   the
                   Common-weale
                   .
                
                 
                   Hurtfull
                   and
                   pernicious
                   ,
                   as
                   Traytors
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   malefactors
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Soueraigne
               Princes
               
                 
                   Duty
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   good
                   and
                   commendable
                   exercise
                   of
                   his
                   soueraigne
                   power
                   ,
                   which
                   cōsisteth
                   especially
                   in
                   
                     
                       Making
                       good
                       lawes
                       ,
                       and
                       seeing
                       them
                       executed
                       .
                    
                     
                       Creating
                       the
                       Magistrates
                       of
                       State
                       ,
                       &
                       containing
                       them
                       in
                       their
                       duty
                       .
                    
                     
                       Exempting
                       frō
                       death
                       such
                       as
                       they
                       may
                       lawfully
                       pardon
                       ,
                       being
                       by
                       the
                       rigor
                       of
                       the
                       Law
                       condemned
                       to
                       dea●h
                       .
                    
                     
                       The
                       high
                       and
                       last
                       Appeales
                       .
                    
                     
                       Waging
                       warres
                       ,
                       and
                       concluding
                       peace
                       .
                    
                  
                   In
                   all
                   w
                   ch
                   respects
                   his
                   gouernment
                   must
                   be
                   
                     
                       Godly
                       ,
                       seeking
                       the
                       glory
                       of
                       God.
                       
                    
                     
                       Iust
                       ,
                       seeking
                       the
                       good
                       of
                       the
                       Commonweale
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Vertues
                   :
                   
                     
                       Piety
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       true
                       feare
                       of
                       God.
                       Deut.
                       17.
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Iustice.
                       Prou.
                       29.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Clemency
                       .
                       Prou.
                       20.
                       28.
                       
                    
                     
                       Bounty
                       and
                       liberality
                       .
                       Deut.
                       17.
                       17.
                       
                       Prou.
                       28.
                       16.
                       
                    
                     
                       Wisedome
                       and
                       learning
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       2.
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       Fortitude
                       and
                       courage
                       .
                    
                     
                       Temperance
                       and
                       sobriety
                       .
                       Prou.
                       30.
                       4
                       ,
                       5.
                       
                       Eccl.
                       10.
                       13
                       ,
                       14.
                       
                    
                     
                       Chastity
                       .
                       Deut.
                       17.
                       17.
                       
                       Prou.
                       31.
                       3.
                       
                    
                     
                       Modesty
                       and
                       humility
                       .
                       Deut.
                       17.
                       20.
                       
                       Psalm
                       .
                       131.
                       1.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Of
               Magistrates
               .
            
             
               Their
               
                 
                   Duty
                   ,
                   the
                   conscionable
                   execution
                   of
                   their
                   office
                   to
                   the
                   
                     
                       Glory
                       of
                       God.
                       
                    
                     
                       Honour
                       of
                       the
                       Soueraigne
                       .
                    
                     
                       Good
                       of
                       the
                       Common-wealth
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Vertues
                   ,
                   Exod.
                   18.
                   21.
                   
                   Deut.
                   1.
                   13.
                   for
                   they
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   
                     
                       Men
                       of
                       courage
                       .
                    
                     
                       Fearing
                       God.
                       
                    
                     
                       Faithfull
                       and
                       true
                       .
                    
                     
                       Haters
                       of
                       rewards
                       ,
                       and
                       free
                       from
                       couetousnesse
                       .
                       Deut
                       16.
                       19
                       
                       ●
                       23.
                       8.
                       
                    
                     
                       Wise
                       and
                       pru●ent
                       .
                    
                     
                       Vnpartiall
                       and
                       iust
                       ,
                       without
                       respect
                       of
                       persons
                       .
                       Deut.
                       16.
                       18
                       ,
                       19
                       ,
                       20.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               seeke
               themselues
               .
               
                 
                   Dastards
                   and
                   fearfull
                   .
                   Ioh.
                   19.
                   12
                   ,
                   13.
                   
                
                 
                   Irreligious
                   .
                
                 
                   Vnfaithfull
                   and
                   vnture
                   .
                
                 
                   Couetous
                   ,
                   giuen
                   to
                   
                     
                       Bribery
                       .
                       Act.
                       24.
                       26.
                       
                       Prou.
                       29.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Extortion
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Vndiscreet
                   .
                
                 
                   Vniust
                   ,
                   respecters
                   of
                   persons
                   .
                   Prou.
                   28.
                   
                   2●
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Duties
               of
               the
               Subiects
               towards
               their
               Soueraigne
               Prince
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               A
               speciall
               loue
               of
               them
               ,
               from
               whence
               ariseth
               a
               
                 
                   Speciall
                   care
                   of
                   their
                   safety
                   ,
                   esteeming
                   highly
                   of
                   them
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Sam.
                   18.
                   3.
                   21.
                   17.
                   
                   Lam.
                   4.
                   20.
                   
                
                 
                   Desire
                   to
                   pray
                   for
                   thē
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   2.
                   1
                   ,
                   2
                   Psal.
                   61.
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   
                
              
            
             
               2.
               
               To
               honour
               and
               reuerence
               them
               as
               the
               supreme
               Gouernours
               vnder
               Christ.
               1.
               
               Pet.
               2.
               17.
               
               Prou.
               24.
               21.
               
            
             
               3.
               
               To
               be
               obedient
               and
               subiect
               to
               them
               ,
               and
               that
               for
               conscience
               sake
               .
               1.
               
               Pet.
               2.
               13.
               
               Rom.
               13.
               1
               ,
               5.
               
            
             
               4.
               
               To
               be
               seruiceable
               vnto
               them
               ,
               with
               our
               bodies
               and
               goods
               .
               Rom.
               13.
               6
               ,
               7.
               
               Mat.
               17.
               27.
               22.
               21.
               
            
             
               Duties
               of
               the
               people
               towards
               the
               Magistra●e
               ,
               being
               the
               cōmon
               duties
               of
               inferiours
               towards
               their
               Gouernours
               .
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   Reuerence
                   .
                
                 
                   Subiection
                   to
                   their
                   lawfull
                   
                     
                       Commandements
                       .
                    
                     
                       Punishments
                       .
                    
                  
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   13
                   ,
                   14.
                   
                
                 
                   Thankfulnesse
                   ,
                   allowing
                   such
                   stipends
                   or
                   fees
                   as
                   are
                   due
                   for
                   their
                   maintenance
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   loue
                   the
                   Prince
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   care
                   for
                   his
                   safety
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   seeke
                   to
                   vndermine
                   his
                   safety
                   ,
                   by
                   secret
                   and
                   treche●ous
                   conspiracies
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   24.
                   6.
                   26.
                   9.
                   2.
                   
                   Sam.
                   1.
                   14.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   resist
                   him
                   by
                   open
                   rebellion
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   speake
                   ill
                   of
                   the
                   Prince
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   curse
                   him
                   .
                   Exod.
                   22.
                   28.
                   2.
                   
                   Sam.
                   16.
                   7.
                   1.
                   
                   King.
                   2.
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   
                   Eccl.
                   10.
                   20.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   despise
                   or
                   contemne
                   him
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   10.
                   26
                   ,
                   27.
                   2.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   disobey
                   their
                   lawfull
                   commandements
                   .
                   Iosh.
                   1.
                   18
                
                 
                   To
                   deny
                   them
                   seruice
                   by
                   our
                   bodies
                   or
                   goods
                   ,
                   when
                   iust
                   occasion
                   is
                   offered
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   King.
                   12.
                   18.
                   
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
           
           
             The
             sixth
             Commandement
             .
          
           
             
               The
               negatiue
               part
               ,
               forbidding
               all
               those
               sinnes
               which
               are
               referred
               to
               the
               person
               of
               
                 
                   Thy
                   neighbour
                   ,
                   and
                   those
                   either
                   
                     
                       Inward
                       .
                    
                     
                       Outward
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Thy selfe
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               inward
               sinnes
               are
               called
               the
               murther
               of
               the
               heart
               .
               Math.
               5.
               22.
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               3.
               15.
               
               And
               to
               this
               head
               diuers
               particulars
               are
               to
               be
               referred
               .
            
             
               And
               those
               are
               either
               as
               
                 
                   Roots
                   and
                   fountaines
                   from
                   whence
                   the
                   rest
                   doe
                   spring
                   and
                   flow
                   ;
                   as
                   namely
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Vniust
                       a●ger
                       .
                    
                     
                       Hatred
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Fruits
                   and
                   streames
                   proceeding
                   from
                   thence
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Anger
               is
               vniust
               ,
               either
               when
               it
               
                 
                   is
                   conceiued
                   vpon
                   no
                   iust
                   cause
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   ras●
                   and
                   vnaduised
                   ,
                   Math.
                   5.
                   22.
                   the
                   habite
                   whereof
                   is
                   
                     ir
                     acundia
                  
                   or
                   hastinesse
                   .
                   Tit.
                   1.
                   7.
                   
                   Prou.
                   14.
                   29.
                   
                   Prou.
                   12.
                   16.
                   
                
                 
                   Exceedeth
                   ,
                   either
                   in
                   
                     
                       Greatnesse
                       ,
                       being
                       immoderate
                       ,
                       as
                       it
                       were
                       a
                       short
                       madnesse
                       .
                       Eccl.
                       7.
                       10.
                       
                       Prou.
                       29.
                       22.
                       27.
                       3.
                       
                    
                     
                       Continuance
                       ,
                       being
                       inueterate
                       ,
                       and
                       turning
                       into
                       rancor
                       and
                       malice
                       .
                       Ephes.
                       4.
                       26
                       ,
                       27.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
               commanding
               those
               duties
               which
               ●uery
               man
               oweth
               to
               his
               owne
               ,
               or
               his
               neighbours
               person
               .
            
             
               The
               dutie
               opposed
               ,
               is
               ●ither
               
                 
                   ●ust
                   anger
                   .
                   Ephes.
                   4.
                   26.
                   
                   Mark.
                   3.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   Remedy
                   of
                   vniust
                   anger
                   ,
                   (
                   Ephes
                   .
                   4.
                   1
                   ,
                   2
                   ,
                   3.
                   
                   Col.
                   3.
                   12
                   ,
                   13
                   ,
                   14
                   )
                   viz.
                   
                   
                     
                       Long-suffering
                       and
                       mildnesse
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       13.
                       4.
                       
                       Prou.
                       14.
                       29.
                       
                    
                     
                       Goodnes
                       ,
                       Rom.
                       12.
                       21.
                       in
                       being
                       
                         
                           Slow
                           to
                           anger
                           .
                           Iam.
                           1.
                           19.
                           
                        
                         
                           Ready
                           to
                           forgiue
                           .
                           Ephes.
                           4.
                           32.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Hatred
               of
               our
               neighbours
               person
               .
               Leuit.
               19.
               17.
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               3.
               15.
               2.
               9
               ,
               10
               ,
               11.
               
            
             
               Hatred
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Priuatiue
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   an
                   absence
                   of
                   loue
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   an
                   vniust
                   mislike
                   four
                   neighbour
                   ;
                   not
                   so
                   much
                   for
                   any
                   cause
                   in
                   him
                   ,
                   as
                   for
                   want
                   of
                   loue
                   in
                   our selues
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   3.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   Positiue
                   ,
                   wherof
                   be
                   5.
                   degrees
                   :
                   viz.
                   when
                   thou
                   hatest
                   another
                   for
                   
                     
                       Euill
                       receiued
                       .
                       Math.
                       5.
                       43
                       ,
                       44.
                       
                    
                     
                       Euill
                       s●spected
                       :
                       but
                       charity
                       is
                       not
                       suspitious
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       13.
                       5
                       ,
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       No
                       cause
                       without
                       thy selfe
                       that
                       hatest
                       .
                       Psal.
                       35.
                       19.
                       69.
                       5.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       15.
                       25.
                       
                    
                     
                       Euill
                       done
                       vnto
                       him
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       obiect
                       of
                       thine
                       vniustice
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       13
                       15.
                       
                    
                     
                       His
                       vertue
                       and
                       righteousnesse
                       sake
                       Psal.
                       38.
                       19
                       ,
                       20.
                       
                       Math.
                       10.
                       22.
                       1.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       3.
                       12.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               And
               these
               were
               the
               roots
               .
            
             
               The
               inward
               fruit
               of
               anger
               ,
               is
               the
               desire
               or
               purpose
               of
               priuate
               reuenge
               Leuit.
               19.
               18.
               
               Rom.
               12.
               19.
               
               Prou.
               20.
               22.
               24.
               29.
               1.
               
               Thes.
               5.
               15.
               
            
             
               The
               inward
               fruites
               of
               hatred
               ,
               are
               either
               more
               
                 
                   Generall
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   carried
                   towards
                   all
                   sorts
                   :
                   viz.
                   Inhumanity
                   or
                   churlishnesse
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   25.
                   3
                   ,
                   10
                   ,
                   11
                   ,
                   17.
                   
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                
                 
                   Speciall
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               duty
               opposed
               ,
               
                 
                   Loue
                   of
                   our
                   neighbours
                   person
                   .
                
                 
                   Hatred
                   of
                   his
                   sinne
                   .
                
              
               Leuit.
               19.
               17
               ,
               1●
               .
            
             
               The
               duties
               opposed
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   To
                   passe
                   by
                   an
                   offence
                   .
                   Prou.
                   19.
                   11.
                   
                   Psal.
                   38.
                   13
                   ,
                   14
                   Prou.
                   10.
                   12.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Freely
                   to
                   forgiue
                   it
                   .
                   Col.
                   3.
                   13.
                   
                   Math.
                   6.
                   12
                   ,
                   14.
                   
                   Luk.
                   17.
                   3
                   ,
                   4.
                   
                   Math.
                   18.
                   21
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   To
                   forget
                   it
                   .
                   Leuit.
                   19.
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   To
                   requite
                   good
                   for
                   euil
                   to
                   them
                   that
                   haue
                   wronged
                   vs
                   ,
                   Mat.
                   5.
                   44.
                   in
                   
                     
                       Helping
                       them
                       .
                       Prou.
                       25.
                       21
                       ,
                       22.
                       
                    
                     
                       Praying
                       for
                       them
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       35.
                       13.
                       
                       Act.
                       7.
                       60.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               duty
               opposed
               :
               Humanity
               ,
               or
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               Courtesie
               .
               1.
               
               Pet.
               3.
               8.
               
               Gen.
               23.
               4
               ,
               6.
               24.
               19.
               
               Act.
               27.
               3.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               more
               speciall
               are
               distinguished
               according
               to
               the
               difference
               of
               the
               Persons
               against
               whom
               they
               are
               referred
               .
            
             
               As
               first
               ,
               against
               those
               w
               ch
               are
               in
               
                 
                   Prosperity
                   ,
                   &
                   it
                   is
                   
                     
                       Enuy
                       against
                       superiors
                       Pompeys
                       enuy
                       .
                       Gen.
                       4.
                       5.
                       37.
                       4.
                       8.
                       
                       Act.
                       7.
                       9.
                       
                       Mat.
                       27.
                       18.
                       
                    
                     
                       Emulation
                       against
                       equalls
                       .
                       Iam.
                       3.
                       14
                       ,
                       16.
                       
                       Caesars
                       enuy
                       .
                       Mat.
                       20.
                       12
                       ,
                       15.
                       
                       Dan.
                       6.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Disda●ne
                       against
                       inferiours
                       .
                       Luk.
                       15.
                       28
                       ,
                       29.
                       
                       Haman●
                       enuy
                       .
                       Hest.
                       5.
                       13.
                       
                    
                  
                   Pro.
                   27.
                   4
                   14.
                   30.
                   
                
                 
                   Aduersity
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Contempt
                       .
                       Mat.
                       18.
                       10.
                       
                       Prou.
                       18.
                       3.
                       14.
                       21.
                       17.
                       5.
                       
                       Esa.
                       58.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Hard-heartednesse
                       or
                       want
                       of
                       compassion
                       .
                       Luk.
                       10.
                       31
                       ,
                       32.
                       1.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       3.
                       17.
                       
                       Amos
                       6.
                       6.
                       
                       Prou.
                       21.
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       Reioycing
                       at
                       the
                       euill
                       of
                       another
                       ,
                       
                         〈◊〉
                         〈◊〉
                         〈◊〉
                         〈◊〉
                         〈◊〉
                      
                       Prou.
                       24.
                       17
                       ,
                       18.
                       
                       ●
                       17.
                       5.
                       
                       Io●
                       31.
                       29.
                       
                       Psalm
                       .
                       35.
                       19
                       ,
                       21
                       ,
                       25.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               the
               fruits
               of
               Hatred
               are
               such
               as
               are
               carried
               against
               
                 
                   Freinds
                   ,
                   fained
                   friendship
                   ,
                   being
                   worse
                   than
                   open
                   hostility
                   ,
                   Prou.
                   25.
                   19.
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   y
                   ●
                   friendship
                   of
                   
                     
                       Flatterers
                       and
                       parasites
                       .
                       Psal.
                       55.
                       12
                       ,
                       13.
                       
                       Pro.
                       27.
                       6
                       
                       ●
                       19.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Trecherous
                       persons
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       20.
                       9.
                       
                       Luk.
                       22.
                       4.
                       8.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Foes
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Enmity
                       ,
                       and
                       that
                       either
                       
                         
                           Open
                           hostility
                           .
                           Gal.
                           5.
                           20.
                           
                        
                         
                           Secret
                           grudge
                           .
                           Prou.
                           26.
                           24
                           ,
                           25
                           ,
                           26.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Implacablenesse
                       ,
                       Rom.
                       1.
                       
                       ●1
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Tim.
                       ●
                       .
                       3.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Duty
               opposed
               ,
               to
               
                 
                   Wish
                   others
                   those
                   good
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   either
                   we
                   haue
                   ,
                   or
                   they
                   want
                   .
                   Numb
                   .
                   11.
                   29.
                   
                   Act.
                   26.
                   29.
                   
                
                 
                   Congratulate
                   the
                   wel-fare
                   of
                   others
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   reioyce
                   with
                   them
                   that
                   reioyce
                   .
                   Rom.
                   12.
                   15.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   12.
                   26.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Duties
               opposed
               ,
               1.
               
               Pet.
               3.
               8.
               
               
                 
                   Pitty
                   .
                   Luk.
                   7.
                   13.
                   
                   ●
                   10.
                   33.
                   
                   Col.
                   3.
                   12.
                   
                   Ephes.
                   4.
                   32.
                   
                   Math.
                   9.
                   36.
                   
                   ●
                   14.
                   14.
                   
                   ●15
                   .
                   32.
                   
                
                 
                   Compassion
                   .
                   Rom.
                   12.
                   15.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   12.
                   26.
                   
                   Heb.
                   13.
                   3.
                   which
                   is
                   especially
                   to
                   be
                   shewed
                   in
                   publike
                   euils
                   .
                   Esa.
                   24.
                   16.
                   
                   Ezech.
                   9.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   Mercy
                   .
                   Luk.
                   6.
                   36.
                   
                   Math.
                   5.
                   7.
                   
                   Iam.
                   2.
                   13.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Duty
               opposed
               ,
               Prou.
               18.
               24.
               
               True
               friendship
               ,
               which
               must
               bee
               
                 
                   Christian
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Lord.
                   Deut.
                   13.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Sincere
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   1●
                   .
                   2.
                   20.
                   
                   ●
                   .
                
                 
                   Constant.
                   Prou.
                   17.
                   17.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Duties
               opposed
               ,
               
                 
                   Christian
                   charity
                   ,
                   wherby
                   we
                   loue
                   our
                   enemies
                   for
                   the
                   Lords
                   sake
                   .
                   Luk.
                   6.
                   35.
                   
                
                 
                   Placablenesse
                   ,
                   and
                   desire
                   of
                   reconciliation
                   .
                   Ephes.
                   4.
                   27.
                   
                   Math.
                   23.
                   24.
                   25
                   ,
                   26.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Heereunto
               wee
               are
               to
               referre
               dissoluing
               friendship
               betwixt
               others
               ,
               and
               setting
               friends
               at
               variance
               .
               Prou.
               6.
               16
               ,
               19.
               
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               against
               those
               w
               ch
               are
               vnder
               our
               power
               :
               as
               
                 
                   Cruelty
                   against
                   those
                   that
                   are
                   vnder
                   our
                   (
                   Rom
                   1.
                   31.
                   
                   Prou.
                   12.
                   10.
                   
                   ●11
                   .
                   17.
                   lam
                   .
                   2.
                   13.
                   )
                   
                     
                       Authority
                       ,
                       by
                       rigorous
                       punishing
                       .
                       Deut.
                       25.
                       2
                       ,
                       3.
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       22.
                       18
                       ,
                       19.
                       
                    
                     
                       Might
                       ,
                       by
                       violent
                       offering
                       or
                       reuenging
                       iniuries
                       .
                       Gen.
                       6.
                       11.
                       
                       Iona.
                       3.
                       8.
                       
                       Mat.
                       2.
                       16.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Indulgence
                   .
                   Prou.
                   13.
                   24.
                   
                
              
            
             
               4.
               Against
               
                 
                   Neighbours
                   and
                   those
                   which
                   dwell
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   society
                   ,
                   Prou.
                   10.
                   12.
                   
                   Galat.
                   5.
                   20.
                   
                   
                     
                       Discord
                       .
                       Iam.
                       3
                       16.
                       
                    
                     
                       Contentiousnesse
                       .
                       Iam.
                       3
                       16.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Strangers
                   ,
                   inhospitality
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   10.
                   
                   Math.
                   25.
                   42.
                   
                
              
            
             
               And
               this
               was
               the
               murther
               of
               the
               heart
               :
               the
               outward
               signes
               wherof
               are
               also
               cōdemned
               ,
               in
               y
               e
               
                 
                   Countenance
                   .
                   Gen.
                   4.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Eyes
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   18.
                   9.
                   
                   Mat.
                   20.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Gesture
                   .
                   Math.
                   27.
                   39.
                   
                   Psal.
                   37.
                   12.
                   
                   ●
                   59.
                   7
                   ,
                   15.
                   
                   Act.
                   7.
                   54.
                   
                
                 
                   Voice
                   
                     
                       Lowd
                       speaking
                       .
                       Ephes.
                       4.
                       31.
                       
                    
                     
                       Interiection
                       of
                       Anger
                       ,
                       &c.
                       as
                       Tush
                       ,
                       Raka
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                       Mat.
                       5.
                       22.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               
                 
                   Friendship
                   preserued
                   in
                   others
                   .
                   Prou.
                   17.
                   9.
                   
                
                 
                   Friendship
                   restored
                   ,
                   by
                   pacification
                   or
                   peace-maki●g
                   .
                   Math.
                   5.
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Duties
               opp
               .
               
                 
                   Clemency
                   ,
                
                 
                   Seuerity
                   ,
                
              
               in
               both
               seeking
               the
               parties
               good
               ,
               Iude
               vers
               .
               22
               ,
               23.
               
            
             
               Duties
               opp
               .
               
                 
                   Concord
                   .
                   Psal.
                   34.
                   14.
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   3.
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   Peaceablenesse
                   ,
                   Tit.
                   3.
                   2
                   in
                   
                     
                       Resisting
                       the
                       beginnings
                       of
                       contention
                       .
                       Pro.
                       17.
                       14
                       
                       Ecclus.
                       28.
                       10
                       ,
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       Taking
                       away
                       the
                       occasions
                       .
                    
                     
                       Depar●ing
                       from
                       his
                       own
                       right
                       ,
                       to
                       redeeme
                       peace
                       .
                       Gen.
                       13.
                       8
                       ,
                       9
                       ,
                       10.
                       
                       Math.
                       17.
                       26.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               [
               Hospitality
               .
               Rom.
               12.
               13.
               1.
               
               Pet.
               4.
               9.
               
               Heb.
               13.
               2
               
               Gen.
               18.
               3.
               
               Math.
               25.
               35.
               
            
             
               Duties
               opp
               .
               [
               The
               signes
               of
               loue
               and
               good
               will
               :
               as
               courteous
               and
               milde
               behauiour
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               outward
               Murther
               is
               either
               in
               
                 
                   Word
                   .
                
                 
                   Deed.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               ,
               w
               ch
               is
               the
               murther
               of
               the
               tongue
               ,
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Mutuall
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   offence
                   is
                   committed
                   on
                   both
                   sides
                   :
                   as
                   in
                   brawling
                   and
                   scolding
                   .
                   Prou.
                   17.
                   19.
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   3.
                   9.
                   
                
                 
                   Seuerall
                   ,
                   when
                   offence
                   is
                   committed
                   on
                   the
                   one
                   part
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   either
                   in
                   
                     
                       Presence
                       ,
                       and
                       before
                       a
                       mans
                       face
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Reuiling
                           or
                           railing
                           ,
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           6.
                           10.
                           
                           Mat.
                           5.
                           22.
                           whereto
                           referre
                           in
                           
                             
                               Superiors
                               ,
                               vnchristiā
                               menacing
                               .
                               Eph.
                               6.
                               9.
                               
                               Act.
                               9.
                               1.
                               
                            
                             
                               Inferiors
                               ,
                               murmuring
                               Phi.
                               2.
                               14.
                               
                               Numb
                               .
                               16.
                               41.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Scoffing
                           and
                           scorning
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Chron.
                           36.
                           16.
                           
                           Deu.
                           21.
                           9.
                           
                           Galat.
                           4.
                           29.
                           
                           Prou.
                           3.
                           34.
                           
                        
                         
                           Cursing
                           Rom.
                           12.
                           14.
                           
                           Iam.
                           3.
                           9.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Absence
                       ,
                       or
                       behind
                       a
                       mans
                       backe
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Tale-bearing
                           .
                           Rom.
                           1.
                           30.
                           
                           Leu.
                           19.
                           16.
                           
                        
                         
                           Slandering
                           .
                           Ezech
                           .
                           22.
                           9.
                           
                        
                      
                       To
                       w
                       ch
                       sin
                       he
                       is
                       accessary
                       ,
                       who
                       willingly
                       receiueth
                       ill
                       reports
                       .
                       Prou.
                       25.
                       23.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Murther
               which
               is
               in
               deed
               ,
               is
               either
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Body
                   ,
                
                 
                   Soule
                   :
                
              
               and
               in
               both
               ,
               a
               man
               may
               offend
               by
               
                 
                   Omission
                   .
                
                 
                   Cōmission
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               bodily
               Murther
               by
               omission
               ,
               is
               ,
               not
               to
               defend
               or
               preserue
               the
               life
               and
               person
               of
               our
               neighbour
               ,
               when
               we
               may
               and
               ought
               ,
               Math.
               27.
               24.
               
               Prou.
               24.
               11
               ,
               12.
               
               Hereto
               is
               referred
               all
               negligence
               ,
               whereby
               our
               neighbours
               life
               may
               bee
               hazarded
               :
               as
               the
               not
               couering
               of
               a
               well
               .
               Exod.
               21.
               33.
               
               Deut.
               22.
               8.
               
               Exod.
               21.
               29.
               
            
             
               The
               bodily
               Murther
               which
               is
               by
               commission
               ,
               standeth
               in
               three
               degrees
               :
               
                 
                   Fighting
                   in
                   time
                   of
                   Peace
                   .
                   Tit.
                   3.
                   2.
                   
                   Math.
                   26.
                   52.
                   
                
                 
                   Hurting
                   or
                   wounding
                   the
                   body
                   of
                   our
                   neighbour
                   .
                   Exod.
                   21.
                   24
                   ,
                   25.
                   
                   Leuit.
                   24.
                   19.
                   
                
                 
                   Taking
                   away
                   of
                   his
                   life
                   .
                   Gen
                   9.
                   6.
                   
                   Apoc.
                   22.
                   15.
                   
                   Numb
                   .
                   35.
                   33.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               Is
               a
               peaceable
               tongue
               ,
               which
               speaketh
               
                 
                   No
                   euill
                   .
                   Psalm
                   .
                   34.
                   12
                   ,
                   13.
                   
                
                 
                   Good.
                   Pro.
                   12.
                   
                   1●
                   .
                   1●
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               The
               preseruation
               and
               defence
               of
               our
               neighbours
               life
               and
               person
               .
               Psalm
               .
               82.
               4.
               
               Iob
               29.
               12.
               1.
               
               King.
               18.
               1.
               
            
             
               Duty
               oppos
               .
               
                 
                   Abstinence
                   from
                   doing
                   euill
                   :
                   
                     
                       A
                       Peaceable
                       hand
                       .
                       Tit.
                       1.
                       7.
                       
                       ●
                       3.
                       2.
                       
                    
                     
                       Innocency
                       .
                       Psal.
                       26.
                       6.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Doing
                   good
                   ,
                   or
                   beneficence
                   ,
                   Heb.
                   13.
                   16.
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   fruite
                   either
                   of
                   
                     
                       Mercy
                       and
                       humanity
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       to
                       be
                       extended
                       towards
                       all
                       .
                       Gal.
                       6.
                       10.
                       
                       ●
                       5.
                       22.
                       
                    
                     
                       Brotherly
                       loue
                       towards
                       those
                       which
                       be
                       of
                       the
                       houshold
                       of
                       faith
                       ,
                       and
                       is
                       the
                       communion
                       of
                       Saints
                       in
                       outward
                       things
                       .
                       Rom.
                       12.
                       13.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               But
               not
               euery
               one
               that
               taketh
               away
               another
               mans
               life
               ,
               is
               guilty
               of
               murther
               :
               for
               those
               are
               to
               bee
               excepted
               ,
               to
               whom
               the
               Lord
               
                 
                   Giueth
                   the
                   sword
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   
                     
                       Magistrates
                       against
                       malefactors
                       .
                       Gen.
                       9.
                       6.
                       
                       Leuit.
                       24.
                       14.
                       
                       Deut.
                       13.
                       5.
                       
                       Ex●d
                       .
                       22.
                       18
                       ,
                       19
                       ,
                       20.
                       
                    
                     
                       Souldiers
                       in
                       lawfull
                       battel
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       25.
                       28.
                       
                       Heb.
                       11.
                       33
                       ,
                       34.
                       
                       Deut.
                       20.
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       Priuate
                       men
                       ,
                       in
                       case
                       of
                       present
                       necessity
                       ,
                       for
                       their
                       owne
                       lawfull
                       defence
                       .
                       Exod.
                       2.
                       22.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Offereth
                   another
                   ▪
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   to
                   bee
                   slaine
                   ,
                   as
                   those
                   who
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   kill
                   another
                   ,
                   by
                   meere
                   chance
                   .
                   Exod.
                   21.
                   13.
                   
                   Deut.
                   19.
                   4
                   ,
                   5
                   ,
                   6
                   ,
                   10.
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               Murther
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               taking
               away
               of
               a
               mans
               life
               ,
               is
               to
               bee
               distinguished
               according
               to
               the
               variety
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Manner
                   whereby
                   it
                   is
                   committed
                   :
                   for
                   a
                   man
                   may
                   commit
                   Murther
                   ,
                   either
                   as
                   
                     
                       Principall
                       ,
                       and
                       that
                       diuersly
                       :
                       
                         
                           First
                           ,
                           either
                           
                             
                               Directly
                               ,
                               as
                               by
                               force
                               and
                               violence
                               .
                               Num.
                               35.
                               16
                               ,
                               17
                               ,
                               &c.
                               2.
                               
                               Sam.
                               3.
                               27.
                               
                               ●
                               20.
                               10.
                               
                            
                             
                               Indirectly
                               ,
                               as
                               by
                               
                                 
                                   Poyson
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Witchcraft
                                   .
                                
                              
                               Gal.
                               5.
                               20.
                               
                               Apocal
                               .
                               21.
                               8.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Secondly
                           ,
                           either
                           
                             
                               Of
                               his
                               own
                               accord
                               ,
                               and
                               that
                               either
                               
                                 
                                   Of
                                   malice
                                   prepensed
                                   .
                                   Gen.
                                   4.
                                   8.
                                   
                                   Act.
                                   23.
                                   14.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Vpon
                                   some
                                   passion
                                   or
                                   perturbatiō
                                   of
                                   mind
                                   ,
                                   as
                                   
                                     
                                       Of
                                       blinde
                                       zeale
                                       .
                                       Ioh.
                                       16.
                                       2.
                                       
                                    
                                     
                                       In
                                       heat
                                       &
                                       choler
                                       .
                                    
                                     
                                       In
                                       drunkēnesse
                                       .
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               At
                               y
                               ●
                               motion
                               of
                               another
                               ,
                               by
                               whō
                               he
                               is
                               Commanded
                               ,
                               Counselled
                               ,
                               Hired
                               ,
                               to
                               kill
                               2.
                               
                               Sam.
                               13.
                               28.
                               1.
                               
                               Kin.
                               21.
                               19.
                               
                               Mark.
                               6.
                               24.
                               
                               Ezech.
                               22.
                               12.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Accessary
                       ,
                       and
                       that
                       diuers
                       waies
                       ,
                       whereof
                       some
                       are
                       
                         
                           Peculiar
                           to
                           Supe
                           riours
                           ,
                           as
                           by
                           
                             
                               Commandement
                               .
                               2.
                               
                               Sam.
                               12.
                               9.
                               
                            
                             
                               Vniust
                               sentence
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               King.
                               21.
                               11.
                               
                               Mat.
                               26.
                               66.
                               
                            
                             
                               Not
                               punishing
                               murther
                               .
                               Num.
                               35.
                               33.
                               
                               Ex.
                               21.
                               14.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Common
                           to
                           all
                           sorts
                           :
                           as
                           by
                           
                             
                               Consent
                               .
                               Act.
                               8.
                               1.
                               2.
                               
                               Sam.
                               3.
                               30.
                               
                            
                             
                               Counsell
                               .
                               Mark.
                               6.
                               24.
                               
                            
                             
                               H●ring
                               .
                               Mat.
                               26.
                               15.
                               
                            
                             
                               False
                               testimony
                               .
                               Deut.
                               19.
                               19.
                               
                            
                             
                               Trechery
                               .
                               Mat.
                               26.
                               48.
                               49.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Person
                   y
                   ●
                   is
                   murthered
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       Of
                       a
                       
                         
                           Stranger
                           ,
                           who
                           is
                           no
                           kinsman
                           .
                        
                         
                           Kins-man
                           ,
                           and
                           then
                           it
                           is
                           called
                           Paricide
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       Of
                       a
                       person
                       
                         
                           Priuate
                           .
                        
                         
                           Publike
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       Of
                       an
                       
                         
                           Offendor
                           or
                           wicked
                           person
                           .
                        
                         
                           Innocent
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               Soule-murther
               ,
               either
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               life
               
                 
                   Naturall
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   vniust
                   vexing
                   and
                   grieuing
                   of
                   a
                   mans
                   soule
                   .
                   Genes
                   .
                   27.
                   46.
                   
                   Exod.
                   1.
                   14.
                   
                   Prou
                   10.
                   1.
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   1.
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   Spirituall
                   ,
                   Gal.
                   2.
                   20
                   and
                   is
                   either
                   by
                   
                     
                       Omission
                       ,
                       when
                       men
                       (
                       especially
                       gouernours
                       )
                       neglect
                       the
                       saluation
                       of
                       others
                       .
                       Genes
                       .
                       4.
                       9.
                       
                    
                     
                       Commission
                       ,
                       as
                       when
                       a
                       man
                       is
                       a
                       scandall
                       to
                       another
                       ,
                       or
                       a
                       cause
                       of
                       his
                       sinne
                       ,
                       as
                       by
                       
                         
                           Prouocation
                           ,
                           1.
                           
                           King.
                           21
                           7
                           ,
                           25.
                           
                        
                         
                           Counsell
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Sam.
                           16.
                           21.
                           
                           Math.
                           16.
                           23.
                           
                        
                         
                           Euill
                           example
                           .
                           Rom.
                           14.
                           15.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               So
               much
               of
               Murther
               against
               the
               neighbour
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               Cheering
               and
               comforting
               others
               .
               Gen.
               45.
               27.
               
               Prou.
               17.
               22.
               
            
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   hinder
                   the
                   saluation
                   of
                   others
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   bee
                   inoffensiue
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   10.
                   32.
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh
                   2.
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   to
                   further
                   the
                   saluation
                   of
                   our
                   neighbor
                   ,
                   winning
                   him
                   vnto
                   Christ
                   ,
                   or
                   edifying
                   him
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Cor
                   9.
                   19
                   ,
                   22.
                   by
                   
                     
                       The
                       duties
                       of
                       the
                       Communion
                       of
                       Saints
                       in
                       spirituall
                       things
                       ,
                       Rom.
                       1.
                       11.
                       12.
                       1.
                       
                       Thes
                       sal
                       .
                       5.
                       11
                       ,
                       14
                       Iam.
                       5.
                       19.
                       viz.
                       by
                       
                         
                           Mutuall
                           obseruation
                           .
                           Heb.
                           10.
                           24.
                           
                        
                         
                           The
                           fruits
                           thereof
                           ,
                           toward
                           the
                           
                             
                               Ignorant
                               ,
                               instruction
                               .
                               Dan.
                               12.
                               3.
                               
                            
                             
                               Erroneous
                               ,
                               reclaiming
                               of
                               him
                               ,
                               that
                               he
                               may
                               bee
                               sound
                               in
                               the
                               faith
                               .
                            
                             
                               Somewhat
                               backward
                               ,
                               Hebr.
                               3.
                               12
                               ,
                               13.
                               
                               
                                 
                                   Admonition
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Exhortation
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Offendours
                               ,
                               reproofe
                               .
                               Leuit.
                               19.
                               17.
                               
                               Gal.
                               6.
                               1.
                               
                            
                             
                               Comfortlesse
                               ,
                               consolation
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               Thes.
                               5.
                               14.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       A
                       godly
                       example
                       .
                       Math.
                       5.
                       16.
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       2.
                       12.
                       
                       ●
                       3.
                       1.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Selfe-murther
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   life
                   naturall
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       Omission
                       ,
                       as
                       by
                       neglecting
                       the
                       
                         
                           Preseruation
                           of
                           the
                           health
                           ,
                           in
                           respect
                           of
                           thy
                           
                             
                               Diet
                               ,
                            
                             
                               Sleepe
                               ,
                            
                             
                               Labour
                               ,
                            
                             
                               Recreations
                               ,
                            
                             
                               Passions
                               of
                               the
                               minde
                               .
                            
                          
                           not
                           obseruing
                           a
                           moderation
                           ,
                           but
                           running
                           into
                           extremes
                           .
                        
                         
                           Rec●●●y
                           of
                           health
                           ,
                           refusing
                           the
                           helpe
                           of
                           Physicke
                           when
                           it
                           is
                           needfull
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Ecclus.
                       38.
                       9
                       ,
                       10
                       ,
                       12.
                       
                    
                     
                       Commission
                       ,
                       as
                       when
                       men
                       
                         
                           Thrust
                           themselues
                           into
                           danger
                           ;
                           or
                           being
                           in
                           danger
                           ,
                           will
                           not
                           vse
                           such
                           lawful
                           meanes
                           as
                           God
                           hath
                           vouchsafed
                           them
                           .
                           Ecclus.
                           3.
                           27.
                           
                           Math
                           4.
                           6.
                           
                        
                         
                           Contriue
                           their
                           own
                           death
                           ,
                           either
                           
                             
                               Indirectly
                               ,
                               by
                               committing
                               some
                               capitall
                               crime
                               .
                               Numb
                               .
                               16.
                               38.
                               
                            
                             
                               Directly
                               ,
                               by
                               being
                               their
                               owne
                               butchers
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               Sam.
                               31.
                               4.
                               
                               Act.
                               1.
                               18.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Soule
                   ,
                   and
                   life
                   spirituall
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       Omission
                       ,
                       by
                       neglecting
                       the
                       saluatiō
                       of
                       the
                       soule
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       meanes
                       thereof
                       ,
                       and
                       seeking
                       the
                       world
                       ,
                       and
                       desires
                       therof
                       ,
                       Phil.
                       3.
                       19.
                       
                       
                         
                           First
                           in
                           order
                           ,
                           and
                           posting
                           off
                           repentance
                           from
                           time
                           to
                           time
                           ,
                           to
                           the
                           extreme
                           hazard
                           of
                           the
                           soule
                           .
                        
                         
                           First
                           in
                           degree
                           ,
                           that
                           is
                           ,
                           chiefly
                           ,
                           reposing
                           their
                           happinesse
                           therein
                           ,
                           and
                           subordinating
                           their
                           Religion
                           to
                           worldly
                           respects
                           ,
                           and
                           so
                           in
                           time
                           of
                           triall
                           fall
                           away
                           ,
                           with
                           the
                           losse
                           of
                           their
                           soules
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Commission
                       ,
                       in
                       
                         
                           Making
                           no
                           conscience
                           of
                           sin
                           ,
                           especially
                           in
                           sinning
                           against
                           conscience
                           .
                           Prou.
                           19.
                           16.
                           
                        
                         
                           Persisting
                           in
                           sinne
                           without
                           repentance
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               Care
               to
               
                 
                   Preserue
                   health
                   ,
                   Mar.
                   6.
                   31.
                   by
                   
                     
                       Temperance
                       and
                       sobriety
                       in
                       diet
                       .
                    
                     
                       Moderate
                       sleepe
                       and
                       labour
                       .
                    
                     
                       Honest
                       and
                       moderate
                       recreations
                       of
                       
                         
                           Body
                           .
                        
                         
                           Minde
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Cheerfulnesse
                       ,
                       auoiding
                       worldly
                       griefe
                       .
                       Prou.
                       17.
                       22.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Recouer
                   health
                   by
                   the
                   Christian
                   vse
                   of
                   Physicke
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               Care
               to
               preserue
               
                 
                   Safety
                   in
                   
                     
                       Auoiding
                       dangers
                       .
                    
                     
                       Repelling
                       grosse
                       iniuries
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Duty
               opp
               .
               To
               labour
               aboue
               all
               things
               for
               the
               saluation
               of
               our
               soules
               this
               care
               must
               shew
               it selfe
               in
               
                 
                   Seeking
                   the
                   meanes
                   &
                   degrees
                   of
                   saluatiō
                   ;
                   as
                   vocation
                   ,
                   iustification
                   ,
                   sanctification
                   ,
                   Mat.
                   6.
                   33.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   6.
                   27.
                   
                   
                     
                       First
                       in
                       order
                       ,
                       without
                       delay
                       .
                    
                     
                       First
                       in
                       degree
                       ,
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       chiefly
                       reposing
                       our
                       felicity
                       therein
                       ;
                       and
                       in
                       respect
                       thereof
                       to
                       contemne
                       all
                       worldly
                       desires
                       ,
                       as
                       vaine
                       &
                       hurtfull
                       .
                       Eccl.
                       2.
                       11
                       
                       Phil.
                       3.
                       8.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Auoiding
                   sin
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   bane
                   of
                   the
                   soule
                   ,
                   either
                   by
                   not
                   
                     
                       Committing
                       sinne
                       ,
                       though
                       we
                       mightgaine
                       the
                       whole
                       world
                       thereby
                       .
                       Mar.
                       8.
                       36.
                       
                    
                     
                       Remaining
                       in
                       sin
                       ,
                       but
                       forthwith
                       ,
                       both
                       
                         
                           Repenting
                           .
                           Pro.
                           28.
                           13.
                           
                        
                         
                           Crauing
                           pardon
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           seuenth
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Commanding
               the
               preseruation
               of
               chastity
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               
                 
                   Mea●es
                
                 
                   Signes
                   .
                
                 
                   Duty
                   of
                   pro●uring
                   it
                   in
                   others
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Chastity
               is
               partly
               
               
                 
                   Inward
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   soule
                   .
                
                 
                   Outward
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Inward
               Chastity
               is
               the
               purity
               of
               the
               soule
               ,
               from
               all
               
                 
                   Motions
                
                 
                   Passions
                
              
               of
               lust
               ,
               or
               vnlawfull
               cōcupiscence
               of
               the
               flesh
               .
               2.
               
               Tim.
               2.
               22.
               1.
               
               Pet.
               2.
               11.
               
            
             
               For
               there
               is
               a
               lawfull
               concupiscence
               ,
               whereby
               men
               or
               women
               desire
               the
               propagation
               of
               mankind
               by
               generation
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               ordinance
               of
               God
               ,
               being
               neither
               
                 
                   Immoderate
                   .
                
                 
                   Vnseasonable
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Gen.
               1.
               28.
               
               ●
               9.
               1.
               
               Heb.
               13.
               4.
               1.
               
               Cor.
               7.
               2
               ,
               3
               ,
               5.
               
            
             
               The
               outward
               Chastity
               is
               ,
               when
               we
               possesse
               our
               vessels
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               our
               bodies
               ,
               in
               holinesse
               and
               honour
               .
               1.
               
               Thes.
               4.
               4.
               
               Such
               is
               the
               Chastity
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   containing
                   them
                   from
                   beholding
                   vanities
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   obiects
                   of
                   lust
                   .
                   Psalm
                   .
                   119.
                   37.
                   
                   Iob
                   31.
                   1.
                   
                   Ecclus.
                   9.
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   
                
                 
                   Eares
                   ,
                   shutting
                   them
                   against
                   all
                   vncleane
                   talke
                   .
                
                 
                   Tongue
                   ,
                   restraining
                   it
                   from
                   all
                   bawdy
                   and
                   filthy
                   speaking
                   .
                
                 
                   Fact
                   ,
                   abstaining
                   from
                   all
                   vncleannesse
                   ,
                   and
                   wanton
                   or
                   vnchast
                   pleasures
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Negatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Forbidding
               all
               vncleannesse
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               
                 
                   Meanes
                   .
                
                 
                   Signes
                   .
                
                 
                   Being
                   accessary
                   vnto
                   the
                   vncleannesse
                   of
                   others
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Vncleannesse
               
                 
                   Inward
                   .
                
                 
                   Outward
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               inward
               vncleannesse
               ,
               is
               the
               concupiscence
               of
               the
               flesh
               ,
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               2.
               16.
               or
               euill
               concupiscence
               ,
               Colos.
               3.
               5.
               being
               the
               Adultery
               of
               the
               heart
               ,
               Math.
               5.
               28.
               and
               it
               is
               either
               a
               
                 
                   Fore
                   passion
                   ,
                   going
                   before
                   the
                   consent
                   of
                   the
                   will
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   first
                   motions
                   of
                   lust
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   more
                   expresly
                   and
                   directly
                   forbidden
                   in
                   the
                   tenth
                   Commandement
                   .
                   Iam.
                   1.
                   14
                   ,
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Passion
                   of
                   lust
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   4.
                   5.
                   ioyned
                   with
                   the
                   consent
                   of
                   the
                   will
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   either
                   more
                   
                     
                       Sudden
                       &
                       momētany
                       .
                       Mat
                       5.
                       28.
                       
                    
                     
                       Inueterate
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       the
                       burning
                       of
                       lust
                       or
                       lechery
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       7.
                       9.
                       
                       Hos.
                       7.
                       4.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Outward
               vncleannes
               ,
               whereby
               the
               body
               ,
               or
               any
               part
               thereof
               is
               polluted
               :
               as
               the
               Adultery
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   suffered
                   to
                   goe
                   a
                   whoring
                   after
                   y
                   e
                   obiects
                   of
                   lust
                   .
                   From
                   hence
                   all
                   actuall
                   vncleannes
                   commonly
                   ariseth
                   Gen.
                   6.
                   2.
                   
                   ●34
                   .
                   2.
                   2.
                   
                   Sam.
                   11.
                   2.
                   
                   Mat.
                   5.
                   28.
                   
                   Prou.
                   23.
                   33.
                   
                   This
                   is
                   either
                   
                     
                       Actiue
                       ,
                       when
                       men
                       or
                       women
                       hauing
                       eyes
                       full
                       of
                       adultery
                       ,
                       seeke
                       with
                       their
                       wanton
                       lookes
                       to
                       entangle
                       others
                       with
                       lust
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Pet.
                       2.
                       14.
                       
                       Pro.
                       6.
                       25.
                       
                       Gen.
                       39.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Passiue
                       ,
                       when
                       by
                       beholding
                       others
                       ,
                       themselues
                       are
                       entangled
                       .
                       Mat.
                       5.
                       28.
                       
                       Sam.
                       11.
                       2.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Eares
                   laid
                   open
                   to
                   vncleane
                   communication
                   ,
                   and
                   committing
                   adultery
                   with
                   the
                   vncleane
                   tongue
                   .
                
                 
                   Tongue
                   ,
                   in
                   rotten
                   and
                   filthy
                   speaking
                   ,
                   wherby
                   the
                   mind
                   of
                   the
                   hearer
                   may
                   bee
                   defiled
                   .
                   Eph.
                   4.
                   29.
                   
                   ●
                   5.
                   4
                   ,
                   6.
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   15.
                   33.
                   
                   Colos.
                   3.
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   Fact
                   ,
                   being
                   committed
                   either
                   against
                   
                     
                       Sobriety
                       ,
                       without
                       a
                       partner
                       ,
                       such
                       as
                       are
                       all
                       acts
                       of
                       lust
                       and
                       vncleannes
                       committed
                       by
                       thy selfe
                       alone
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Waking
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           6.
                           9.
                           
                        
                         
                           Sleeping
                           .
                           Deu.
                           23.
                           10
                           
                           See
                           A.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Honesty
                       with
                       a
                       partner
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
             
               A.
               The
               acts
               of
               vncleannesse
               committed
               against
               honesty
               ,
               are
               distinguished
               according
               to
               the
               
                 
                   Manner
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   committed
                   either
                   
                     
                       With
                       the
                       consent
                       of
                       the
                       partner
                       .
                    
                     
                       Without
                       the
                       consent
                       of
                       the
                       party
                       ,
                       who
                       is
                       forced
                       and
                       rauished
                       ,
                       Rape
                       .
                       And
                       this
                       is
                       a
                       sin
                       against
                       both
                       the
                       seuenth
                       Comma
                       de●●ent
                       ,
                       as
                       an
                       act
                       of
                       brutish
                       vnclea●esse
                       ;
                       and
                       against
                       the
                       sixth
                       ,
                       as
                       a
                       sinne
                       of
                       violence
                       against
                       the
                       person
                       :
                       and
                       so
                       punished
                       with
                       death
                       .
                       Deut.
                       22.
                       25
                       ,
                       26.
                       
                       Gen.
                       34.
                       2.
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       13.
                       14.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Differ̄ece
                   of
                   the
                   persons
                   with
                   whom
                   it
                   is
                   cōmitted
                   :
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   whom
                   it
                   is
                   (
                   Rom.
                   1.
                   26
                   ,
                   27.
                   )
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   either
                   
                     
                       According
                       to
                       the
                       naturall
                       vse
                       ,
                       viz.
                       of
                       the
                       male
                       with
                       y
                       e
                       female
                       ,
                       being
                       nor
                       neere
                       of
                       kinne
                       ;
                       and
                       is
                       committed
                       betweene
                       persons
                       
                         
                           Being
                           both
                           single
                           .
                           as
                           Fornication
                           ,
                           which
                           if
                           it
                           bee
                           committed
                           with
                           
                             
                               one
                               ordinarily
                               ,
                               she
                               is
                               called
                               a
                               Concubine
                               .
                            
                             
                               diuers
                               ,
                               be
                               is
                               called
                               a
                               whore●monger
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Married
                           ,
                           &
                           that
                           either
                           
                             
                               Vnder
                               pretence
                               of
                               marriage
                               ,
                               as
                               when
                               neman
                               hath
                               〈◊〉
                               w●ues
                               ;
                               〈…〉
                               husbands
                               .
                               which
                               is
                               Polygamy
                               .
                               Mala.
                               2.
                               15.
                               
                               I
                               euit
                               .
                               18.
                               
                               1●
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               Cor.
                               7.
                               2.
                               
                               Deut.
                               17.
                               17.
                               
                            
                             
                               Without
                               pretence
                               of
                               mariage
                               ,
                               which
                               is
                               more
                               properly
                               called
                               adultery
                               ,
                               Leu.
                               20.
                               10.
                               
                               Heb.
                               13.
                               4
                               
                               Ezec.
                               22.
                               11.
                               and
                               is
                               
                                 
                                   Simple
                                   Adultery
                                   ,
                                   whē
                                   the
                                   one
                                   party
                                   onely
                                   is
                                   married
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Double
                                   adultery
                                   ,
                                   whē
                                   both
                                   are
                                   married
                                   persons
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Against
                       y
                       e
                       naturall
                       vse
                       ,
                       being
                       a
                       mōstrous
                       mixture
                       of
                       those
                       w
                       ch
                       bee
                       of
                       
                         
                           The
                           same
                           
                             
                               Blood
                               ,
                               or
                               neere
                               of
                               kindred
                               ,
                               which
                               is
                               called
                               Incest
                               .
                               Leuit.
                               18.
                               6
                               ,
                               7.
                               1.
                               
                               Cor.
                               5.
                               1.
                               
                               Amos
                               2.
                               7.
                               
                            
                             
                               Sexe
                               ,
                               which
                               is
                               called
                               Buggery
                               ,
                               or
                               Sodomy
                               Ro.
                               1.
                               26
                               ,
                               27.
                               
                               Leu.
                               18.
                               22.
                               
                               Gen.
                               18.
                               
                               &
                               19.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Diuers
                           kinds
                           ,
                           as
                           Mankind
                           with
                           
                             
                               Beasts
                               .
                               Leuit.
                               18.
                               23.
                               
                               ●
                               20.
                               15
                               ,
                               16.
                               
                            
                             
                               Vnclean
                               spirits
                               ,
                               w
                               ch
                               are
                               
                                 
                                   Incubi
                                   ,
                                
                                 
                                   Succubi
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               sorts
               .
            
             
               Chastity
               is
               either
               of
               
                 
                   Single
                   life
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   gift
                   of
                   continency
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   pure
                   ab●tinence
                   from
                   marriage
                   .
                
                 
                   Wedlock
                   ,
                   consisting
                   partly
                   in
                   
                     
                       Coniugall
                       fidelity
                       .
                    
                     
                       The
                       moderate
                       and
                       modest
                       vse
                       of
                       the
                       marriage
                       bed
                       .
                    
                     
                       Pure
                       abstinence
                       vpon
                       iust
                       occasion
                       ,
                       as
                       in
                       the
                       time
                       of
                       
                         
                           Absence
                           of
                           one
                           from
                           the
                           other
                           .
                        
                         
                           Fasting
                           and
                           prayer
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           7.
                           5.
                           
                        
                         
                           The
                           womans
                           separation
                           ,
                           or
                           monethly
                           sicknesse
                           .
                           See
                           Ezec.
                           18.
                           6.
                           
                           Leuit.
                           18.
                           19.
                           
                           ●
                           20.
                           18.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               meanes
               of
               chastity
               are
               either
               
                 
                   Common
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Prayer
                       ,
                       it
                       being
                       the
                       gift
                       of
                       God.
                       Math.
                       19.
                       11.
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       7.
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       Company
                       ,
                       with
                       such
                       as
                       be
                       sober
                       and
                       chaste
                       .
                       *
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Speciall
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   vsed
                   ,
                   either
                   as
                   
                     
                       Preseruatiues
                       :
                       viz
                       
                         
                           Sobriety
                           ,
                           moderating
                           the
                           delights
                           of
                           the
                           
                             
                               Taste
                               :
                               as
                               temperance
                               in
                               diet
                               .
                            
                             
                               Sight
                               ,
                               abstaining
                               from
                               the
                               view
                               of
                               
                                 
                                   Vanities
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Obiects
                                   of
                                   lust
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Diligence
                           and
                           painfulnesse
                           in
                           our
                           calling
                           ,
                           or
                           some
                           honest
                           labour
                           .
                        
                         
                           Vigilancy
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Pet.
                           4.
                           7.
                           1.
                           
                           Thes.
                           5.
                           6.
                           
                        
                         
                           Modesty
                           in
                           the
                           
                             
                               Eyes
                               &
                               countenance
                               ,
                               that
                               is
                               ,
                               shamefastnes
                               .
                               1.
                               tim
                               .
                               5.
                               6.
                               
                            
                             
                               Speech
                               .
                            
                             
                               Gesture
                               and
                               gate
                               .
                            
                             
                               Attire
                               .
                               Tit.
                               2.
                               3.
                               1.
                               
                               Tim.
                               2.
                               9
                               ,
                               10.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       The
                       lawfull
                       remedy
                       :
                       viz.
                       the
                       holy
                       state
                       of
                       marriage
                       ;
                       into
                       which
                       men
                       are
                       bound
                       to
                       enter
                       ,
                       when
                       they
                       finde
                       the
                       former
                       meanes
                       not
                       sufficient
                       for
                       the
                       preseruation
                       of
                       chastity
                       in
                       single
                       life
                       ;
                       that
                       those
                       who
                       cannot
                       liue
                       chastly
                       in
                       single
                       life
                       ;
                       may
                       liue
                       chastly
                       in
                       wedlocke
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       7.
                       2
                       ,
                       9.
                       
                       Heb.
                       13.
                       4.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Incontinency
               in
               single
               life
               ,
               whiles
               men
               choose
               to
               burne
               ,
               rather
               than
               to
               marry
               .
               1.
               
               Cor.
               7.
               9.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               The
               
                 
                   Breach
                   of
                   wedlocke
                   ,
                   by
                   being
                   vnfaithfull
                   one
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                   Vsing
                   of
                   the
                   marriage
                   bed
                   
                     
                       Immoderately
                       ,
                       as
                       a
                       meanes
                       ,
                       rather
                       than
                       a
                       remedy
                       of
                       lust
                       .
                    
                     
                       Immodestly
                       ,
                       forgetting
                       the
                       rules
                       of
                       
                         
                           Shamefastnesse
                           .
                        
                         
                           Honesty
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Vnseasonably
                       ,
                       at
                       forbidden
                       times
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               *
               Opp.
               Company
               with
               persons
               
                 
                   Vnchast
                   and
                   vncleane
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   5.
                   6
                   ,
                   9
                   ,
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   Wanton
                   and
                   effeminate
                   .
                   Ephes.
                   5.
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   Drunkards
                   and
                   belly-gods
                   .
                   Prou.
                   23.
                   20.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Intemperance
                   in
                   diet
                   ;
                   
                     
                       Drunkennes
                       ,
                       or
                       much
                       drinking
                       of
                       wine
                       and
                       strong
                       drinks
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Pet.
                       4.
                       3.
                       
                       Prou.
                       23.
                       33.
                       
                       Gen.
                       19.
                       32
                       ,
                       33.
                       
                    
                     
                       Gluttony
                       .
                       Ezech.
                       16.
                       49.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Vnchast
                   eyes
                   
                     
                       Beholding
                       
                         
                           Persons
                           beautifull
                           or
                           wanton
                           .
                        
                         
                           Pictures
                           obscence
                           .
                        
                         
                           Bawdy
                           enterludes
                           and
                           playes
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Reading
                       vnchast
                       bookes
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Idlenesse
                   .
                
                 
                   Slothfulnesse
                   .
                
              
               Ezech.
               16.
               49.
               2.
               
               Sam.
               11.
               2.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               Immodest
               
                 
                   Countenance
                   .
                   Impudency
                   ,
                   the
                   harlots
                   fore-head
                   .
                   Prou.
                   7.
                   13.
                   
                   Ier.
                   3.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   Speech
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   13.
                   
                   Prou.
                   7.
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   Gesture
                   and
                   gate
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Proud
                       ,
                       Esa.
                       3.
                       16
                       ,
                       17.
                       
                    
                     
                       Wanton
                       behauiour
                       :
                       whereto
                       referre
                       wanton
                       dancing
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Pet.
                       2.
                       7.
                       2.
                       
                       Cor.
                       12.
                       21.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Attire
                   .
                   Prou.
                   7.
                   10.
                   
                   Zeph.
                   1.
                   8.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Marriage
                   in
                   them
                   that
                   haue
                   not
                   the
                   gift
                   of
                   continency
                   ,
                   vnnecessarily
                   delayed
                   ;
                   especially
                   after
                   marriage
                   promised
                   .
                
                 
                   Vow
                   ,
                   or
                   resolute
                   purpose
                   to
                   liue
                   single
                   ,
                   whether
                   wee
                   haue
                   the
                   gift
                   of
                   continency
                   ,
                   or
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   Vnlawfull
                   diuorces
                   .
                   Math.
                   19.
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               signes
               are
               
                 
                   
                     
                       Sobriety
                       .
                       Ecclus.
                       19.
                       27
                       ,
                       28.
                       
                    
                     
                       Modesty
                       &
                       shamefastnes
                       .
                    
                     
                       Keeping
                       of
                       sober
                       and
                       chast
                       company
                       .
                    
                  
                   w
                   ch
                   being
                   also
                   meanes
                   ,
                   are
                   in
                   a
                   double
                   respect
                   required
                   in
                   this
                   commandement
                   .
                
                 
                   Auoiding
                   all
                   iust
                   suspicions
                   and
                   shewes
                   of
                   euill
                   .
                   Pro.
                   5.
                   8.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               duty
               of
               procuring
               or
               preseruing
               chastity
               in
               others
               ,
               belongeth
               
                 
                   Commonly
                   to
                   all
                   ,
                   as
                   occasion
                   serueth
                   .
                   Genes
                   .
                   39.
                   9.
                   2.
                   
                   Sam.
                   13.
                   13.
                   
                
                 
                   Especially
                   to
                   
                     
                       Parents
                       ,
                       who
                       are
                       to
                       
                         
                           Protect
                           their
                           childrens
                           chastity
                           .
                           Deut.
                           22.
                           19
                           ,
                           21.
                           
                        
                         
                           Prouide
                           them
                           the
                           remedy
                           of
                           marriage
                           in
                           due
                           season
                           .
                           Gen.
                           24.
                           4.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Magistrats
                       ,
                       who
                       are
                       by
                       
                         
                           Good
                           lawes
                           to
                           prouide
                           for
                           the
                           preseruation
                           of
                           chastity
                           .
                        
                         
                           Seuere
                           punishments
                           to
                           represse
                           vncleannesse
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Wantonnesse
                   .
                
                 
                   Immodesty
                   and
                   impudency
                   .
                
                 
                   Haunting
                   vnchaste
                   company
                   .
                
                 
                   Frequenting
                   suspected
                   places
                   ,
                   especially
                   at
                   suspicious
                   times
                   .
                   Prou.
                   7.
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   
                   Iob
                   31.
                   9.
                   
                   ●
                   24.
                   15.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               be
               accessary
               to
               the
               vncleannesse
               of
               others
               ,
               Psa.
               50.
               18.
               this
               offence
               is
               cōmitted
               
                 
                   Priuately
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       Bawds
                       ,
                       and
                       such
                       as
                       are
                       the
                       diuels
                       instruments
                       to
                       bring
                       naughty-packs
                       together
                       .
                    
                     
                       Those
                       ,
                       which
                       any
                       way
                       consent
                       ,
                       counsell
                       or
                       allure
                       to
                       vncleannesse
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       13.
                       5.
                       
                       ●
                       16.
                       21.
                       
                    
                     
                       Them
                       ,
                       who
                       prostitute
                       them
                       whose
                       chastity
                       they
                       ought
                       to
                       protect
                       :
                       as
                       husbands
                       their
                       wiues
                       ,
                       or
                       parents
                       their
                       daughters
                       .
                       Leuit.
                       19.
                       29.
                       
                    
                     
                       Parents
                       ,
                       who
                       for
                       no
                       iust
                       cause
                       deny
                       marriage
                       to
                       their
                       children
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Publikely
                   by
                   Magistrates
                   and
                   gouernors
                   ,
                   who
                   either
                   
                     
                       Permit
                       this
                       sinne
                       ,
                       by
                       imposing
                       
                         
                           No
                           punishment
                           ,
                           especially
                           those
                           who
                           tolerate
                           stewes
                           .
                           Deut.
                           23.
                           17.
                           
                        
                         
                           Light
                           or
                           ridiculous
                           punishments
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Forbid
                       the
                       remedy
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       marriage
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       4.
                       3.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           eighth
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Commanding
               those
               duties
               which
               concerne
               our
               owne
               ▪
               or
               our
               neighbours
               goods
               ,
               and
               outward
               estate
               .
            
             
               These
               duties
               are
               either
               more
               
                 
                   Generall
                   .
                
                 
                   Speciall
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               generall
               duties
               stand
               in
               3.
               degrees
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   To
                   abstaine
                   from
                   doing
                   any
                   iniury
                   or
                   wrong
                   to
                   our
                   neighbour
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   his
                   goods
                   or
                   estate
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Cor.
                   6.
                   7
                   ,
                   8.
                   or
                   if
                   wee
                   haue
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   him
                   amends
                   .
                   Exod.
                   22.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   2
                   To
                   preserue
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   we
                   may
                   ,
                   our
                   owne
                   and
                   our
                   neighbours
                   goods
                   ,
                   Ioh.
                   6.
                   12.
                   
                   Deut.
                   22.
                   1
                   ,
                   2
                   ,
                   3
                   ,
                   4.
                   
                   Exod
                   23.
                   4
                   ,
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   To
                   be
                   helpfull
                   to
                   others
                   ,
                   as
                   our
                   ability
                   affordeth
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   necessity
                   requireth
                   .
                   Ephes.
                   4.
                   28.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               speciall
               duties
               concerne
               the
               
                 
                   Iust
                   (
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   )
                   possession
                   of
                   our
                   goods
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   containeth
                   2.
                   branches
                   ;
                   Iust
                   
                     
                       getting
                       or
                       obtaining
                       of
                       our
                       goods
                       .
                       Mar.
                       8.
                       36.
                       
                       Prou.
                       16.
                       8.
                       
                    
                     
                       Keeping
                       or
                       retaining
                       of
                       them
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Lawfull
                   (
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   )
                   vse
                   of
                   our
                   goods
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Negatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Forbidding
               those
               vices
               that
               concerne
               our
               owne
               ,
               or
               our
               neighbours
               goods
               and
               outward
               estate
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               be
               
                 
                   Hurtfull
                   to
                   our
                   neighbour
                   ,
                   in
                   hindring
                   or
                   impairing
                   his
                   estate
                   ,
                   Mark.
                   10.
                   19.
                   
                
                 
                   Wanting
                   to
                   our
                   neighbour
                   or
                   our selues
                   ,
                   in
                   not
                   
                     
                       Preseruing
                       his
                       ,
                       or
                       our
                       owne
                       goods
                       .
                    
                     
                       Imploying
                       our
                       goods
                       as
                       wee
                       ought
                       ,
                       to
                       
                         
                           Our
                           own
                           good
                           .
                        
                         
                           The
                           benefit
                           of
                           others
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Vniust
                   possession
                   ,
                   either
                   by
                   
                     
                       Vniust
                       getting
                       .
                       Prou.
                       13.
                       11.
                       
                       Hab.
                       2.
                       9.
                       
                       Ier.
                       17.
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       Vniust
                       detaining
                       .
                    
                  
                   all
                   forbiddē
                   vnder
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   theft
                   .
                
                 
                   Vnlawfull
                   vse
                   of
                   goods
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Vnto
               iust
               getting
               there
               are
               4.
               vertues
               ,
               or
               inward
               duties
               required
               ,
               whereby
               we
               shall
               bee
               fitly
               disposed
               f●r
               y
               e
               keeping
               of
               this
               Commandement
               ,
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   Heb.
                   13.
                   5.
                   the
                   not
                   setting
                   of
                   our
                   hearts
                   vpon
                   riches
                   .
                   Psal.
                   62.
                   10.
                   
                   Math.
                   6.
                   33.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Contentednesse
                   with
                   that
                   condition
                   which
                   God
                   in
                   his
                   most
                   wise
                   ,
                   iust
                   ,
                   and
                   Fatherly
                   prouidence
                   doth
                   allot
                   vnto
                   vs.
                   Heb.
                   13.
                   5.
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   6.
                   6
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   8.
                   
                   Phil.
                   4.
                   11
                   ,
                   12.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   A
                   moderate
                   desire
                   of
                   such
                   things
                   as
                   are
                   conuenient
                   &
                   necessary
                   for
                   vs
                   ,
                   Math.
                   6.
                   11.
                   
                   Prou.
                   30.
                   8.
                   both
                   for
                   
                     
                       Our
                       owne
                       maintenance
                       ,
                       according
                       to
                       y
                       e
                       necessity
                       of
                       
                         
                           Nature
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           6.
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Person
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Tim.
                           5.
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           State
                           ,
                           as
                           we
                           are
                           either
                           priuate
                           or
                           publike
                           persons
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Reliefe
                       of
                       others
                       ,
                       Pro.
                       5.
                       15
                       ,
                       16.
                       
                       Act.
                       20.
                       35.
                       
                       
                         
                           Priuately
                           .
                           Eph.
                           4.
                           28.
                           
                        
                         
                           Publikely
                           ,
                           in
                           
                             
                               Church
                               .
                            
                             
                               Commōweale
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   A
                   moderate
                   care
                   ,
                   to
                   prouide
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   conuenient
                   and
                   necessary
                   for
                   vs.
                   Gen.
                   30.
                   30.
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   8.
                   2.
                   
                   Cor.
                   12.
                   13
                   ,
                   14.
                   
                   Prou.
                   31.
                   13.
                   
                   &c.
                   Mat.
                   6.
                   11.
                   that
                   which
                   wee
                   ●ay
                   for
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   bee
                   carefull
                   to
                   obtaine
                   by
                   the
                   vse
                   of
                   lawfull
                   meanes
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               1.
               
               Opp.
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               loue
               of
               money
               ,
               Col.
               3.
               3.
               1.
               
               Tim.
               6.
               10.
               the
               roote
               of
               all
               the
               sinnes
               forbidden
               in
               this
               Commandement
               ,
               which
               is
               also
               called
               the
               lust
               of
               the
               eyes
               .
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               2.
               16.
               
            
             
               2.
               
               Opp.
               Discontentednesse
               ,
               disposing
               men
               to
               couet
               and
               seeke
               more
               than
               is
               needfull
               ,
               though
               they
               haue
               not
               lawfull
               meanes
               :
               to
               which
               vice
               they
               make
               themselues
               subiect
               ,
               who
               haue
               not
               learned
               to
               liue
               within
               their
               compasse
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Affectation
                   of
                   Pouerty
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   begging
                   Friers
                   ,
                   &c.
                   Pro.
                   30.
                   8.
                   
                   Ephes.
                   4.
                   28.
                   
                   Act.
                   20.
                   35.
                   
                
                 
                   Couetousnesse
                   and
                   ambition
                   ,
                   wherunto
                   ,
                   besides
                   the
                   loue
                   of
                   money
                   ,
                   and
                   preferment
                   ,
                   concurre
                   
                     
                       A
                       resolution
                       to
                       be
                       rich
                       ,
                       and
                       great
                       in
                       this
                       world
                       ,
                       whether
                       God
                       giue
                       good
                       meanes
                       or
                       not
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       6.
                       9.
                       
                    
                     
                       Hasting
                       to
                       be
                       rich
                       .
                       Prou.
                       28.
                       20
                       ,
                       22.
                       20.
                       21.
                       
                    
                     
                       An
                       insatiable
                       desire
                       still
                       to
                       haue
                       more
                       .
                       Eccl.
                       4.
                       8.
                       
                       Prou.
                       27.
                       20.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               4.
               
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Improuidence
                   and
                   carelesnesse
                   .
                   Prou.
                   10.
                   5.
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   Immoderate
                   and
                   carking
                   care
                   .
                   Math.
                   6.
                   25
                   ,
                   &c.
                   Phil.
                   4.
                   6.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               sorts
               of
               iust
               getting
               ,
               
                 
                   Without
                   contract
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   things
                   
                     
                       Gottē
                       by
                       our selues
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Receiued
                       from
                       others
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   By
                   contract
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Goods
               are
               gotten
               &
               procured
               lawfully
               by
               our selues
               ,
               and
               our
               owne
               meanes
               ,
               either
               
                 
                   Extraordinarily
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   law
                   of
                   
                     
                       Nature
                       :
                       as
                       those
                       things
                       w
                       ch
                       haue
                       no
                       owner
                       ,
                       either
                       because
                       they
                       
                         
                           Are
                           cōmon
                           by
                           the
                           law
                           of
                           nature
                           .
                        
                         
                           Were
                           neuer
                           in
                           the
                           possessiō
                           of
                           any
                           .
                        
                         
                           Are
                           cast
                           off
                           willingly
                           ,
                           &
                           abandoned
                           by
                           their
                           owners
                           .
                        
                      
                       These
                       by
                       right
                       appertaine
                       to
                       the
                       first
                       
                         
                           Getter
                           .
                        
                         
                           Finder
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Nations
                       :
                       as
                       those
                       things
                       which
                       are
                       gotten
                       from
                       the
                       enemie
                       by
                       lawfull
                       warre
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Ordinarily
                   ,
                   by
                   y
                   e
                   sweat
                   of
                   our
                   browes
                   in
                   a
                   lawfull
                   calling
                   .
                   Ephes.
                   4.
                   28.
                   where
                   two
                   things
                   are
                   required
                   .
                   viz.
                   
                   
                     
                       A
                       lawfull
                       calling
                       .
                    
                     
                       Diligence
                       therin
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Lawfull
               calling
               are
               either
               
                 
                   Publike
                   ,
                   and
                   those
                   either
                   
                     
                       Supreme
                       or
                       soueraigne
                       ;
                       as
                       of
                       the
                       Prince
                       .
                    
                     
                       Subordinate
                       ,
                       and
                       those
                       
                         
                           Ecclesiasticall
                           ,
                           as
                           of
                           Ministers
                           and
                           lawfull
                           gouernours
                           in
                           the
                           Church
                           .
                        
                         
                           Ciuill
                           ,
                           and
                           those
                           seruing
                           for
                           
                             
                               Peace
                               .
                            
                             
                               Warre
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Priuate
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Husbandry
                       .
                       Eccl.
                       ●
                       .
                       8.
                       
                    
                     
                       Arts
                       
                         
                           Liberall
                           ,
                           whether
                           
                             
                               Professions
                               ,
                               as
                               of
                               
                                 
                                   Diuinity
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Law.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Physicke
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Preparatiues
                               vnto
                               Professions
                               ,
                               as
                               the
                               seuen
                               liberall
                               Arts.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Illiberall
                           ,
                           as
                           trades
                           seruing
                           either
                           for
                           the
                           
                             
                               Making
                               of
                               things
                               needfull
                               ,
                               as
                               Handicrafts
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                            
                             
                               Communicating
                               of
                               thē
                               ,
                               either
                               by
                               
                                 
                                   Whole-sale
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Retaile
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Inordinate
               walking
               ,
               2.
               
               Thes.
               3.
               6
               ,
               7
               ,
               11.
               opposed
               to
               the
               
                 
                   Lawfull
                   calling
                   ,
                   viz
                   
                     
                       No
                       calling
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Common
                           beggers
                           &
                           rogues
                           .
                           Deut.
                           15.
                           4.
                           2.
                           
                           Thes.
                           3.
                           10.
                           
                        
                         
                           Superfluous
                           Gentlemen
                           ,
                           who
                           hauing
                           nothing
                           to
                           maintaine
                           them
                           ,
                           refuse
                           to
                           liue
                           in
                           any
                           calling
                           ,
                           Luk.
                           16.
                           3.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Bad
                       calling
                       ,
                       as
                       those
                       w
                       ch
                       maintaine
                       thēselues
                       by
                       
                         
                           Vnlawfull
                           professions
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               Harlots
                               and
                               Bawds
                               .
                            
                             
                               Witches
                               and
                               Wizards
                               ,
                               Iugglers
                               ,
                               Stage-players
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Gaming
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               Gamesters
                               .
                            
                             
                               Keepers
                               of
                               gaming
                               houses
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Diligent
                   walking
                   in
                   our
                   calling
                   ,
                   viz.
                   idlenes
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   Thes.
                   3.
                   11
                   ,
                   12.
                   
                   Math.
                   25.
                   30.
                   
                   Pro.
                   18.
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               There
               is
               also
               a
               lawfull
               acquisition
               or
               getting
               of
               things
               wee
               receiue
               from
               others
               ,
               who
               either
               
                 
                   Were
                   the
                   true
                   owners
                   thereof
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   which
                   wee
                   haue
                   receiued
                   by
                   
                     
                       Free
                       gift
                       ,
                       whereunto
                       legacies
                       are
                       to
                       be
                       referred
                       .
                    
                     
                       Succession
                       &
                       inheritance
                       .
                       Numb
                       .
                       27.
                       8
                       ,
                       9.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Were
                   supposed
                   to
                   haue
                   been
                   the
                   true
                   owners
                   :
                   as
                   by
                   prescription
                   in
                   things
                   which
                   may
                   bee
                   prescribed
                   ,
                   hauing
                   been
                   without
                   interruption
                   enioyed
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   time
                   appointed
                   by
                   lawes
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               sorts
               of
               vniust
               getting
               ,
               viz
               by
               
                 
                   Fraud
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   properly
                   called
                   theft
                   .
                
                 
                   Force
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   robbery
                   .
                
              
               Leuit.
               19.
               13.
               1.
               
               Thes.
               4.
               6.
               
               Luk.
               3.
               14.
               1.
               
               Cor.
               6.
               10.
               
            
             
               Theft
               is
               to
               be
               distinguished
               according
               to
               the
               difference
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Manner
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   
                     
                       Manifest
                       ,
                       when
                       the
                       theefe
                       is
                       taken
                       with
                       the
                       manner
                       :
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       either
                       
                         
                           In
                           the
                           act
                           of
                           stealing
                           .
                        
                         
                           With
                           y
                           e
                           thing
                           stolne
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Not
                       manifest
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Persons
                   which
                   doe
                   steale
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   either
                   
                     
                       Domestical
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       theft
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Wife
                           .
                        
                         
                           Children
                           .
                           Prou.
                           28.
                           24.
                           
                           Deut.
                           21.
                           20.
                           
                        
                         
                           Seruants
                           .
                           Tit.
                           2.
                           10.
                           
                           Math.
                           24.
                           49.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Committed
                       by
                       other
                       which
                       bee
                       not
                       of
                       the
                       same
                       family
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Obiects
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   stolne
                   :
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   either
                   of
                   
                     
                       Persons
                       ,
                       by
                       
                         
                           Surreption
                           ,
                           to
                           be
                           
                             
                               Sold
                               ,
                               1.
                               
                               Tim.
                               1.
                               10.
                               
                               Deut.
                               24.
                               7.
                               
                               Exod.
                               21.
                               16.
                               
                            
                             
                               Mangled
                               ,
                               as
                               beggers
                               steale
                               children
                               .
                            
                             
                               Married
                               ,
                               as
                               wooers
                               sometimes
                               do
                               young
                               maids
                               ,
                               against
                               the
                               will
                               of
                               the
                               parents
                               or
                               gouernours
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Prodition
                           or
                           trechery
                           .
                           Mat.
                           26.
                           15.
                           
                        
                         
                           Supposition
                           of
                           changelings
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           King.
                           3.
                           20.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Things
                       whereof
                       there
                       bee
                       diuers
                       distinctions
                       .
                       See
                       A.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               A.
               Things
               :
               whereof
               there
               be
               diuers
               distinctions
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Of
                   things
                   
                     
                       Ciuill
                       ,
                       and
                       those
                       either
                       
                         
                           Priuate
                           .
                        
                         
                           Common
                           or
                           publike
                           ,
                           and
                           that
                           is
                           Peculatus
                           ,
                           robbing
                           of
                           the
                           Common-wealth
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Sacred
                       ,
                       &
                       that
                       is
                       sacriledge
                       :
                       as
                       Rom.
                       2.
                       22.
                       of
                       
                         
                           Gifts
                           ,
                           or
                           vowed
                           to
                           bee
                           giuen
                           to
                           God.
                           Iosh.
                           7.
                           21.
                           
                           ●6
                           .
                           22.
                           
                           Act.
                           5.
                           2
                           ,
                           3.
                           
                           Prou.
                           20.
                           25.
                           
                           Dan.
                           5.
                           2
                           ,
                           23.
                           
                        
                         
                           Tenths
                           ,
                           and
                           other
                           Church-duties
                           .
                           Mal.
                           3.
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Church-liuings
                           ,
                           Leuit.
                           27.
                           21.
                           
                           Neh.
                           13.
                           8.
                           
                           
                             
                               Mangled
                               by
                               corrupt
                               Patrons
                               .
                            
                             
                               Alienated
                               by
                               appropriations
                               .
                            
                             
                               Deuoured
                               ,
                               by
                               the
                               Ha●pies
                               of
                               Princes
                               Courts
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   Of
                   
                     
                       Immoueables
                       ,
                       as
                       remouing
                       of
                       land-markes
                       .
                       Deut.
                       19.
                       14.
                       
                       Prou.
                       22.
                       28.
                       
                       Hos.
                       5.
                       10.
                       
                       Deut.
                       27.
                       17.
                       
                    
                     
                       Moueables
                       ,
                       whether
                       
                         
                           Liuing
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               Plants
                               ,
                               and
                               their
                               fruits
                               ,
                               Deut.
                               23.
                               24
                               ,
                               25.
                               
                            
                             
                               Fowles
                               .
                            
                             
                               Fishes
                               .
                            
                             
                               Beasts
                               ,
                               Exod.
                               22.
                               1.
                               and
                               if
                               of
                               many
                               together
                               ,
                               it
                               is
                               Abigeatus
                               .
                               Iob.
                               15
                               ,
                               17.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Without
                           life
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               Money
                               ,
                               by
                               Cutpurses
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                               Stuffe
                               and
                               apparell
                               ,
                               for
                               stealing
                               whereof
                               ,
                               those
                               which
                               conuey
                               themselues
                               into
                               houses
                               ,
                               are
                               called
                               Directarij
                               .
                            
                             
                               Writings
                               and
                               instruments
                               
                                 
                                   Embezeled
                                   and
                                   stolne
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Depraued
                                   &
                                   corrupted
                                   ,
                                   or
                                   falsified
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               Robbery
               or
               Rapine
               is
               distinguished
               by
               the
               end
               :
               for
               thereby
               is
               intended
               ,
               either
               the
               
                 
                   Neighbours
                   harme
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   spoyling
                   ;
                   as
                   in
                   those
                   who
                   are
                   called
                   
                     
                       Incendiarij
                       ,
                       who
                       maliciously
                       set
                       on
                       fire
                       their
                       neighbours
                       houses
                       ,
                       or
                       corne
                       .
                    
                     
                       Venefici
                       ,
                       who
                       spoyle
                       mens
                       goods
                       or
                       cattell
                       ,
                       by
                       
                         
                           Poyson
                           .
                        
                         
                           Charmes
                           ,
                           Inchantments
                           ,
                           Witchcraft
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Robbers
                   owne
                   profit
                   or
                   gain
                   :
                   &
                   is
                   committed
                   either
                   
                     
                       Vnder
                       pretence
                       of
                       authority
                       by
                       great
                       theeues
                       ,
                       and
                       is
                       called
                       Oppression
                       :
                       and
                       that
                       is
                       by
                       
                         
                           Vsurpation
                           ,
                           without
                           colour
                           of
                           Law.
                           Gen.
                           21.
                           25.
                           
                           Iudg.
                           18.
                           25.
                           27.
                           
                        
                         
                           Extortion
                           ,
                           vnder
                           colour
                           of
                           Law.
                           Psalm
                           .
                           94.
                           20.
                           
                           Luk.
                           19.
                           8.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Without
                       any
                       such
                       pretence
                       of
                       authority
                       ,
                       whether
                       in
                       time
                       of
                       
                         
                           Warre
                           ,
                           as
                           the
                           Pillage
                           of
                           souldiers
                           ,
                           towards
                           them
                           that
                           are
                           not
                           enemies
                           .
                           Deut.
                           2.
                           5
                           ,
                           6.
                           
                           Luk.
                           3.
                           14.
                           
                        
                         
                           Peace
                           ,
                           whether
                           by
                           
                             
                               Land
                               ,
                               as
                               
                                 
                                   Robbing
                                   by
                                   the
                                   high
                                   way
                                   .
                                   Luk.
                                   10.
                                   30.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Burglary
                                   ,
                                   or
                                   breaking
                                   into
                                   houses
                                   .
                                   Exod.
                                   22.
                                   2
                                   ,
                                   3.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Sea
                               ,
                               as
                               Pyracy
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               To
               these
               sorts
               of
               theeues
               and
               robbers
               ,
               we
               are
               to
               adioyne
               those
               that
               be
               accessary
               to
               their
               sinne
               ,
               either
               
                 
                   Before-hand
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       Consent
                       .
                       Psal.
                       50.
                       18.
                       
                    
                     
                       Counsell
                       or
                       prouocatiō
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Kin.
                       21.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   At
                   the
                   time
                   ,
                   by
                   helping
                   and
                   assisting
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   After
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       receiuing
                       the
                       
                         
                           Theeues
                           .
                        
                         
                           Things
                           stolne
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Partaking
                       with
                       them
                       in
                       the
                       gaine
                       .
                       Pro.
                       29.
                       24.
                       
                       ●1
                       .
                       14.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Now
               followeth
               the
               acquisition
               or
               getting
               ,
               which
               is
               by
               Contract
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               consent
               between
               parties
               ,
               concerning
               the
               alienation
               or
               permutation
               of
               things
               vpon
               condition
               ,
               and
               that
               condition
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Presently
                   performed
                   ,
                
                 
                   For
                   the
                   time
                   to
                   come
                   ,
                   assured
                   by
                   obliga●●ōs
                   
                     
                       Verball
                       ,
                       wether
                       by
                       
                         
                           Word
                           of
                           mouth
                           .
                        
                         
                           Writing
                           ,
                           a●
                           
                             
                               Bills
                               .
                            
                             
                               Bonds
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Reall
                       ,
                       as
                       by
                       
                         
                           Pawnes
                           .
                        
                         
                           Mortgage
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Personall
                       ,
                       as
                       by
                       
                         
                           Sureties
                           .
                        
                         
                           Hostages
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               In
               contracts
               we
               are
               to
               behaue
               our selues
               vprightly
               ,
               without
               dissimulation
               or
               guile
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               sight
               of
               God
               ,
               Psalm
               .
               15.
               2
               ,
               4.
               obseruing
               in
               our
               
                 
                   Words
                   ,
                   truth
                   .
                   Zac.
                   8.
                   16.
                   
                
                 
                   Promises
                   ,
                   faithfulnesse
                   .
                
                 
                   Deeds
                   ,
                   iustice
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Contracts
               are
               concerning
               
                 
                   Alienation
                   of
                   things
                   for
                   
                     
                       A
                       time
                       :
                    
                     
                       Euer
                       :
                    
                  
                   and
                   both
                   of
                   them
                   either
                   
                     
                       Free.
                       
                    
                     
                       For
                       recōpēce
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Committing
                   to
                   trust
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               free
               alienation
               for
               a
               time
               ,
               is
               either
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Vse
                   onely
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   commodation
                   or
                   lending
                   to
                   vse
                   ,
                   the
                   property
                   retained
                   .
                
                 
                   Property
                   also
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   mutuation
                   or
                   lending
                   to
                   spend
                   ;
                   and
                   hath
                   place
                   in
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   spent
                   in
                   the
                   vse
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               things
               lent
               to
               vse
               ,
               the
               duty
               of
               y
               e
               borrower
               is
               to
               
                 
                   Vse
                   the
                   same
                   to
                   that
                   end
                   for
                   which
                   it
                   was
                   lent
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   to
                   abuse
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Restore
                   y
                   ●
                   same
                   particular
                   
                     
                       Safe
                       and
                       entire
                       ,
                       or
                       to
                       make
                       it
                       good
                       .
                    
                     
                       At
                       the
                       time
                       appointed
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Deale
                   deceitfully
                   .
                   Ezech.
                   22.
                   12.
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   4.
                   6.
                   the
                   highest
                   degree
                   wherof
                   is
                   coozenage
                   .
                
                 
                   Vse
                   
                     
                       Lying
                       .
                       Prou.
                       21.
                       6.
                       
                    
                     
                       Vnfaithfulnesse
                       in
                       promises
                       .
                    
                     
                       Vniustice
                       and
                       inequality
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   abuse
                   the
                   thing
                   borrowed
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   vse
                   it
                   further
                   than
                   the
                   lender
                   would
                   like
                   of
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   impaire
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   to
                   make
                   ,
                   or
                   not
                   to
                   bee
                   willing
                   to
                   make
                   amends
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   restore
                   it
                   at
                   all
                   ,
                   or
                   not
                   at
                   the
                   time
                   appointed
                   ,
                   detaining
                   it
                   against
                   the
                   lenders
                   good
                   will.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               things
               lent
               to
               be
               spent
               ,
               the
               duty
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Lender
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   intend
                   and
                   seeke
                   the
                   borrowers
                   good
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   his
                   owne
                   gaine
                   .
                
                 
                   Surety
                   ,
                   if
                   there
                   bee
                   any
                   ,
                   to
                   giue
                   his
                   word
                   for
                   those
                   that
                   bee
                   thrifty
                   and
                   honest
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   make
                   good
                   his
                   word
                   .
                
                 
                   Borrower
                   towards
                   the
                   
                     
                       Surety
                       ,
                       to
                       saue
                       him
                       harmelesse
                       .
                    
                     
                       Creditor
                       ,
                       to
                       restore
                       the
                       principall
                       ,
                       
                         
                           In
                           the
                           full
                           value
                           .
                        
                         
                           At
                           y
                           e
                           time
                           appointed
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               free
               alienation
               which
               is
               perpetuall
               ,
               is
               Donation
               ,
               and
               is
               heere
               considered
               as
               it
               is
               made
               ,
               with
               
                 
                   Condition
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   absolutely
                   .
                
                 
                   Limitation
                   of
                   certaine
                   
                     
                       Duties
                       ,
                    
                     
                       seruices
                       ,
                    
                  
                   which
                   the
                   receiuer
                   is
                   bound
                   to
                   performe
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               alienation
               which
               is
               for
               recompence
               ,
               is
               a
               commutation
               ,
               wherein
               equality
               is
               to
               bee
               obserued
               betwixt
               the
               things
               committed
               .
            
             
               In
               these
               contracts
               out
               
                 
                   Do
                   vt
                   des
                   :
                
                 
                   Do
                   vt
                   facias
                   ,
                   vel
                   contra
                   ,
                
              
               that
               is
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               commutation
               either
               of
               
                 
                   things
                   themselues
                   ,
                   or
                   their
                   vse
                   ,
                
                 
                   Mens
                   labour
                   and
                   industry
                   ,
                
              
               for
               an
               equall
               recompēce
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               In
               the
               
                 
                   Lender
                   ,
                   to
                   lend
                   for
                   gaine
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Vsury
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   sin
                   ,
                   are
                   accessary
                   
                     
                       Brokers
                       for
                       Vsurers
                       .
                    
                     
                       Borrowers
                       without
                       necessity
                       ,
                       vpon
                       Vsurie
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Surety
                   ,
                   
                     
                       To
                       giue
                       his
                       word
                       for
                       persons
                       
                         
                           Vnthrifty
                           .
                        
                         
                           Dishonest
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Not
                       to
                       performe
                       couenants
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Borrower
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   repay
                   the
                   principall
                   at
                   the
                   time
                   appointed
                   :
                   wherein
                   they
                   especially
                   offend
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   voluntary
                   Banquerupts
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Inequality
               in
               illiberall
               contracts
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               commutation
               of
               the
               things
               thēselues
               ,
               is
               either
               of
               
                 
                   Ware
                   for
                   ware
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Bartery
                   ,
                
                 
                   Money
                   for
                   money
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Exchange
                   .
                
                 
                   Ware
                   for
                   money
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Selling
                   :
                   wherein
                   is
                   required
                   as
                   touching
                   the
                   
                     
                       Person
                       ,
                       that
                       he
                       be
                       the
                       right
                       owner
                       ,
                       or
                       authorized
                       by
                       him
                       .
                    
                     
                       Thing
                       ,
                       y
                       ●
                       it
                       be
                       saleable
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Substance
                           .
                        
                         
                           Vse
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Price
                       ,
                       that
                       is
                       be
                       iust
                       and
                       equall
                       .
                    
                     
                       Manner
                       of
                       selling
                       ,
                       that
                       it
                       bee
                       without
                       fraud
                       or
                       deceit
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Money
                   for
                   ware
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   buying
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               In
               regard
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Person
                   ,
                   when
                   a
                   man
                   selleth
                   that
                   which
                   he
                   hath
                   no
                   right
                   to
                   sell.
                   
                
                 
                   Thing
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   saleable
                   ,
                   either
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   
                     
                       Valuable
                       by
                       money
                       :
                       as
                       those
                       who
                       sell
                       
                         
                           The
                           graces
                           of
                           God
                           ,
                           as
                           miraculous
                           healing
                           ,
                           2.
                           
                           King.
                           5.
                           20.
                           
                           Pardon
                           of
                           sinne
                           .
                        
                         
                           Iustice
                           ,
                           by
                           Bribery
                           .
                        
                         
                           Vntruthes
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               False
                               witnesses
                               .
                            
                             
                               Lawyers
                               ,
                               who
                               be
                               Patrons
                               of
                               bad
                               causes
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Liberality
                           and
                           time
                           ,
                           as
                           Vsurers
                           doe
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Money-worth
                       ,
                       being
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Substance
                           ,
                           counterfeit
                           ,
                           or
                           corrupt
                           .
                           Amos
                           8.
                           6.
                           
                        
                         
                           Vse
                           ,
                           vnprofitable
                           ,
                           or
                           hurtfull
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Price
                   ,
                   being
                   vnequall
                   :
                   in
                   which
                   respect
                   they
                   chiefly
                   offend
                   ,
                   euen
                   as
                   publike
                   theeues
                   ,
                   whose
                   practice
                   is
                   ,
                   to
                   raise
                   the
                   prices
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Regraters
                       .
                    
                     
                       Forestallers
                       .
                    
                     
                       Ingrosers
                       .
                    
                     
                       Dardanarij
                       ,
                       Hucksters
                       ,
                       and
                       whorders
                       vp
                       of
                       commodities
                       ,
                       to
                       cause
                       a
                       dearth
                       .
                       Prou.
                       11.
                       26.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Manner
                   ,
                   when
                   mē
                   vse
                   deceitfull
                   
                     
                       Words
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Flattering
                           the
                           buyer
                           .
                        
                         
                           Praising
                           the
                           ware
                           vnworthily
                           ,
                           and
                           concealing
                           or
                           extenuating
                           the
                           faults
                           therof
                           ,
                           not
                           lessening
                           the
                           price
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Deeds
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Kind
                           ,
                           giuing
                           one
                           for
                           another
                           .
                        
                         
                           Quality
                           ,
                           that
                           the
                           ware
                           may
                           seeme
                           better
                           than
                           it
                           is
                           ,
                           as
                           
                             
                               Comparing
                               it
                               with
                               that
                               which
                               is
                               naught
                               .
                            
                             
                               Vsing
                               false
                               lights
                               .
                            
                             
                               Setting
                               a
                               false
                               glosse
                               on
                               it
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Quantity
                           ,
                           by
                           
                             
                               Vsing
                               false
                               
                                 
                                   Waights
                                   and
                                   measures
                                   .
                                   Prou.
                                   11.
                                   1.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Weighing
                                   and
                                   measuring
                                   ,
                                   whereto
                                   referre
                                   too
                                   much
                                   stretching
                                   of
                                   cloth
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Mixture
                               ,
                               of
                               that
                               which
                               is
                               worse
                               ,
                               they
                               sell
                               the
                               lesse
                               quantity
                               of
                               the
                               better
                               :
                               as
                               water
                               with
                               wine
                               ,
                               wooll
                               ,
                               or
                               meale
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               buying
               ,
               regard
               is
               to
               be
               had
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Person
                   ,
                   of
                   whom
                   thou
                   buyest
                   ,
                   that
                   hee
                   haue
                   right
                   to
                   sell.
                   
                
                 
                   Thing
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   bee
                   a
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   valuable
                   by
                   money
                   ,
                   and
                   may
                   bee
                   lawfully
                   bought
                   with
                   money
                   .
                
                 
                   Price
                   ,
                   that
                   thou
                   giue
                   ,
                   and
                   if
                   thou
                   hast
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   that
                   thou
                   offer
                   an
                   equall
                   price
                   :
                   and
                   if
                   he
                   sell
                   for
                   need
                   ,
                   to
                   giue
                   rather
                   more
                   ,
                   than
                   lesse
                   than
                   the
                   worth
                   .
                
                 
                   Manner
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   bee
                   void
                   of
                   all
                   deceit
                   and
                   wrong
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               In
               regard
               of
               the
               
                 
                   Person
                   ,
                   to
                   buy
                   of
                   him
                   that
                   hath
                   no
                   right
                   to
                   sell
                   :
                   as
                   to
                   buy
                   stolne
                   goods
                   .
                
                 
                   Thing
                   ,
                   to
                   buy
                   that
                   ,
                   which
                   either
                   
                     
                       Cannot
                       be
                       valued
                       by
                       money
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           The
                           graces
                           of
                           God
                           :
                           which
                           properly
                           is
                           Symonie
                           .
                           Act.
                           8.
                           18
                           ,
                           19.
                           
                        
                         
                           Remission
                           of
                           sin
                           :
                           as
                           those
                           which
                           buy
                           Pardons
                           .
                        
                         
                           Holy
                           orders
                           ,
                           &c.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Ought
                       not
                       to
                       be
                       bought
                       or
                       sold
                       for
                       money
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Presentations
                           vnto
                           Benefices
                           ,
                           which
                           also
                           are
                           called
                           Symony
                           .
                        
                         
                           Vniustice
                           ,
                           of
                           a
                           Iudge
                           corrupted
                           by
                           thee
                           .
                        
                         
                           False
                           testimony
                           of
                           a
                           witnesse
                           suborned
                           or
                           hired
                           by
                           thee
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Price
                   ,
                   to
                   
                     
                       Offer
                       much
                       lesse
                       than
                       thou
                       knowest
                       the
                       thing
                       to
                       bee
                       worth
                       .
                    
                     
                       Take
                       aduantage
                       of
                       the
                       sellers
                       need
                       ,
                       and
                       for
                       that
                       cause
                       to
                       giue
                       the
                       lesse
                       .
                       Amos
                       8.
                       6.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Manner
                   ,
                   vsing
                   deceit
                   ,
                   in
                   
                     
                       Words
                       ,
                       vnworthily
                       dispraising
                       the
                       ware
                       .
                       Prou.
                       20.
                       14.
                       
                    
                     
                       Deeds
                       ,
                       as
                       deceiuing
                       y
                       e
                       seller
                       with
                       the
                       money
                       which
                       is
                       paid
                       ,
                       in
                       regard
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Substance
                           ,
                           or
                           quality
                           ,
                           being
                           counterfeit
                           .
                        
                         
                           Quantity
                           ,
                           that
                           is
                           ,
                           
                             
                               Waight
                               Heere
                               offend
                               chiefly
                               
                                 
                                   Counterfeiters
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Clippers
                                   of
                                   coyne
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Number
                               ,
                               as
                               to
                               deceiue
                               in
                               the
                               tale
                               ,
                               to
                               giue
                               9.
                               pence
                               ,
                               for
                               12.
                               pence
                               ,
                               or
                               7.
                               shillings
                               6.
                               pence
                               ,
                               for
                               10.
                               shillings
                               ,
                               &c.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               To
               the
               former
               contracts
               we
               are
               to
               refer
               oppignoration
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               contract
               partly
               of
               
                 
                   Lending
                   and
                   borrowing
                   vpon
                   a
                   pawne
                   .
                
                 
                   Buying
                   and
                   selling
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   condition
                   be
                   not
                   obserued
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               duty
               of
               the
               giuer
               of
               the
               Pawne
               is
               ,
               not
               to
               deceiue
               the
               taker
               ,
               in
               the
               worth
               thereof
               .
            
             
               The
               duty
               of
               the
               lender
               vpon
               a
               pawne
               is
               ,
               to
               prouide
               onely
               for
               his
               indemnity
               :
               as
               if
               hee
               haue
               to
               deale
               with
               a
               needy
               brother
               ,
               either
               to
               
                 
                   Take
                   
                     
                       None
                       of
                       him
                       .
                    
                     
                       Such
                       onely
                       as
                       hee
                       may
                       well
                       spare
                       .
                       Ex.
                       22.
                       26.
                       
                       Deut.
                       24.
                       6
                       ,
                       10
                       ,
                       11
                       ,
                       12
                       ,
                       13.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Restore
                   it
                   presently
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               contract
               which
               concerneth
               the
               alienation
               of
               the
               vse
               for
               hire
               ,
               hath
               two
               parts
               :
               
                 
                   Location
                   or
                   letting
                   to
                   hire
                   .
                
                 
                   Conduction
                   or
                   taking
                   to
                   hire
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               duty
               of
               him
               that
               letteth
               to
               hire
               ,
               is
               to
               
                 
                   Let
                   that
                   onely
                   which
                   hath
                   a
                   fruitfull
                   vse
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   seuered
                   from
                   the
                   property
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   reserueth
                   to
                   himselfe
                   .
                
                 
                   Require
                   an
                   hire
                   proportionable
                   to
                   that
                   vse
                   ,
                   the
                   impairing
                   ,
                   hazard
                   ,
                   and
                   charge
                   also
                   being
                   considered
                   .
                
                 
                   Let
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   fit
                   for
                   the
                   vse
                   to
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   let
                   .
                
                 
                   Beare
                   the
                   hazard
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   miscarry
                   without
                   the
                   hirers
                   default
                   .
                   Exod.
                   22.
                   15.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               duty
               of
               the
               hirer
               ,
               is
               to
               
                 
                   Vse
                   the
                   thing
                   hired
                   ,
                   onely
                   to
                   that
                   end
                   for
                   which
                   it
                   was
                   let
                   .
                
                 
                   Restore
                   it
                   at
                   the
                   time
                   appointed
                   .
                
                 
                   Restore
                   it
                   entire
                   ,
                   of
                   if
                   it
                   hath
                   miscarried
                   through
                   his
                   default
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   good
                   .
                   Exod.
                   22.
                   12.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               In
               the
               
                 
                   Borrower
                   ,
                   to
                   lay
                   a
                   pawne
                   of
                   lesse
                   value
                   than
                   the
                   summe
                   which
                   is
                   borrowed
                   ,
                   with
                   purpose
                   to
                   forfeit
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   Lender
                   ,
                   
                     
                       To
                       seeke
                       gaine
                       ,
                       by
                       
                         
                           Taking
                           the
                           fruitfull
                           vse
                           of
                           the
                           thing
                           in
                           respect
                           of
                           the
                           loane
                           ;
                           which
                           is
                           a
                           spice
                           of
                           Vsury
                           :
                           Antichresis
                           .
                        
                         
                           The
                           forfeiture
                           ,
                           prouiding
                           not
                           onely
                           for
                           his
                           indemnity
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       To
                       take
                       a
                       pawne
                       of
                       a
                       needy
                       brother
                       ,
                       which
                       hee
                       cannot
                       well
                       spare
                       ,
                       and
                       not
                       to
                       restore
                       it
                       presently
                       .
                       Ezech.
                       18.
                       7
                       ,
                       12.
                       
                       ●33
                       .
                       15.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   let
                   that
                   which
                   hath
                   no
                   fruitfull
                   vse
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   spent
                   in
                   the
                   vse
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   vsury
                   vnder
                   pretence
                   of
                   letting
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   require
                   an
                   vnreasonable
                   hire
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   take
                   aduantage
                   of
                   the
                   hire●s
                   necessity
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   let
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   vnfit
                   for
                   the
                   vse
                   to
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   let
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   exact
                   a
                   recompence
                   aboue
                   couenant
                   ,
                   for
                   some
                   harme
                   which
                   hath
                   happened
                   to
                   the
                   thing
                   let
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   hirers
                   fault
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   abuse
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   hired
                   ,
                   to
                   other
                   purpose
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   restore
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   good
                   ,
                   hauing
                   by
                   his
                   default
                   impaired
                   or
                   spoyled
                   it
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Contracts
               ,
               wherein
               is
               a
               commutation
               of
               mens
               skill
               ,
               industry
               and
               labour
               for
               an
               equall
               stipend
               or
               reward
               ,
               may
               be
               referred
               to
               the
               Contract
               of
               Location
               and
               conduction
               .
            
             
               The
               duty
               of
               him
               that
               hireth
               another
               mans
               labour
               ,
               is
               to
               
                 
                   Allow
                   him
                   an
                   equll
                   stipend
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Tim.
                   5.
                   18.
                   
                
                 
                   Giue
                   it
                   him
                   ,
                   if
                   he
                   be
                   poore
                   ,
                   without
                   delay
                   .
                   Leuit.
                   19.
                   13.
                   
                   Deut.
                   24.
                   14
                   ,
                   15.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               duty
               of
               him
               that
               is
               hired
               ,
               is
               to
               
                 
                   Require
                   a
                   stipend
                   proportionable
                   .
                
                 
                   Imploy
                   his
                   labour
                   and
                   skill
                   faithfully
                   ,
                   and
                   diligently
                   .
                   Gen.
                   31.
                   6
                   ,
                   39
                   ,
                   40.
                   
                
              
            
             
               To
               this
               head
               are
               to
               be
               referred
               the
               fees
               and
               duties
               of
               Lawyers
               ,
               Physicians
               ▪
               Chirurgians
               ,
               Schoole-masters
               ,
               and
               of
               all
               Artificers
               and
               Trades-men
               ,
               who
               imploy
               their
               labour
               or
               skill
               for
               recompence
               .
            
             
               Now
               follow
               those
               contracts
               wherein
               are
               committed
               to
               trust
               either
               
                 
                   Things
                   .
                
                 
                   Persons
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Things
               ,
               as
               goods
               cōmitted
               to
               
                 
                   Depositaries
                   ,
                   (
                   to
                   whom
                   sequesters
                   are
                   to
                   bee
                   referred
                   )
                   whose
                   duty
                   is
                   to
                   
                     
                       Keepe
                       them
                       safe
                       .
                    
                     
                       Restore
                       them
                       to
                       the
                       owner
                       ,
                       demanding
                       them
                       .
                    
                     
                       Make
                       them
                       good
                       ,
                       if
                       by
                       his
                       default
                       they
                       be
                       impaired
                       or
                       lost
                       .
                       Exo.
                       22.
                       10
                       ,
                       11
                       ,
                       12.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Feoffees
                   of
                   trust
                   ,
                   Executors
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   faithfully
                   to
                   discharge
                   that
                   trust
                   reposed
                   in
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   allow
                   an
                   equall
                   stipend
                   to
                   men
                   for
                   then
                   labour
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   detaine
                   the
                   poore
                   mans
                   hire
                   .
                   Iam.
                   5.
                   4.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   require
                   an
                   vnreasonable
                   allowance
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   deale
                   
                     
                       Negligently
                       .
                    
                     
                       Vnfaithfully
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   To
                   vse
                   the
                   things
                   committed
                   to
                   their
                   trust
                   ,
                   (
                   by
                   which
                   vse
                   they
                   are
                   impaired
                   )
                   or
                   to
                   turne
                   them
                   to
                   their
                   owne
                   profit
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   restore
                   them
                   ,
                   especially
                   committed
                   to
                   their
                   trust
                   in
                   a
                   tumultuous
                   time
                   :
                   as
                   in
                   feare
                   of
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   make
                   them
                   good
                   ,
                   hauing
                   impaired
                   or
                   spoyled
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               In
               Feoffees
               and
               Executors
               ,
               to
               deale
               vnfaithfully
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Persons
               committed
               to
               trust
               ,
               are
               Pupils
               ,
               or
               Orphans
               ,
               committed
               to
               Tutors
               and
               Guardians
               .
            
             
               Whose
               duty
               is
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   To
                   remember
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   set
                   ouer
                   Orphans
                   ,
                   not
                   for
                   their
                   owne
                   ,
                   but
                   for
                   the
                   Orphans
                   good
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   As
                   they
                   succeed
                   the
                   naturall
                   parents
                   in
                   authority
                   ,
                   so
                   they
                   ought
                   to
                   succeed
                   them
                   in
                   fatherly
                   affection
                   .
                   Hest.
                   2
                   7.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               other
               branch
               of
               iust
               possession
               ,
               is
               iust
               keeping
               :
               which
               containeth
               two
               things
               ,
               the
               
                 
                   Preseruing
                   and
                   retaining
                   of
                   our
                   owne
                   goods
                   .
                
                 
                   Restoring
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   other
                   mens
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Wee
               are
               bound
               to
               preserue
               our
               goods
               ,
               as
               being
               Talents
               committed
               to
               vs
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               
                 
                   Neglect
                   them
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   expose
                   thē
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   to
                   pilserers
                   and
                   stealers
                   .
                
                 
                   Suffer
                   them
                   to
                   be
                   spoyled
                   or
                   lost
                   .
                   Ioh.
                   6.
                   12.
                   
                
              
               which
               are
               the
               opposite
               vices
               .
            
             
               Quest.
               Whether
               for
               retaining
               our
               goods
               ,
               and
               maintaining
               our
               right
               ,
               it
               be
               lawfull
               to
               goe
               to
               Law
               ?
            
             
               Answ.
               It
               may
               be
               lawfull
               (
               though
               most
               men
               offend
               in
               going
               to
               law
               ,
               )
               if
               these
               cautions
               bee
               obserued
               ,
               viz.
               that
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   cause
                   be
                   iust
                   ,
                   weighty
                   and
                   necessary
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Charity
                   be
                   not
                   broken
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   It
                   be
                   vsed
                   as
                   the
                   last
                   refuge
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Restitution
               of
               other
               mens
               goods
               ,
               which
               either
               
                 
                   Haue
                   been
                   vnlawfully
                   gotten
                   .
                
                 
                   Cannot
                   lawfully
                   bee
                   retained
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   seeke
                   the
                   Orphans
                   ,
                   but
                   their
                   owne
                   profit
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   make
                   a
                   prey
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   vse
                   them
                   not
                   as
                   children
                   ,
                   but
                   rather
                   as
                   slaues
                   which
                   are
                   bought
                   and
                   sold.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               go
               to
               law
               ,
               
                 
                   For
                   causes
                   
                     
                       Trifling
                       .
                    
                     
                       Vniust
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   stomake
                   and
                   malice
                   .
                
                 
                   Not
                   as
                   the
                   last
                   remedy
                   ,
                   but
                   as
                   present
                   meanes
                   to
                   molest
                   our
                   neighbour
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               persist
               in
               the
               wrong
               ,
               by
               not
               restoring
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               detaine
               them
               against
               the
               owners
               will.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               Concerning
               restitution
               of
               things
               vnlawfully
               gotten
               ,
               these
               5.
               poynts
               are
               to
               be
               considered
               ,
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   That
                   restitution
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   .
                   Leuit.
                   6.
                   4.
                   5.
                   
                   Num.
                   5.
                   6
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   8.
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   12.
                   4.
                   
                   Luk.
                   19.
                   8.
                   
                   Mat.
                   27.
                   3.
                   
                   Ezech.
                   33.
                   14
                   ,
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Who
                   is
                   to
                   make
                   restitution
                   :
                   viz.
                   euery
                   one
                   that
                   hath
                   vniustly
                   got
                   ,
                   whether
                   by
                   force
                   or
                   by
                   fraud
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   any
                   vniust
                   meanes
                   whatsoeuer
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   To
                   whom
                   ?
                   viz.
                   to
                   the
                   party
                   damnified
                   ,
                   Leuit.
                   6.
                   5.
                   or
                   if
                   hee
                   be
                   dead
                   ,
                   to
                   those
                   who
                   are
                   next
                   of
                   kinne
                   ,
                   Numb
                   .
                   5.
                   7
                   ,
                   8.
                   or
                   for
                   want
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   let
                   him
                   giue
                   it
                   to
                   good
                   vses
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   How
                   much
                   ?
                   the
                   full
                   value
                   at
                   the
                   least
                   ,
                   Leuit.
                   6.
                   5.
                   
                   Numb
                   .
                   5.
                   7.
                   
                   Luk.
                   19.
                   8.
                   or
                   if
                   hee
                   be
                   not
                   able
                   ,
                   yet
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   hee
                   can
                   .
                   Exod.
                   22.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   When
                   ?
                   so
                   soone
                   as
                   hee
                   seeketh
                   forgiuenesse
                   at
                   the
                   hands
                   of
                   God.
                   Num.
                   5.
                   6
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   8.
                   
                   Leuit.
                   6.
                   2.
                   
                   &c.
                   Mal.
                   5.
                   23
                   ,
                   24.
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               Restitution
               also
               is
               to
               bee
               made
               of
               such
               things
               ,
               as
               hauing
               come
               lawfully
               to
               our
               hands
               ,
               cannot
               lawfully
               be
               detained
               against
               the
               owners
               good
               will
               ,
               we
               being
               able
               to
               restore
               them
               :
               and
               these
               are
               things
               which
               either
               wee
               haue
               
                 
                   Found
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   must
                   esteem
                   as
                   committed
                   to
                   our
                   trust
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   that
                   wee
                   may
                   restore
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   true
                   owner
                   ,
                   if
                   hee
                   can
                   possibly
                   bee
                   knowne
                   .
                   Exod.
                   23.
                   4.
                   
                   Deut.
                   22.
                   2
                   ,
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   Receiued
                   by
                   contract
                   ,
                   as
                   things
                   
                     
                       Ali●nated
                       for
                       a
                       time
                       ;
                       as
                       things
                       le●t
                       ,
                       let
                       ,
                       or
                       l●d
                       to
                       paw●e
                       .
                       Psal.
                       37.
                       21.
                       
                       Ezech.
                       18.
                       12.
                       
                    
                     
                       Committed
                       to
                       our
                       trust
                       .
                       Leu.
                       6.
                       2
                       ,
                       4.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Now
               followeth
               the
               right
               vse
               of
               our
               goods
               towards
               
                 
                   Our selues
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   fruition
                   of
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   Others
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   free
                   communication
                   of
                   thē
                   .
                
              
               Prou.
               5.
               15
               ,
               16.
               
            
             
             
               We
               are
               to
               enioy
               and
               to
               vse
               to
               our
               comfort
               ,
               the
               good
               gifts
               of
               God.
               Eccl.
               5.
               17
               ,
               18.
               and
               heereto
               belong
               2.
               vertues
               
                 
                   Parsimony
                   in
                   the
                   honest
                   sauing
                   and
                   sparing
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   be
                   not
                   idly
                   and
                   vnprofitably
                   wasted
                   or
                   spent
                   .
                   Prou.
                   27.
                   23
                   ,
                   24
                   ,
                   25
                   ,
                   26
                   ,
                   27.
                   
                
                 
                   Frugality
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   sober
                   and
                   moderate
                   spending
                   of
                   our
                   goods
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   our
                   calling
                   and
                   ability
                   ,
                   to
                   profitable
                   and
                   needfull
                   vses
                   .
                   
                     Sit
                     condus
                     fortior
                     promo
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               free
               communication
               of
               goods
               to
               the
               good
               of
               others
               ,
               Prou.
               21.
               21.
               two
               vertues
               are
               required
               :
               
                 
                   Liberality
                   ,
                   that
                   wee
                   communicate
                   them
                   willingly
                   ,
                   and
                   cheerfully
                   .
                
                 
                   Iustice
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   giue
                   of
                   our
                   owne
                   ,
                   without
                   doing
                   wrong
                   to
                   others
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Free
               communication
               of
               goods
               ,
               is
               either
               for
               
                 
                   A
                   time
                   ,
                   by
                   lending
                   .
                   Psal.
                   112.
                   5.
                   
                   Deut.
                   15.
                   7
                   ,
                   8.
                   
                   Luk.
                   6.
                   35.
                   
                
                 
                   Euer
                   ,
                   by
                   giuing
                   ,
                   to
                   vses
                   
                     
                       Publike
                       ,
                       both
                       
                         
                           Ciuill
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Sam.
                           17.
                           27
                           ,
                           28
                           ,
                           29.
                           
                        
                         
                           Ecclesiasticall
                           .
                           Pro.
                           3.
                           9.
                           
                           Ex.
                           36.
                           5
                           ,
                           6.
                           1.
                           
                           Chr.
                           29.
                           9
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Priuate
                       ,
                       as
                       Almes-giuing
                       ,
                       and
                       relieuing
                       the
                       necessities
                       of
                       our
                       brethren
                       .
                       Hebr.
                       13.
                       16.
                       
                       Luk.
                       21.
                       4.
                       
                       ●
                       12.
                       33.
                       
                       Math.
                       25.
                       35.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Niggardlinesse
                   ,
                   which
                   keepeth
                   men
                   not
                   onely
                   from
                   communicating
                   of
                   goods
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   from
                   enioying
                   them
                   .
                   Eccl.
                   6.
                   2.
                   
                   ●
                   4.
                   8.
                   
                   Ecclus.
                   14.
                   3
                   ,
                   4
                   ,
                   5
                   ,
                   6.
                   and
                   is
                   a
                   double
                   theft
                   .
                
                 
                   Wasting
                   and
                   mis-spending
                   ,
                   to
                   vses
                   
                     
                       Vnnecessary
                       aboue
                       our
                       power
                       .
                    
                     
                       Dishonest
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Couetousnesse
                   .
                
                 
                   Hard-heartednesse
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   3.
                   17.
                   
                   Prou.
                   21.
                   13.
                   
                   Luk.
                   16.
                   23
                   ,
                   24.
                   
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           ninth
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           Thou
           shalt
           not
           vtter
           a
           false
           (
           or
           vaine
           ,
           Deut.
           5.
           20.
           
           )
           testimony
           concerning
           thy
           neighbour
           .
        
         
           
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Commanding
               ,
               that
               our
               speech
               concerning
               our
               neighbour
               ,
               or
               our selues
               ,
               should
               bee
               both
               True
               ,
               Charitable
               ,
               and
               tendring
               his
               ,
               and
               our
               own
               credit
               &
               good
               Name
               .
               1.
               
               Cor.
               13.
               6.
               
               Ephes.
               4.
               15.
               
            
             
               Heere
               therefore
               is
               commanded
               the
               preseruation
               of
               
                 
                   Truth
                   amongst
                   men
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   fame
                   and
                   good
                   name
                   of
                   men
                   ,
                   both
                   
                     
                       Our
                       owne
                       .
                    
                     
                       Of
                       others
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Of
               Truth
               ,
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               3.
               things
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   What
                   it
                   is
                   :
                   viz.
                   a
                   conformity
                   both
                   of
                   our
                   
                     
                       Speech
                       with
                       our
                       mind
                       .
                       Psal.
                       15.
                       2.
                       
                    
                     
                       Minde
                       with
                       the
                       things
                       thēselues
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   That
                   in
                   all
                   our
                   speech
                   it
                   is
                   religiously
                   to
                   bee
                   obserued
                   .
                   Prou.
                   12.
                   19.
                   
                   Ephes.
                   4
                   ,
                   25.
                   
                   Zach.
                   8.
                   16.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   manner
                   how
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   professed
                   ,
                   viz.
                   
                   
                     
                       Freely
                       .
                       Dan.
                       3.
                       16
                       ,
                       17
                       ,
                       18.
                       
                       Act.
                       4.
                       8
                       ,
                       10
                       ,
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       Simply
                       with
                       discretion
                       .
                       Mat.
                       10.
                       16.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Negatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Forbidding
               all
               speech
               
                 
                   False
                   and
                   vaine
                   .
                
                 
                   Vncharitable
                   ,
                   especially
                   such
                   as
                   tendeth
                   to
                   the
                   diffamation
                   of
                   our
                   neighbour
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               All
               falshood
               in
               speech
               Leuit.
               19.
               11.
               
               Col.
               3.
               9.
               
               Eph.
               4.
               25.
               
               Prou.
               6.
               17.
               
               ●
               12.
               22.
               
               ●
               19.
               5
               ,
               9.
               
               Psal.
               5.
               6.
               
               Apoc.
               21.
               8
               whether
               wee
               speake
               
                 
                   That
                   w
                   ch
                   is
                   false
                   :
                
                 
                   Falsly
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   minde
                   to
                   deceiue
                   :
                
              
               Whether
               in
               
                 
                   Iest
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   esting
                   lye
                   w
                   ch
                   is
                   false
                   in
                   meaning
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   in
                   words
                   ,
                   Hos.
                   7.
                   3.
                   being
                   
                     
                       Neither
                       figuratiue
                       .
                    
                     
                       Nor
                       y
                       ●
                       true
                       meaning
                       discouered
                       by
                       gesture
                       ,
                       countenance
                       ,
                       pronunciation
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Earnest
                   ,
                   whether
                   to
                   
                     
                       Helpe
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       Officiouslye
                       .
                    
                     
                       Hurt
                       as
                       the
                       Perniciouslye
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Freedome
                   in
                   the
                   
                     
                       Excesse
                       ,
                       vndiscreet
                       and
                       vnseasonable
                       profession
                       of
                       the
                       truth
                       ,
                       to
                       the
                       vnnecessary
                       hurt
                       or
                       danger
                       of
                       our selues
                       ,
                       or
                       others
                       .
                    
                     
                       Defect
                       ,
                       when
                       through
                       ●eare
                       ,
                       or
                       any
                       sinister
                       respect
                       ,
                       the
                       truth
                       is
                       
                         
                           Denied
                           .
                           Mat.
                           26.
                           70
                           ,
                           72
                           ,
                           74.
                           
                        
                         
                           Betrayed
                           .
                           2.
                           
                           Tim.
                           4.
                           16.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Simplicity
                   ,
                   a
                   doubling
                   and
                   deceitfull
                   tongue
                   .
                   Psal.
                   55.
                   22.
                   
                   Psalm
                   .
                   12.
                   2.
                   
                   ●
                   109.
                   2.
                   
                   Zeph.
                   3.
                   13.
                   
                   Ier.
                   9.
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               meanes
               of
               truth
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               
                 
                   Bee
                   amongst
                   men
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   bee
                   
                     
                       Knowne
                       ,
                       are
                       
                         
                           Loue
                           of
                           the
                           truth
                           .
                           Pro.
                           23.
                           23.
                           
                        
                         
                           Docility
                           or
                           teachablenesse
                           .
                           Act.
                           17.
                           11.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Preserued
                       and
                       maintained
                       :
                       constancy
                       and
                       stedfastnesse
                       in
                       the
                       truth
                       .
                       Ephes.
                       4.
                       14.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Profitably
                   be
                   ,
                   are
                   
                     
                       Profitable
                       speech
                       ,
                       tending
                       to
                       
                         
                           Gods
                           glory
                           .
                           Ephes.
                           5.
                           4.
                           
                        
                         
                           Our
                           neighbours
                           good
                           ,
                           
                             
                               Spirituall
                               ,
                               viz.
                               to
                               edification
                               .
                               Ephes.
                               4.
                               29.
                               
                            
                             
                               Temporall
                               ,
                               as
                               to
                               his
                               
                                 
                                   Honest
                                   delight
                                   ,
                                   vrbanity
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Profit
                                   .
                                   1.
                                   
                                   Tim.
                                   5.
                                   23.
                                   
                                
                              
                               Col.
                               4.
                               6.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       And
                       the
                       meanes
                       of
                       entertaining
                       profitable
                       speech
                       ,
                       together
                       with
                       the
                       remedy
                       of
                       the
                       contrary
                       :
                       the
                       
                         
                           Meanes
                           of
                           entertaining
                           profitable
                           speech
                           ,
                           is
                           Affability
                           .
                           Ioh.
                           4.
                           7
                           ,
                           10.
                           
                        
                         
                           Remedy
                           against
                           vnprofitable
                           speech
                           ,
                           is
                           Taciturnity
                           .
                           Pro.
                           10.
                           19.
                           
                           ●
                           17.
                           28.
                           
                           Iam.
                           1.
                           19.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Of
               the
               preseruation
               of
               the
               fame
               and
               good
               name
               
                 
                   Of
                   our
                   neighbour
                   ,
                
                 
                   Our
                   owne
                   ,
                
              
               whereof
               great
               regard
               is
               to
               be
               had
               .
               Eccl.
               7.
               3.
               
               Pro.
               22.
               1.
               
            
             
               To
               the
               preseruation
               of
               our
               neighbours
               good
               name
               ,
               is
               required
               ,
               both
               an
               
                 
                   Inward
                   disposition
                   to
                   tender
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Outward
                   profession
                   of
                   the
                   truth
                   concerning
                   our
                   neighbour
                   ,
                   ioyned
                   with
                   charity
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               inward
               disposition
               is
               a
               true
               care
               of
               our
               neighbours
               credit
               ,
               with
               the
               fruits
               thereof
               .
            
             
               The
               care
               of
               our
               neighbours
               credit
               ,
               whereby
               wee
               tender
               his
               good
               name
               ,
               is
               a
               necessary
               fruit
               of
               Charity
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Loue
               of
               vntruth
               .
               Apoc.
               21.
               8.
               
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Voluntary
                   or
                   affected
                   ignorance
                   .
                
                 
                   Vaine
                   credulity
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Vnconstancy
                   in
                   the
                   truth
                   ,
                   and
                   vnstayednesse
                   .
                   Ephes.
                   4.
                   14.
                   2.
                   
                   Pet.
                   3.
                   16.
                   
                
                 
                   Pertinacy
                   in
                   errour
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Speech
               vnprofitable
               ,
               being
               either
               
                 
                   Vaine
                   .
                   Psalm
                   .
                   12.
                   2.
                   
                   ●
                   144.
                   8.
                   
                   Deut.
                   5.
                   20.
                   
                   Prou.
                   30.
                   8.
                   
                   Tit.
                   3.
                   9.
                   
                   Math.
                   12.
                   36.
                   
                
                 
                   Hurtfull
                   ,
                   tending
                   to
                   
                     
                       Gods
                       dishonour
                       .
                    
                     
                       The
                       neighbours
                       hurt
                       
                         
                           Spirituall
                           ,
                           rotten
                           or
                           infecting
                           speech
                           .
                           Ephes.
                           4.
                           29.
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           15.
                           33.
                           
                        
                         
                           Temporall
                           ,
                           opposed
                           to
                           his
                           
                             
                               Honest
                               delight
                               ,
                               
                                 
                                   Scurrility
                                   .
                                   Ephes.
                                   5.
                                   4.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Taunting
                                   and
                                   disgracing
                                   .
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Profit
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Affability
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Counterfait
                       courtesie
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       15.
                       5.
                       
                    
                     
                       Morosity
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       25.
                       17.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Taciturnity
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Much
                       talking
                       .
                       Prou.
                       10.
                       19.
                       
                       Psal.
                       140.
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       Profitable
                       truth
                       smothered
                       by
                       silence
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Neglect
                   of
                   our
                   neighbours
                   good
                   name
                   .
                
                 
                   Desire
                   to
                   impaire
                   it
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               fruits
               of
               this
               care
               are
               referred
               either
               to
               the
               
                 
                   Fame
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   &
                   that
                   either
                   
                     
                       Good
                       :
                       to
                       bee
                       glad
                       to
                       heare
                       well
                       of
                       our
                       neighbours
                       .
                       Rom.
                       1.
                       8.
                       
                       Col.
                       1.
                       3
                       ,
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Bad
                       :
                       to
                       be
                       sorry
                       for
                       it
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Meanes
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       Hearing
                       .
                    
                     
                       Iudging
                       .
                    
                     
                       Reporting
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               duty
               in
               respect
               of
               
                 
                   Hearing
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Not
                       willingly
                       to
                       heare
                       rumours
                       and
                       reports
                       tending
                       to
                       the
                       infamy
                       of
                       our
                       neighbour
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       15.
                       3.
                       
                       Pro.
                       25.
                       23.
                       but
                       to
                       repell
                       tale-bearers
                       .
                    
                     
                       Willingly
                       to
                       heare
                       the
                       commendations
                       of
                       others
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Iudging
                   :
                   to
                   iudge
                   charitably
                   ,
                   the
                   fruits
                   whereof
                   bee
                   
                     
                       Not
                       to
                       bee
                       suspitious
                       ,
                       but
                       to
                       represse
                       vniust
                       suspitions
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       13.
                       5.
                       
                    
                     
                       To
                       beleeue
                       or
                       determine
                       nothing
                       rashly
                       against
                       our
                       neighbour
                       .
                    
                     
                       To
                       interpret
                       
                         
                           Good
                           things
                           well
                           .
                        
                         
                           Doubtfull
                           things
                           ;
                           in
                           the
                           better
                           part
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Reporting
                   ,
                   to
                   report
                   no
                   ill
                   of
                   thy
                   neighbor
                   ,
                   vnlesse
                   it
                   be
                   in
                   charity
                   as
                   namely
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   
                     
                       Profitable
                       for
                       the
                       
                         
                           Party
                           of
                           whom
                           thou
                           speakest
                           ,
                           that
                           he
                           may
                           be
                           reclaimed
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Cor.
                           1.
                           11.
                           
                        
                         
                           Party
                           to
                           whom
                           th●●
                           speakest
                           for
                           preuentiō
                           of
                           
                             
                               Danger
                               intended
                               .
                               Act.
                               23.
                               16.
                               
                               Ier.
                               40.
                               14
                            
                             
                               Infection
                               like
                               to
                               ensue
                               by
                               his
                               company
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Necessary
                       for
                       thy selfe
                       :
                       as
                       when
                       silence
                       will
                       make
                       thee
                       guilty
                       of
                       his
                       fault
                       .
                       Ecclus.
                       19.
                       8.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               be
               
                 
                   Sorry
                   for
                   the
                   good
                   report
                   of
                   our
                   neighbour
                   :
                   a
                   fruit
                   of
                   enuie
                   .
                   Math.
                   21.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Glad
                   at
                   their
                   infamy
                   ,
                   or
                   ill
                   reports
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               In
               respect
               of
               
                 
                   Hearing
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Willingly
                       to
                       heare
                       the
                       ill
                       reports
                       of
                       our
                       neighbours
                       ,
                       and
                       to
                       giue
                       entertainment
                       to
                       tale-bearers
                       .
                       Exod.
                       23.
                       1.
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       24.
                       10.
                       
                       Prou.
                       17.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Vnwillingly
                       to
                       heare
                       the
                       commendations
                       of
                       others
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Iudging
                   :
                   
                     
                       Vniust
                       suspitions
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       the
                       false
                       witnesse
                       of
                       the
                       heart
                       ,
                       forbidden
                       in
                       this
                       Commandement
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Tim.
                       6.
                       4.
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       10.
                       3.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       Rashly
                       to
                       giue
                       credit
                       to
                       ill
                       rumours
                       .
                       Gen.
                       39.
                       19.
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       16.
                       3.
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       To
                       iudge
                       hardly
                       of
                       other
                       mēs
                       
                         
                           Sayings
                           and
                           doings
                           :
                           interpreting
                           good
                           things
                           ill
                           ,
                           and
                           doubtfull
                           things
                           into
                           the
                           worse
                           part
                           .
                           1.
                           
                           Sam.
                           1.
                           13.
                           
                           Act.
                           2.
                           13.
                           
                           Luk.
                           7.
                           39.
                           
                        
                         
                           Persons
                           according
                           to
                           
                             
                               Their
                               
                                 
                                   Outward
                                   condition
                                   ,
                                   which
                                   thou
                                   seest
                                   distressed
                                   .
                                   Ioh.
                                   9.
                                   2.
                                   
                                   Act.
                                   28.
                                   4.
                                   so
                                   Iobs
                                   friends
                                   .
                                
                                 
                                   Inward
                                   disposition
                                   ,
                                   which
                                   thou
                                   surmisest
                                   .
                                   1.
                                   
                                   Sam.
                                   17.
                                   28.
                                   
                                   Rom.
                                   14.
                                   4.
                                   1.
                                   
                                   Cor.
                                   4.
                                   5.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Thine
                               owne
                               disposition
                               ,
                               measuring
                               others
                               by
                               thy selfe
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Reporting
                   ,
                   to
                   blaze
                   abroad
                   the
                   secret
                   faults
                   of
                   others
                   ;
                   especially
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   sinnes
                   of
                   infirmity
                   ,
                   Prou.
                   10.
                   18.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Thus
               much
               of
               the
               inward
               disposition
               :
               now
               followeth
               the
               outward
               profession
               :
            
             
               for
               euery
               testimony
               concerning
               thy
               neighbour
               ,
               must
               bee
               both
               
                 
                   True.
                   
                
                 
                   Charitable
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Testimonies
               are
               either
               
                 
                   Publike
                   ,
                   and
                   those
                   either
                   
                     
                       Forensia
                       ,
                       in
                       place
                       of
                       iudgement
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       testimony
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Iudge
                           .
                        
                         
                           Notary
                           .
                        
                         
                           Parties
                           w
                           ch
                           go
                           to
                           Law.
                           
                        
                         
                           Lawyers
                           and
                           Aduocates
                           .
                        
                         
                           Witnesses
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Or
                       otherwise
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       place
                       of
                       iudgement
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Priuate
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               testimony
               of
               y
               ●
               Iudge
               ,
               is
               the
               sentence
               which
               he
               pronounceth
               ,
               whereto
               is
               required
               
                 
                   Before
                   hand
                   ,
                   a
                   full
                   triall
                   and
                   examination
                   of
                   the
                   cause
                   .
                   Deut.
                   13.
                   14.
                   
                   ●
                   17.
                   4.
                   
                   ●
                   19.
                   18.
                   
                   Gen.
                   18.
                   21.
                   
                
                 
                   In
                   the
                   deliuery
                   thereof
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   iudge
                   according
                   to
                   
                     
                       Truth
                       .
                       Exod.
                       18.
                       21.
                       
                    
                     
                       Iustice.
                       Leuit.
                       19.
                       15.
                       
                       Deut.
                       1.
                       16.
                       
                       ●
                       16.
                       20.
                       
                    
                     
                       Equity
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Iudges
               must
               also
               take
               heed
               ,
               that
               they
               bee
               not
               accessary
               to
               the
               false
               witnesse
               of
               others
               ,
               by
               
                 
                   Admitting
                   needlesse
                   suits
                   .
                
                 
                   Protracting
                   of
                   suits
                   .
                
                 
                   Rash
                   imposing
                   of
                   Othes
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               Testimonies
               
                 
                   False
                   ,
                   being
                   either
                   
                     
                       Simply
                       false
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       King.
                       21.
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       In
                       shew
                       of
                       words
                       true
                       ,
                       but
                       false
                       in
                       sence
                       .
                       Math.
                       26.
                       60
                       ,
                       61.
                       with
                       Ioh.
                       2.
                       19.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Vncharitable
                   and
                   malicious
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   22.
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               Iudgement
               either
               
                 
                   Rash
                   ,
                   whē
                   it
                   is
                   pronounced
                   :
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       The
                       cause
                       not
                       well
                       vnderstood
                       by
                       the
                       Iudge
                       .
                       Prou.
                       18.
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       The
                       party
                       not
                       heard
                       to
                       speake
                       in
                       his
                       owne
                       defence
                       .
                       Act.
                       25.
                       15
                       ,
                       16.
                       
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       One
                       side
                       onely
                       being
                       heard
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       16.
                       4.
                       
                       Prou.
                       18.
                       17.
                       
                    
                     
                       4.
                       
                       Vpon
                       the
                       witnesse
                       of
                       one
                       alone
                       ,
                       in
                       a
                       capitall
                       cause
                       .
                       Deut.
                       17.
                       6.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Peruerse
                   ,
                   wherein
                   the
                   wicked
                   is
                   absolued
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   righteous
                   condemned
                   ,
                   Prou.
                   17.
                   15.
                   which
                   cōmonly
                   happeneth
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Iudge
                   is
                   either
                   a
                   
                     
                       Taker
                       of
                       Bribes
                       .
                       Deut.
                       16.
                       18
                       ,
                       19.
                       
                       Exod.
                       23.
                       8.
                       2.
                       
                       Chro.
                       19.
                       6.
                       
                       Esa.
                       5.
                       23.
                       
                    
                     
                       Accepter
                       of
                       persons
                       .
                       Pro.
                       24.
                       23
                       ,
                       24.
                       
                       ●
                       28.
                       
                       2●
                       Leuit
                       .
                       19.
                       15.
                       
                       Deut.
                       1.
                       16
                       ,
                       17.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               duty
               of
               the
               Notary
               ,
               to
               deale
               truly
               in
               
                 
                   Writing
                   ,
                
                 
                   Preseruing
                   ,
                
                 
                   Reciting
                
              
               Records
               .
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               parties
               going
               to
               Law
               ,
               are
               
                 
                   Common
                   to
                   both
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       To
                       goe
                       to
                       Law
                       onely
                       vpon
                       a
                       iust
                       and
                       necessary
                       cause
                       ,
                       at
                       least
                       ,
                       in
                       their
                       perswasion
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       To
                       deale
                       truly
                       in
                       their
                       suite
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Peculiar
                   to
                   either
                   ,
                   in
                   criminall
                   causes
                   ,
                   viz.
                   to
                   the
                   
                     
                       Plaintiffe
                       ,
                       to
                       accuse
                       only
                       in
                       charity
                       ,
                       for
                       y
                       ●
                       good
                       either
                       of
                       the
                       
                         
                           Party
                           .
                        
                         
                           Cōmonweale
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Defendant
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Not
                           to
                           deny
                           a
                           crime
                           truly
                           obiected
                           .
                           Iosh.
                           7.
                           19.
                           
                        
                         
                           Nor
                           to
                           accuse
                           him selfe
                           vnnecessarily
                           .
                           Math.
                           26.
                           62
                           ,
                           63.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               duties
               of
               Lawyers
               and
               Aduocates
               .
               viz.
               to
               
                 
                   Entertaine
                   no
                   cause
                   which
                   they
                   know
                   to
                   be
                   euil
                   .
                
                 
                   Maintaine
                   the
                   cause
                   ,
                   which
                   with
                   good
                   conscience
                   they
                   vndertake
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Truly
                       .
                    
                     
                       Faithfully
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               dutie
               of
               the
               Witnesse
               ,
               
                 
                   To
                   giue
                   testimony
                   ,
                   when
                   hee
                   is
                   required
                   thereto
                   vpon
                   iust
                   occasion
                   ;
                   yea
                   vnrequired
                   ,
                   when
                   hee
                   seeth
                   the
                   innocent
                   oppressed
                   .
                   Prou.
                   24.
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   To
                   testifie
                   the
                   truth
                   
                     
                       Onely
                       .
                    
                     
                       Wholly
                       .
                    
                  
                   Prou.
                   14.
                   25.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               deale
               falsly
               in
               any
               of
               those
               respects
               .
            
             
               Opp.
               Their
               faults
               are
               ▪
               
                 
                   Common
                   to
                   both
                   ,
                   
                     
                       To
                       goe
                       to
                       Law
                       for
                       stomake
                       ,
                       and
                       in
                       desire
                       of
                       contention
                       .
                    
                     
                       To
                       deale
                       vntruly
                       ,
                       by
                       
                         
                           Forging
                           ,
                           or
                           suggesting
                           false
                           instruments
                           ,
                           or
                           proofes
                           .
                        
                         
                           Suborning
                           false
                           witnesses
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Peculiar
                   to
                   the
                   
                     
                       Plaintiffe
                       ,
                       in
                       criminal
                       causes
                       ,
                       
                         
                           Calumniari
                           ,
                           to
                           accuse
                           of
                           a
                           crime
                           
                             
                               Vntrue
                               .
                               Deut.
                               19.
                               16.
                               
                               Hest.
                               3.
                               8.
                               
                            
                             
                               Vnce●taine
                               ,
                               which
                               he
                               cannot
                               prooue
                               .
                               Act.
                               25.
                               7.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             
                               Praeuaricari
                               ,
                               In
                               shew
                               to
                               accuse
                               ,
                               but
                               not
                               indeed
                               .
                            
                             
                               Tergiuersari
                               ,
                               To
                               goe
                               backe
                               from
                               a
                               iust
                               accusation
                               .
                            
                          
                           Both
                           which
                           are
                           ●ffences
                           against
                           the
                           Cōmonweale
                           ,
                        
                         
                           To
                           be
                           ready
                           ,
                           vpon
                           euery
                           occasion
                           ,
                           to
                           accuse
                           ,
                           which
                           is
                           to
                           play
                           the
                           Sycophant
                           ;
                           as
                           contrariwise
                           ,
                           to
                           refuse
                           to
                           accuse
                           ,
                           vpon
                           any
                           (
                           though
                           iust
                           and
                           waighty
                           )
                           cause
                           ,
                           is
                           a
                           fault
                           .
                           Leu.
                           5.
                           1.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Defendant
                       ,
                       to
                       
                         
                           Deny
                           the
                           fault
                           vntruly
                           .
                           Iob
                           31.
                           33.
                           
                        
                         
                           Appeale
                           without
                           iust
                           cause
                           .
                        
                         
                           Not
                           to
                           submit
                           himselfe
                           to
                           the
                           sentence
                           lawfully
                           giuen
                           .
                           Rom.
                           13.
                           2.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Vndertake
                   such
                   causes
                   as
                   they
                   suppose
                   to
                   bee
                   euill
                   .
                   Prou.
                   21.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Vse
                   
                     
                       False
                       calumniations
                       against
                       the
                       aduerse
                       pa●ty
                       .
                       Act.
                       24.
                       5.
                       
                    
                     
                       Vnfaithfull
                       dealing
                       towards
                       their
                       Client
                       ,
                       either
                       by
                       
                         
                           Animating
                           him
                           to
                           g●e
                           on
                           in
                           a
                           bad
                           cause
                           .
                        
                         
                           Betraying
                           a
                           good
                           cause
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Not
                   to
                   giue
                   testimony
                   to
                   the
                   tru●h
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   beare
                   false
                   witnesse
                   :
                   the
                   maine
                   sin
                   forbidden
                   in
                   this
                   Cōmandement
                   .
                   Pro.
                   6.
                   18.
                   
                   ●
                   25.
                   18.
                   
                   ●
                   19.
                   5
                   ,
                   9
                   ●
                   21.
                   28.
                   
                   Deut.
                   19.
                   16
                   ,
                   19.
                   and
                   he
                   is
                   a
                   false
                   witnesse
                   ,
                   who
                   testifieth
                   for
                   truth
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   
                     
                       Hee
                       knoweth
                       not
                       to
                       be●
                       true
                       .
                    
                     
                       He
                       knoweth
                       to
                       be
                       false
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Publike
               testimonies
               out
               of
               Iudgement
               .
            
             
               And
               they
               are
               either
               
                 
                   Open.
                   
                
                 
                   Secret.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Open
               ,
               as
               in
               
                 
                   Publike
                   
                     
                       Speeches
                       ,
                       as
                       in
                       the
                       ministery
                       of
                       the
                       Word
                       ,
                       wherin
                       nothing
                       but
                       truth
                       is
                       to
                       be
                       vttered
                       .
                    
                     
                       Writings
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Elections
                   ,
                   wherein
                   testimony
                   is
                   giuen
                   of
                   the
                   excellency
                   of
                   him
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   chosen
                   ,
                   aboue
                   others
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Publike
               testimonies
               which
               be
               secret
               ,
               are
               commonly
               faulty
               ,
               either
               because
               they
               be
               vntrue
               ,
               or
               at
               least
               ,
               vncharitable
               :
               as
               in
               making
               ,
               or
               spreading
               
                 
                   Famous
                   and
                   diffamatory
                   Libels
                   .
                
                 
                   Publike
                   rumours
                   .
                   Exod.
                   23.
                   1.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Priuate
               testimonies
               ,
               or
               priuate
               profession
               of
               the
               truth
               concerning
               our
               neighbour
               ,
               ioyned
               with
               charity
               :
               and
               it
               is
               either
               of
               his
               
                 
                   Vertues
                   ,
                   which
                   (
                   as
                   iust
                   occasion
                   is
                   offered
                   )
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   acknowledge
                   and
                   commend
                   ,
                   both
                   in
                   his
                   presence
                   ,
                   and
                   absence
                   .
                
                 
                   Vices
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   his
                   
                     
                       Presence
                       ,
                       wee
                       are
                       to
                       tell
                       him
                       of
                       ,
                       and
                       not
                       suffer
                       sin
                       to
                       rest
                       vpon
                       him
                       .
                       Leu.
                       19.
                       17.
                       
                       Pro.
                       27.
                       5.
                       
                       Psalm
                       .
                       141.
                       5.
                       
                    
                     
                       Absence
                       ,
                       wee
                       are
                       not
                       to
                       mention
                       ,
                       but
                       vpon
                       necessity
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               duties
               which
               euery
               man
               is
               bound
               by
               this
               Commandement
               to
               performe
               to
               himselfe
               ,
               are
               two
               ;
               a
               
                 
                   Care
                   of
                   his
                   good
                   Name
                   .
                
                 
                   True
                   testimony
                   of
                   himselfe
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Errours
                   and
                   vntruthes
                   broched
                   and
                   published
                   in
                   
                     
                       Publike
                       speeches
                       ,
                       especially
                       in
                       the
                       ministery
                       of
                       the
                       Word
                       .
                       Zac.
                       13.
                       3.
                       
                    
                     
                       Writings
                       and
                       bookes
                       printed
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   False
                   testimonie
                   in
                   elections
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   more
                   vnworthy
                   are
                   preferred
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   Flattery
                   ,
                   wherein
                   men
                   offend
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   
                     
                       Obiect
                       ,
                       praising
                       mens
                       vices
                       .
                       Prou.
                       28.
                       4.
                       
                       ●
                       24.
                       24.
                       
                    
                     
                       Manner
                       ,
                       commending
                       others
                       
                         
                           Fainedly
                           .
                           Prou.
                           27.
                           4.
                           
                        
                         
                           Aboue
                           measure
                           .
                           Act.
                           12.
                           22.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       End
                       ,
                       seeking
                       
                         
                           Their
                           owne
                           profit
                           ,
                           as
                           Parasites
                           vse
                           to
                           doe
                           .
                        
                         
                           The
                           parties
                           ruine
                           ,
                           whom
                           they
                           doe
                           flatter
                           .
                           Prou.
                           29.
                           5.
                           
                           Ier.
                           9.
                           8.
                           
                           Math.
                           22.
                           16.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Euill
                   and
                   cursed
                   speaking
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Euill
               and
               cursed
               speaking
               is
               heere
               forbidden
               ,
               as
               it
               tendeth
               to
               the
               impairing
               of
               our
               neighbours
               credit
               and
               good
               name
               .
            
             
               And
               it
               is
               vsed
               ,
               either
               in
               his
               
                 
                   Presence
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       Reuiling
                       ,
                       or
                       contumelious
                       speaking
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       6.
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       Deriding
                       and
                       scorning
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Sa.
                       31.
                       4.
                       
                       Ioh.
                       19.
                       3.
                       
                       Mat.
                       27.
                       42.
                       
                       Gal.
                       4.
                       29.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Absence
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     
                       Whispering
                       ,
                       or
                       tale-bearing
                       .
                       Pro.
                       16.
                       28.
                       
                       ●
                       26.
                       20
                       ,
                       22.
                       
                       Ecclus.
                       5.
                       16
                       ,
                       17.
                       
                    
                     
                       Slandering
                       and
                       back
                       biting
                       .
                       Leuit.
                       19.
                       16.
                       
                       Iam.
                       4.
                       11.
                       
                       Ezech.
                       22.
                       9.
                       
                       Rom.
                       1.
                       30.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Our
               care
               in
               procuring
               ,
               and
               preseruing
               a
               good
               Name
               ,
               cōsis●eth
               in
               
                 
                   Vsing
                   the
                   meanes
                   ,
                   whereby
                   a
                   good
                   Name
                   (
                   though
                   not
                   sought
                   for
                   therein
                   )
                   is
                   gotten
                   ,
                   Phil.
                   4.
                   8.
                   as
                   to
                   
                     
                       Glorifie
                       God.
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       2.
                       30.
                       
                    
                     
                       Seeke
                       his
                       kingdome
                       and
                       righteousnes
                       .
                       Mat
                       6.
                       33
                    
                     
                       Walke
                       vprightly
                       .
                       Psalm
                       .
                       112.
                       6.
                       
                       Prou.
                       10.
                       7.
                       and
                       to
                       be
                       such
                       as
                       he
                       would
                       seeme
                       to
                       be
                       .
                    
                     
                       Keepe
                       a
                       good
                       conscience
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Auoiding
                   the
                   meanes
                   of
                   
                     
                       Vain-gl●ry
                       ,
                       as
                       
                         
                           Seeking
                           to
                           please
                           men
                           ,
                           more
                           than
                           God.
                           
                        
                         
                           Hypocrisie
                           .
                        
                         
                           Seeking
                           commendation
                           by
                           vanities
                           and
                           vices
                           .
                        
                         
                           Louing
                           of
                           flatterers
                           .
                        
                         
                           Vsuall
                           censuring
                           of
                           others
                           .
                           Math.
                           7.
                           1
                           ,
                           2.
                           
                        
                         
                           Attempting
                           matters
                           aboue
                           their
                           ability
                           and
                           gifts
                           .
                           Psalm
                           .
                           131.
                           1.
                           
                           Luk.
                           14.
                           29
                           
                           ▪
                           30.
                           
                        
                      
                       All
                       which
                       ,
                       end
                       in
                       infamy
                       and
                       shame
                       .
                    
                     
                       Infamy
                       ,
                       arising
                       from
                       
                         
                           our selues
                           ,
                           as
                           sinnes
                           ,
                           Eccl.
                           10
                           1.
                           both
                           
                             
                               Open
                               ,
                               and
                               not
                               onely
                               the
                               sinnes
                               themselues
                               ,
                               but
                               also
                               all
                               appearances
                               thereof
                               .
                               1.
                               
                               Thes.
                               5.
                               22.
                               
                               Rom.
                               12.
                               17.
                               
                            
                             
                               Secret.
                               2.
                               
                               Sam.
                               12.
                               12.
                               because
                               God
                               will
                               bring
                               them
                               to
                               light
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Others
                           as
                           oppr●brious
                           speeches
                           and
                           slanders
                           ,
                           against
                           which
                           we
                           ought
                           (
                           especially
                           if
                           we
                           be
                           publ●ke
                           persons
                           )
                           de●end
                           and
                           maintaine
                           our
                           good
                           na●e
                           1.
                           
                           King.
                           2.
                           8
                           ,
                           9.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               true
               testimony
               of
               our selues
               ,
               is
               cō●●●ning
               
                 
                   Good
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   
                     
                       True
                       ,
                       vp●n
                       iust
                       occasion
                       to
                       confesse
                       it
                       ,
                       
                         verè
                         &
                         v●recundè
                      
                       ,
                       truly
                       and
                       modestly
                       ,
                       to
                       Gods
                       glory
                       .
                       1.
                       
                       Cor.
                       15.
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       False
                       ,
                       with
                       modesty
                       and
                       humility
                       to
                       deny
                       it
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Euill
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   
                     
                       True
                       ,
                       we
                       are
                       to
                       confesse
                       it
                       to
                       
                         
                           God.
                           Prou.
                           28.
                           13.
                           1.
                           
                           Ioh.
                           1.
                           9.
                           
                        
                         
                           Man
                           ,
                           when
                           the
                           confession
                           is
                           necessary
                           ,
                           in
                           respect
                           of
                           
                             
                               Gods
                               glory
                               .
                               Iosh.
                               7.
                               19.
                               
                               Iona.
                               1.
                               10.
                               
                            
                             
                               Neighbours
                               good
                               .
                               Psal.
                               51.
                               
                            
                             
                               Our
                               own
                               good
                               .
                               Iam.
                               5.
                               15.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       False
                       ,
                       constantly
                       to
                       deny
                       it
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Neglect
                   these
                   meanes
                   of
                   a
                   good
                   Name
                   .
                
                 
                   Vsing
                   the
                   meanes
                   of
                   
                     
                       Vain-glory.
                       
                    
                     
                       Infamy
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               
               
                 
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   denying
                   good
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   speaking
                   more
                   basely
                   and
                   meanly
                   of
                   thy selfe
                   ,
                   than
                   thine
                   owne
                   opinion
                   is
                   of
                   thy selfe
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   either
                   to
                   
                     
                       Auoid
                       boasting
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       the
                       modest
                       lye
                       :
                       which
                       is
                       not
                       to
                       affirme
                       lesse
                       than
                       is
                       true
                       ,
                       but
                       to
                       deny
                       the
                       truth
                       .
                    
                     
                       Draw
                       commendation
                       from
                       others
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       a
                       double
                       offence
                       ,
                       being
                       both
                       
                         
                           Arrogancy
                           .
                        
                         
                           Counterfeit
                           modesty
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Boasting
                   ,
                   wherein
                   mē
                   offend
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   
                     
                       Obiect
                       ,
                       boasting
                       of
                       that
                       
                         
                           Which
                           is
                           not
                           good
                           ,
                           but
                           rather
                           euill
                           .
                           Psal.
                           52.
                           1.
                           
                           Phil.
                           3.
                           19.
                           
                           Gen.
                           4.
                           23
                           ,
                           24.
                           
                        
                         
                           Good
                           ,
                           which
                           they
                           haue
                           not
                           ,
                           either
                           
                             
                               Not
                               at
                               all
                               .
                            
                             
                               Not
                               in
                               that
                               measure
                               which
                               they
                               assume
                               to
                               themselues
                               .
                               Math.
                               26.
                               33
                               ,
                               35.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       End
                       ,
                       for
                       their
                       owne
                       
                         
                           Glory
                           ,
                           Pro.
                           27.
                           2.
                           and
                           that
                           ioyned
                           either
                           with
                           the
                           
                             
                               Dishonor
                               of
                               God.
                               1.
                               
                               Cor.
                               4.
                               7.
                               
                               Esa.
                               10.
                               15.
                               
                            
                             
                               Disgrace
                               of
                               others
                               .
                               Luk.
                               18.
                               10.
                               
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Gaine
                           .
                           Act.
                           8.
                           9.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Opp.
               To
               
                 
                   Deny
                   that
                   euill
                   which
                   is
                   true
                   .
                   Gen.
                   18.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   Affirme
                   that
                   euill
                   of
                   our selues
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   false
                   ,
                   to
                   
                     
                       Gratifie
                       others
                       .
                    
                     
                       Picke
                       thanks
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Sam.
                       1.
                       10.
                       with
                       1.
                       
                       Sam.
                       31.
                       4
                       ,
                       5.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           tenth
           Commandement
           .
        
         
           
             
               The
               Negatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Forbidding
               in
               
                 
                   Generall
                   ,
                   all
                   euill
                   concupiscence
                   going
                   before
                   the
                   consent
                   of
                   the
                   will
                   ,
                   and
                   purpose
                   of
                   the
                   hart
                   .
                   Rom.
                   7.
                   7.
                   
                   ●
                   13.
                   9.
                   
                   Col.
                   3.
                   5.
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   4.
                   2.
                   2.
                   
                   Pet.
                   3.
                   3.
                   
                   Rom.
                   1.
                   24.
                   
                   Gal.
                   5.
                   16
                   ,
                   17.
                   1.
                   
                   Pet.
                   2.
                   11.
                   
                   Tit.
                   2.
                   12.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   8.
                   44.
                   
                
                 
                   Particular
                   ,
                   the
                   concupiscence
                   of
                   the
                   eyes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Euill
               concupiscence
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Originall
                   .
                
                 
                   Actuall
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Originall
               concupiscence
               is
               originall
               sinne
               ,
               which
               is
               heere
               forbidden
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               referred
               against
               the
               neighbour
               :
               it
               is
               also
               called
               habituall
               ,
               being
               the
               euill
               inclination
               and
               pronenesse
               of
               our
               nature
               to
               lust
               against
               our
               neighbour
               ,
               contrary
               to
               the
               Law
               of
               God.
               Rom.
               8.
               6
               ,
               7.
               
               ●
               7.
               8
               ,
               23.
               
               Gal.
               ●
               .
               17.
               
            
             
               Actuall
               concupiscences
               ,
               are
               ill
               motions
               in
               our
               mindes
               and
               hearts
               against
               our
               neighbour
               ,
               Gen.
               6.
               5.
               being
               both
               
                 
                   Foolish
                   .
                
                 
                   Hurtfull
                   .
                
              
               1.
               
               Tim.
               6.
               9.
               1.
               
               Pet.
               2.
               11.
               
            
             
               These
               euill
               motions
               are
               either
               ,
               euil
               
                 
                   Phantasies
                   and
                   thoughts
                   of
                   the
                   minde
                   .
                
                 
                   Affections
                   and
                   perturbations
                   of
                   the
                   heart
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Those
               are
               euill
               phantasies
               and
               thoughts
               ,
               which
               encline
               or
               stirre
               men
               vp
               to
               euill
               ,
               and
               are
               repugnant
               to
               charity
               ,
               1.
               
               Cor.
               13.
               
               ●
               .
               These
               are
               sinnes
               ,
               and
               heere
               forbidden
               .
               Pro.
               24.
               9.
               
               Zach.
               8.
               17.
               
               Deut.
               15.
               9.
               
               Esa.
               55.
               7.
               
               Act.
               8.
               22.
               
               Prou.
               15.
               26.
               
               Gen.
               6.
               5.
               
               ●
               8.
               21.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Affirmatiue
               part
               ,
            
             
               Requiring
               in
               vs
               a
               pure
               heart
               towards
               our
               neighbour
               .
               1.
               
               Tim.
               1.
               5.
               
            
             
               The
               purenesse
               of
               our
               heart
               consisteth
               in
               
                 
                   Originall
                   righteousnesse
                   ,
                   and
                   fect
                   loue
                   of
                   our
                   neighbour
                   .
                
                 
                   Spirituall
                   concupiscence
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Originall
               righteousnesse
               ,
               is
               both
               a
               
                 
                   Cleannesse
                   from
                   all
                   vnrighteousnesse
                   ,
                   and
                   euill
                   concupiscence
                   against
                   our
                   neighbour
                   .
                
                 
                   Disposition
                   and
                   pronenesse
                   to
                   all
                   the
                   duties
                   of
                   charity
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               righteousnesse
               ,
               as
               the
               Lord
               planted
               it
               in
               our
               nature
               ,
               so
               doth
               he
               require
               it
               in
               his
               Law
               ;
               though
               wee
               haue
               lost
               it
               ,
               and
               cannot
               fully
               attaine
               to
               it
               ;
               and
               that
               to
               this
               end
               ,
               that
               we
               seeing
               our
               vnrighteousnesse
               ,
               and
               misery
               in
               our selues
               ,
               might
               be
               forced
               to
               seeke
               vnto
               Christ
               ,
               that
               both
               we
               might
               bee
               clothed
               with
               his
               righteousnesse
               ,
               and
               also
               might
               by
               his
               Spirit
               be
               renewed
               according
               to
               his
               image
               ,
               in
               holinesse
               and
               righteousnesse
               .
               Luk.
               1.
               74
               ,
               75.
               
               Ephes.
               4.
               23
               ,
               24.
               
            
             
               Spirituall
               concupiscence
               containeth
               the
               
                 
                   Good
                   motions
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   Lusting
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   against
                   the
                   flesh
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Euill
               thoughts
               ,
               either
               
                 
                   Are
                   cast
                   into
                   mens
                   minds
                   by
                   the
                   diuell
                   ,
                   which
                   be
                   called
                   his
                   suggestions
                   .
                
                 
                   Arise
                   from
                   the
                   habituall
                   concupiscence
                   .
                
              
               And
               both
               of
               them
               whiles
               we
               be
               either
               
                 
                   Sleeping
                   .
                
                 
                   Awaking
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               diuell
               casteth
               his
               suggestions
               into
               mens
               mindes
               ,
               either
               
                 
                   Immediately
                   by
                   himselfe
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Chron.
                   21.
                   1.
                   
                   Ioh.
                   13.
                   2.
                   
                   Luk.
                   9.
                   46
                   ,
                   47.
                   
                
                 
                   Mediately
                   ,
                   vsing
                   others
                   for
                   his
                   instruments
                   .
                   Gen.
                   3.
                   1.
                   
                   Iob
                   2.
                   9.
                   
                   Mat.
                   16.
                   23.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               suggestions
               of
               Satan
               ,
               though
               alwayes
               sinfull
               in
               him
               ,
               yet
               they
               are
               not
               sinnes
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               vnlesse
               wee
               admit
               them
               ,
               and
               giue
               entertainment
               to
               them
               :
               For
               it
               is
               not
               a
               sin
               to
               be
               tempted
               ,
               (
               for
               Christ
               also
               was
               tempted
               )
               but
               to
               yeeld
               to
               the
               tentation
               .
               If
               therefore
               we
               admit
               them
               ,
               we
               are
               defiled
               by
               them
               but
               if
               wee
               presently
               repell
               and
               extinguish
               them
               ,
               they
               infect
               vs
               not
               .
            
             
               Euill
               thoughts
               arise
               also
               from
               our
               owne
               habituall
               and
               originall
               concupiscence
               .
               Luk.
               24.
               38.
               
               Mat.
               15.
               19.
               
               Gen.
               6.
               5.
               
            
             
               They
               arise
               from
               the
               habituall
               concupiscence
               ,
               it
               being
               moued
               or
               stirred
               vp
               by
               some
               obiect
               ,
               either
               
                 
                   Apprehended
                   by
                   the
                   sence
                   .
                
                 
                   Framed
                   by
                   the
                   phantasie
                   or
                   imagination
                   .
                
                 
                   Represented
                   to
                   the
                   minde
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   remembrance
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Euill
               thoughts
               happen
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   Awaking
                   .
                
                 
                   Sleeping
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   dreams
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               good
               motions
               ,
               are
               righteous
               &
               charitable
               
                 
                   Cogitations
                   concerning
                   our
                   neighbour
                   .
                
                 
                   Affections
                   towards
                   him
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               lusting
               and
               combate
               of
               the
               Spirit
               ,
               against
               the
               flesh
               .
               Gal.
               5.
               17.
               whereby
               we
               must
               crucifie
               the
               flesh
               ,
               with
               the
               lusts
               thereof
               .
               Gal.
               5.
               24.
               
            
             
               The
               meanes
               to
               attaine
               to
               this
               purenesse
               of
               the
               heart
               ,
               are
               ,
               to
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   Walke
                   with
                   God
                   ,
                   seeking
                   to
                   approue
                   our
                   hearts
                   to
                   him
                   ,
                   who
                   tryeth
                   the
                   hearts
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Obserue
                   our
                   
                     
                       Hearts
                       ,
                       Prou.
                       4.
                       23.
                       that
                       
                         
                           No
                           euil
                           concupiscence
                           doe
                           arise
                           in
                           vs
                           ,
                           or
                           enter
                           into
                           vs.
                           
                        
                         
                           If
                           any
                           do
                           arise
                           ,
                           or
                           be
                           admitted
                           ,
                           that
                           we
                           forthwith
                           extinguish
                           it
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Senses
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               That
               euill
               concupiscences
               doe
               not
               arise
               in
               vs
               ,
               or
               ente●
               into
               vs
               ,
               a
               twofold
               care
               is
               needfull
               ,
               
                 
                   Whiles
                   wee
                   wake
                   ,
                   to
                   keepe
                   our
                   mindes
                   occupied
                   about
                   lawfull
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   suffer
                   them
                   to
                   be
                   idle
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   wander
                   about
                   vanities
                   ,
                   or
                   vnlawfull
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   When
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   sleepe
                   ,
                   to
                   commend
                   our
                   soules
                   into
                   the
                   hands
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   to
                   bee
                   kept
                   safe
                   from
                   tentations
                   ,
                   and
                   pure
                   from
                   concupiscences
                   .
                
              
            
             
               We
               are
               also
               to
               obserue
               our
               sences
               ,
               (
               but
               especially
               our
               sight
               )
               by
               the
               ministery
               whereof
               ,
               the
               obiects
               of
               concupiscence
               are
               represented
               to
               the
               mind
               .
               Gen.
               3.
               6.
               
               Iosh.
               7.
               21.
               
               Iob
               31.
               1.
               
               Psalm
               .
               119.
               37.
               
            
             
               To
               these
               meanes
               we
               are
               to
               adde
               two
               more
               
                 
                   The
                   spirituall
                   armour
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   mighty
                   to
                   cast
                   downe
                   imaginations
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   subdue
                   euil
                   thoughts
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Cor.
                   10.
                   5.
                   
                   Ephes.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   Feruent
                   &
                   faithfull
                   prayer
                   .
                   Mat.
                   6.
                   13.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Those
               that
               arise
               from
               our
               owne
               corruption
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               sudden
               and
               momentany
               ,
               they
               are
               the
               least
               degree
               of
               sinne
               ,
               but
               yet
               sinnes
               ,
               arising
               from
               a
               corrupt
               fountaine
               ,
               and
               arguing
               want
               of
               charity
               .
            
             
               As
               touching
               dreames
               ,
               those
               are
               culpable
               ,
               which
               as
               they
               are
               the
               fruits
               of
               originall
               concupiscence
               ,
               so
               also
               haue
               voluntary
               causes
               :
               as
               ,
               
                 
                   Wanton
                   and
                   vncleane
                   dreames
                   ,
                   following
                   vpon
                   
                     
                       Intemperancy
                       in
                       diet
                       .
                    
                     
                       Wanton
                       &
                       vncleane
                       thoughts
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Malicious
                   dreames
                   ,
                   proceeding
                   from
                   hatred
                   of
                   our
                   neighbour
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Now
               follow
               the
               affections
               and
               perturbations
               of
               the
               minde
               ,
               going
               before
               the
               purpose
               of
               the
               heart
               ,
               or
               consent
               to
               practise
               .
            
             
               
                 T●●
                 degrees
                 of
                 them
              
               .
            
             
               And
               these
               are
               either
               
                 
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   fore-passions
                   ,
                   or
                   (
                   as
                   some
                   speake
                   )
                   vnformed
                   concupiscences
                   ,
                   and
                   acts
                   of
                   sensuality
                   ,
                   going
                   before
                   the
                   act
                   of
                   reason
                   ,
                   or
                   consent
                   of
                   the
                   will.
                   
                
                 
                   These
                   be
                   the
                   first
                   motions
                   of
                   concupiscence
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   
                     
                       Mind
                       is
                       withdrawne
                       .
                    
                     
                       Heart
                       is
                       affected
                       with
                       a
                       sudden
                       delight
                       ,
                       as
                       it
                       were
                       a
                       bait
                       .
                       Iam.
                       1.
                       14
                       ,
                       15.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Thes.
                   4.
                   5.
                   
                   Passions
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   of
                   some
                   called
                   ,
                   Formed
                   concupiscences
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   acts
                   of
                   reason
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   deliberate
                   desires
                   of
                   the
                   heart
                   ,
                   &
                   hauing
                   the
                   consent
                   of
                   the
                   will
                   ▪
                   either
                   to
                   
                     
                       Take
                       further
                       delight
                       onely
                       in
                       entertaining
                       the
                       fore-said
                       ill
                       motions
                       ,
                       and
                       rouling
                       them
                       in
                       our
                       minds
                       ,
                       though
                       we
                       consent
                       not
                       to
                       the
                       practice
                       of
                       them
                       .
                       These
                       ,
                       with
                       all
                       the
                       former
                       ,
                       are
                       directly
                       and
                       expresly
                       forbidden
                       in
                       this
                       tenth
                       Commandement
                       .
                    
                     
                       Put
                       them
                       in
                       practice
                       ,
                       which
                       are
                       forbidden
                       in
                       the
                       former
                       Commandements
                       ;
                       as
                       the
                       murther
                       ,
                       adultery
                       ,
                       theft
                       ,
                       false
                       testimonies
                       of
                       the
                       heart
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               
                 The
                 sorts
              
               .
            
             
               The
               affections
               of
               the
               heart
               ,
               are
               either
               
                 
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   wherein
                   is
                   auersation
                   from
                   that
                   which
                   seemeth
                   euill
                   ,
                   as
                   anger
                   ,
                   feare
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   wherein
                   is
                   a
                   liking
                   or
                   desiring
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   seemeth
                   good
                   ,
                   as
                   loue
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Vnto
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               we
               are
               in
               this
               place
               to
               referre
               as
               branches
               of
               this
               Commandement
               ,
               sudden
               anger
               ,
               and
               the
               first
               motions
               of
               mislike
               ,
               hatred
               ,
               enuie
               ,
               reioycing
               at
               other
               mens
               euils
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               which
               more
               properly
               is
               called
               concupiscence
               ,
               is
               distinguished
               by
               the
               obiects
               ,
               1.
               
               Ioh.
               2.
               15.
               for
               it
               is
               either
               of
               
                 
                   Pleasure
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   lust
                   of
                   the
                   flesh
                   .
                
                 
                   Profit
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   lust
                   of
                   the
                   eyes
                   .
                
                 
                   Honour
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   pride
                   of
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               particular
               concupiscence
               which
               by
               name
               is
               forbidden
               in
               this
               Commandement
               ,
               is
               the
               concupiscence
               of
               the
               eyes
               ,
               vnder
               which
               ,
               as
               being
               the
               most
               pernicious
               ,
               1.
               
               Tim.
               6.
               9
               ,
               10.
               the
               Lord
               forbiddeth
               all
               sins
               of
               the
               same
               kind
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               all
               euill
               motions
               and
               concupiscences
               going
               before
               the
               consent
               of
               the
               will
               ,
               or
               purpose
               of
               the
               heart
               .
            
             
               Affirm
               .
               Remedies
               against
               the
               concupiscence
               of
               the
               eyes
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 To
                 mortifie
                 selfe-loue
                 .
                 1.
                 
                 Cor.
                 10.
                 24.
                 
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 To
                 pull
                 out
                 the
                 eyes
                 of
                 enuie
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 To
                 arme
                 our selues
                 with
                 contentednes
                 .
                 Phil.
                 4.
                 11.
                 
              
            
             
             
               This
               concupiscence
               is
               distinguished
               according
               to
               the
               variety
               of
               the
               obiects
               ,
               w
               ch
               being
               the
               persons
               or
               goods
               belonging
               to
               other
               men
               ,
               wee
               are
               not
               to
               couet
               ,
               as
               our
               neighbours
               
                 
                   House
                   .
                   Esa.
                   5.
                   8.
                   
                
                 
                   Field
                   .
                   Deut.
                   5.
                   21.
                   1.
                   
                   King.
                   21.
                   
                
                 
                   Wife
                   .
                
                 
                   Man-seruant
                   .
                
                 
                   Maid-seruant
                   .
                
                 
                   Cattell
                   ,
                   as
                   Oxe
                   ,
                   or
                   Asse
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Sam.
                   12.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   Money
                   ,
                   apparell
                   ,
                   stuffe
                   .
                   Act.
                   20.
                   33.
                   
                   Or
                   any
                   thing
                   that
                   is
                   his
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               all
               the
               Commandements
               ,
               adde
               to
               the
               
                 
                   Affirmatiue
                   part
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   all
                   the
                   duties
                   therein
                   required
                   ,
                   the
                   duty
                   of
                   
                     
                       Vsing
                       the
                       meanes
                       .
                    
                     
                       Shewing
                       forth
                       the
                       signes
                       .
                    
                     
                       Procuring
                       y
                       ●
                       same
                       in
                       others
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Negatiue
                   part
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   all
                   the
                   vices
                   therein
                   forbidden
                   ,
                   the
                   fault
                   of
                   
                     
                       Neglecting
                       the
                       goodmean●
                       .
                    
                     
                       Vsing
                       the
                       bad
                       meanes
                       and
                       allurements
                       to
                       euill
                       .
                    
                     
                       Shewing
                       forth
                       the
                       signes
                       of
                       euill
                       .
                    
                     
                       Being
                       accessary
                       to
                       the
                       faults
                       of
                       others
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Deo
               Gratias
               .
            
             
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A20720-e150
           
             Psal.
             19.
             7.
             
          
           
             Ps.
             119.
             96.
             
          
           
             Rom.
             7.
             14
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Sam.
             15.
             23.
             
          
           
             Pro.
             6.
             17.
             
             Zeph.
             1.
             8.
             
          
           
             Mat.
             18.
             15.
             
          
           
             Heb.
             3.
             13.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Thes.
             5.
             11
             ,
             14.
             
          
           
             Dan.
             12.
             3.
             
          
           
             Rom.
             15.
             14.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A20720-e1210
           
             The
             duties
             of
             the
             mi●de
             .
          
           
             Knowledge
             
          
           
             Faith.
             
          
           
             Remembrance
             .
          
           
             The
             duties
             of
             the
             mind
             
          
           
             Affi●●ce
             in
             God.
             
          
           
             Hope
             .
          
           
             Loue.
             
          
           
             Zeale
             .
          
           
             Rejoycing
             in
             God.
             
          
           
             Thankfulnesse
             .
          
           
             Obedience
             .
          
           
             Patience
             .
          
           
             Feare
             
          
           
             Humility
             .
          
           
             Honouring
             of
             God.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A20720-e6650
           
             Vprightnes
             .
          
           
             Vnanimity
             .
          
           
             Vniformity
             
          
           
             Inuocation
             .
          
           
             Preaching
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A20720-e30550
           
             The
             parts
             of
             Chastity
             .